Independent Judges Association Rule Book

Transcription

1 $10 Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, 2009 FOSH 6614 Clayton Road, #105 St. Louis, MO Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-

2 FOSH Sound Principles Principle #1 All FOSH events adhere to the requirements of the Horse Protection Act. Principle #2 Horses are to be treated with dignity, respect, and compassion. Principle #3 Horses must be presented as sound in both body and mind. Principle #4 The preferred way of going is natural, correct, and without exaggeration. Principle #5 Shoeing is intended only for the protection of the foot and its structure. Barefoot horses are both welcomed and encouraged where practical. Principle #6 Handlers & riders are expected to use training techniques and equipment that conform to the highest humane standards as recognized by the general equestrian community. Principle #7 Exhibitors have a duty to conduct themselves in an orderly, responsible, and sportsmanlike manner. FOSH is a national leader in the promotion of natural, sound gaited horses and in the fight against abuse and soring of Tennessee Walking Horses. For more information about FOSH or to become a member, please visit or call Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-2

3 Section 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8 Chapter 9 Section 2 Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 In Hand Technical One Technical Two Technical Three Organization & General Rules Independent Judges Association: General Information General Program Information Definition of Terms Relating to Exhibitors and Judging Shoeing Regulations Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures Tack and Attire Rules Pertaining to Hearings and Disciplinary Action Drugs and Medication Specifics Regarding FOSH Sanctioned Shows IJA Rule Book: Table of Contents Country Pleasure, Open Gaited Breed & Versatility Judging Specifics for Country Pleasure (CP) Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breeds (OGB) Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V101 Showmanship V102 Barrel Racing V103 Equitation Saddle Seat and Stock Seat V104 Pole Bending V105 Water Glass V106 Western Riding V107 EquiTheater V108 Dressage V109 Pleasure Driving V110 Freestyle Reining V111 Over Fences and Jumping V112 Natural Horsemanship V113 Reining V114 Trail Obstacle V115 Trail Trial Section 3 Breed Specific Rules Chapter 13 Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) Chapter 14 Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) Chapter 15 Judging Specifics for the Paso Fino Horse (PF) Chapter 16 Judging Specifics for the Missouri Fox Trotting Horse (MFT) Chapter 17 Judging Specifics for Racking Horse (RH) Chapter 18 Judging Specifics for the Spotted Saddle Horse (SSH) Chapter 19 Judging Specifics for the Mangalarga Marchador Horse (MM) Chapter 20 Judging Specifics for the Gaited Morgan Horse (GMO) Chapter 21 Judging Specifics for the Florida Cracker Horse (FCH) Chapter 22 Judging Specifics for the United Mountain Horse (UMH) as of Jan 1, 2007 Chapter 23 Judging Specifics for the Tiger Horse (TH) Chapter 24 Judging Specifics for the Gaited Spanish Mustang (GSM) Section 4 Appendix - Programs, Forms & Dressage Tests Appendix 1 FOSH Regional High Point Program Appendix 2 FOSH Versatility Program Appendix 3 FOSH Trail Riding Program and Trail Log Sheet Appendix 4 Forms & AP401 Rule Change Procedure AP402 Proposed Rule Book Change AP403 IJA Judge Evaluation Form AP403a Request For IJA Guest Judge Card AP404 Form for Protests and Complaints AP405 FOSH Request to Affiliate Horse Show AP406 Show Management After Event Report AP406a To Be Filed if you DID NOT use a Certified HIO AP407 Application to Become a FOSH DQP AP408 & AP408a Judging Agreement (comprehensive & simple samples) Appendix 5 Judging Forms Appendix 6 & 6a Proposed Future Rule Changes; Confirmed Rule Changes - Warning to Exhibitors Appendix 7 Dressage Tests and Patterns Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-3

4 Show Rating AAA AA+ AA A B C Schooling REQUIREMENTS North American Pleasure Gaited Horse Champ. 1/yr. Regional Championship Local Show Local Show Open Breed Local intro, support of sound horses A, B or C # of Judges 3 or 4 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 Judge 3 IJA & 1 Steward IJA IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA FOSH Affiliated DQP required required encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged Classes - % of gaited All Gaited At least 75% At least 75% At least 15/day Less than 15/day no minimum no minimum Classes - Breed Specific required required required optional optional optional required Classes - OGB required required required optional optional optional required Classes - Versatility minimum - 7 minimum - 5 minimum - 5 optional optional optional minimum - 3 Rules Showtime or similar software program, results available in 48 hrs. required Strict adherence to IJA rules All IJA rules All IJA rules IJA rules IJA rules Local rules IJA rules Approved local option classes Local option allowed Local option allowed Local option allowed Local option allowed No horses owned by show management to be shown. strongly recommended Classification of FOSH Sanctioned Shows Local option allowed; FOSH Sound Principles for the good of the horse Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged. Local option allowed; Show Management chooses whether tack & attire rules are followed or relaxed Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged. strongly recommended encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged Points triple base value double base value base value base value base value base value base value OGB = Open Gaited Breed Requirements for Regional Championship Shows Standards for Local Intro Shows Must be AA+ Show Adhere to the FOSH Sound Principles 2 shows must occur in same calendar year as RC prior to the RC being held. Local Option classes If more than 7 shows in one region, a second regional championship show will be granted. No prohibited tack, attire or equipment allowed For every additional 5 shows (beyond 7) in a region, another regional championship show will be granted. Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged Regional Championship may be no closer than 300 miles. ** For AAA and AA+ shows where breeds require a breed specific judge and there is not an IJA judge available with the proper credentials, contact the Vice President of Show Sanctioning and the IJA Director of Judges for potential solutions. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effectiv e January 1, Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-4

5 Chapter 1: Independent Judges Association - General Information The IJA Rule Book contains the minimum requirements for shows. Show Management is free to create more restrictive rules but must indicate such in show literature. Basis of the IJA Program 101 Background of the Program The Independent Judges Association was founded in 1998, as a subset of the Friends of Sound Horses, to provide a source of trained and qualified gaited pleasure horse judges to preside at open, saddle club and gaited breed specific shows. Although IJA judges are qualified to judge nongaited horses, the primary emphasis of the program is on Walking Horses and Gaited Horses. 102 Purpose of the Rule Book The IJA is a subset of FOSH. FOSH will issue a Rule Book, known as the IJA Rule Book that will be followed by all IJA judges hired by show managers. The Rule Book is more than a guideline. It provides the standard by which gaited horses included in this Rule Book competing in a variety of disciplines, and exhibiting a variety of gaits, must be judged. The purpose of the Rule Book is to eliminate as much as possible the subjectivity too often found in horse shows and replace it with an objective and measurable standard common to all judges that can be depended upon by exhibitors, spectators and show management. Beginning January 1, 2009, the IJA Rule Book will be revised every 2 years. In the event of a critical change to IJA rules, notice will be made on the FOSH website - Duties of the Director of Judges 103 Designation as the Director The Director of Judges is appointed by the President of FOSH and serves at the pleasure of the President. The Director is the liaison between the FOSH board of directors and the judges. 104 Duties of the Director The Director maintains the Rule Book, gathers comments for proposed changes to the Rule Book, responds to exhibitors critiques of judges, maintains the judges file, attends the annual North American Pleasure Gaited Horse Championship as the expert on the application of rules and standards, sits as a member of the Judges Licensing Committee, issues letters for renewal of licenses and applications for prospective judges, issues guest cards, coordinates the annual professional training seminar, and makes recommendations for the acceptance of new judges or apprentices into the program. 105 Relationship of Show Management to Judges All contacts between show managers and judges are conducted as personal business transactions. Stipends for judging services and incidental expenses are arrived upon between the judge and the show manager. There is no fee payable to the IJA for use of the judges list. 106 Guest Cards Show Managers for FOSH sanctioned shows may hire judges from outside the IJA program. These judges must agree to use the IJA Rule Book and standards for evaluating horses at the event. A Guest Card for AA and A shows will be $50 and only one guest card per year will be allowed per judge. Only one guest card per year will be allowed per individual judge. A Guest Card for C (Local Intro) shows will be $25 and will cover 1 (one) show. Just as IJA judges are prohibited from holding licenses in other TWH judging associations, FOSH will not sanction or grant a guest card to a judge who holds a license with another TWH judging association. 107 Assignment of Judges On occasion, a show manager or show committee may choose not to select a judge and may request that FOSH select a judge for their event. The Director of Judges will recommend judges for such shows and will contact judges on behalf of shows, offering stipends as directed by show management. The contract for the judge s services will be issued by a member of show management and all travel arrangements will be made through show management after the judge has been selected and assigned. General Requirements to Hold an IJA License 108 Number of Licenses that Can Be Held Although IJA judges are encouraged to maintain their licenses with other breed associations, they may not hold any other TWH license. Attendance at an IJA professional training seminar is required every three years for a judge to retain a license. IJA judges may have no violations of the Horse Protection Act, either federal or HIO violations, after they receive an IJA license. An upheld violation results in the removal of the IJA license and the license may not be reissued at any time in the future. In order to be considered for a license, the prospective judge s HPA record must be clear of any upheld violation for five years prior to application. 109 Acceptance of Guest Cards IJA judges may accept guest cards for most breeds and disciplines with the exception of the Tennessee Walking Horses. IJA judges may only accept guest cards for shows where the IJA standard is the standard used to evaluate Tennessee Walking Horses. 110 Restrictions on Personal Conduct as a Condition of Licensure An IJA judge s license can be removed by the action and vote of the Director of Judges and three members of the board of FOSH. Licenses for prospective judges will not be granted or licenses for existing judges renewed for any conduct not in concert with the FOSH statement of purpose, including owning, training or exhibition of socalled performance (stacked and chained) Tennessee Walking Horses; placing any horse in training with a stacked walking horse trainer; and boarding any personal horse with an individual who trains or boards stacked and chained Tennessee Walking Horses. Judges may not judge a show that offers breed specific classes for gaited breeds included in this rule book where shoes are larger than the 1 inch shoe as described in Chapter 4. Judges may not intentionally judge breed specific classes for any gaited breed included in the IJA rulebook if pads or shoes larger than the one-inch shoe are allowed. This restriction does not apply to Open Classes where breeds that allow pads and/or shoes larger than the one inch shoe may enter. 111 Removal of a License for Cause Grounds for removal of a license include: incompetence regarding the judge s ability or willingness to tie classes in accordance with the requirements of the IJA rule book and any show specific standards Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-5

6 Chapter 1: Independent Judges Association - General Information violations of professional conduct including, but not limited to, profanity at a horse event, public intoxication, smoking or the use of other tobacco products in center ring favoritism to competitors acceptance of money, remuneration or other gratuities 120 days prior to a show or 120 days after a show from exhibitors or trainers who competed or were represented and the IJA judge officiated solicitation of business for training, selling or brokering a horse while an official at a show failure to arrive at a show grounds at the appointed hour, except in a bona fide emergency failure to abide by the terms of the contract entered into with show management. 112 Additional Grounds for Removal of the License Judges may also be removed from the IJA list for: failure to pass a written test on the IJA rule book and standards failure to pay annual licensing fees within 60 days of the due date failure to attend mandatory professional training the removal of a judge s credentials from any other organization for incompetence, violations of drug policy, cruelty to animals or ethical violations conviction including misdemeanor, for any form of inhumane treatment to animals of any kind fraudulent representation of personal qualifications or licenses held with other organizations. 113 Relationships between Judges and Exhibitors Conflict of Interest An IJA judge may not judge an exhibitor or horse where there has been a contractual relationship (either oral or written) between the judge or a member of the judge s immediate family and the exhibitor or owner of the horse within 120 days of the event. Contractual relationships include the sale of a horse, the buying of a horse, the leasing of a horse, the training of a horse, the boarding of a horse, the exercise of a horse or consulting by either the judge or the exhibitor. Restricted situations do not include clinics that are open to the general public. This was previously 180 days. IJA judges and stewards may not officiate in any classes in which a member of their family or a horse owned by the immediate family is competing, or in which clients and/or their horses are competing. IJA judges who own or are employed by a business may not judge any horse or exhibitor that boards, is trained or takes instruction at the business. IJA judges may not judge any class where an exhibitor is the owner or employee of a business at which the judge boards, trains or takes instruction. IJA judges may not knowingly be the houseguest of any exhibitor or trainer scheduled to participate in an event where the judge is scheduled to officiate for 60 days prior to the event. IJA judges may not participate in aisle parties during horse shows, or pre-event activities with the exception of supervised presentations made to the general public relative to the explanation of IJA rules and standards. IJA judges may not take meals, receive gifts, or take part in any activity that would put their objectivity at risk. No exhibitor may compete in a class where a member of their family is the judge. If an IJA judge feels a conflict of interest exists in relation to a horse or person they must advise the steward that they cannot judge that particular horse or person. The entry fees for this horse or by/for this person must be refunded and this horse or person may not participate. Sanctions for Judges 114 Reissuing Licenses Once an IJA license has been removed for any of the reasons cited in this Rule Book, with the exception of late payment of annual fees, the IJA will not reissue a license at any time in the future to the judge in question. Nonpayment of fee violations require that a $200 penalty be paid before a license may be reissued. 115 Letters of Caution, Direction and Removal of License In the first instance where the Director of Judges finds that a judge has not met the standards of this Article and that no further action is warranted, a letter of caution will be issued to the judge. In the second instance, a letter of direction that details what the judge must do in order to keep his IJA license will be issued. In any further instances, proceedings to remove the judges IJA license will be instituted. 116 Release of Information concerning Judges to the Public The hallmark of the IJA will be integrity. In the event that an IJA judge has his license removed for any reason, the Director will prepare a press release, citing the removal and the cause, and will release the information to show managers and other interested media. The press release will also be posted on the FOSH website. Acceptance of an IJA license includes acceptance of this provision. 117 Appeal Rights There is no appeal from the decision of the Judges Licensing Committee. There is no inherent right to hold a judge s license. The issuance of the IJA license is based on the requirements established by FOSH, a member, public benefit, and humane association, operated by a board of directors. The IJA is a subset of FOSH, a corporation registered in the state of Delaware. The holding of a judge s license is a privilege granted by the parent body, based on its needs, requirements, and standards. Individual Requirements to Hold an IJA License 118 Minimum Requirements for Licensure Prospective IJA judges must complete the IJA professional training seminar prior to licensure. They must have held a license with another recognized equine licensing program, or must complete a minimum of three shows, where walking or Gaited Horses are predominant, as an apprentice under a licensed judge. At least two of those shows must take place under an IJA judge. Apprentice judging is done at the expense of the candidate. All judges, including apprentices, must take and retain notes concerning their placement of classes at shows where they officiate. These notes are to be used in evaluating the quality of the judging or the conformance of the judge to IJA Rules. These notes must be submitted to the Director upon request. 119 Evaluation of Apprentice Judges The master judge must submit to the Director of Judges a written evaluation of the apprentice and a recommendation concerning the ability of the individual to judge horse shows. If, in the opinion of the Director of Judges, the recommendations indicate that more experience as an apprentice is needed, the prospective judge will be advised of the number of additional shows required before he may again be considered for a license. The evaluations of master judges are confidential and will not be shared with the apprentice. The ties of apprentice judges do not count for awards in any class or for high point or versatility awards. 120 Basic Personal Requirements for Licensure A candidate must be 25 years old to apply for a license. Individuals who are younger than 25, with exceptional judging experience gained from college or 4-H judging programs, may with recommendations be awarded provisional licenses and may officiate at FOSH sanctioned shows, with the exception of regional championships and the national show, with full credit given for their ties. 121 Annual Professional fees The annual licensing fee for IJA judges in $50. Fees for professional training vary from year to year depending on the seminar, its location and Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-6

7 other related costs. All costs are borne by the judge or applicant. Chapter 1: Independent Judges Association - General Information 122 Responsibility for Notification Judges must notify the Director of Judges of the initiation of any punitive or administrative action taken against him by other breed organizations or by the USDA, HIO or civil authority and must also notify the Director when the situation has been resolved, producing documentary evidence of the outcome. Each IJA judge must forward to the Director a biography sheet and photo that will be made available upon request to show managers or other interested parties. Judges must also complete after action reports at the completion of a judging assignment and forward the report within 15 working days to the Director of Judges. IJA judges must notify the Director of any shows that they have been hired to judge if they were selected from the IJA list. They must provide to the Director, within 30 days of the show, the name and address of the show manager who hired them. 123 Scope of Authority of Judges The IJA judge s sole purpose at the show is to judge the performance of horses and riders and to tie in descending order the winners and placements through the number of awards indicated on the premium. Each class tied by an IJA judge will be tied two places below the prize winners to allow for disqualifications. Judges must sign each card before turning it in to show management and must initial all changes. Cards are to be marked in ink or permanent gel substance rather than pencil. 124 Period of Licensure The IJA license is issued for a period of one year only. Judges must be invited each year to reapply for a license. The IJA program licenses a maximum of 30 judges and may chose, at the end of the 12 month period, to invite new officials based on the needs of the program and decline to reissue invitations to existing judges. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-7

8 201 Statement of Purpose FOSH desires to avoid the excesses and extremes in both training and exhibition that have come to be associated with some gaited breeds. Regardless of the division in which the gaited horse is shown, the horse must retain the characteristics of a pleasure horse. Exaggeration and extremes in style and form are not to be rewarded, whether the extremes are manifested in excessive animation and speed, or in the direction of the least animation and speed. In every division the gaited horse must be correctly gaited, fluid, natural, smooth and appear a true pleasure to ride if it will be rewarded with a horse show ribbon. 202 Artificial Appearance Gaited Horses under saddle are to exhibit a style of movement that appears completely natural for the conformation of the horse. Entries that exhibit an artificial way of going, to include hang time while in forward motion; crampy movement; twisting or wringing of the hocks; pointing or other characteristics of a horse that would be considered to be laboring rather than forward moving, will be at minimum severely penalized and may be eliminated from consideration. Entries exhibiting any way of going such as described may be excused from the class for Bad Image, being an appearance not in keeping with the way of going of a natural, pleasure horse. The directions in this section are intended to encourage judges to reward horses presenting a natural, fluid, forward-moving appearance, and to allow judges to penalize horses presenting an appearance of a horse trained with artificial devices or methods to enhance or alter gait, whether or not such devices or methods were actually used. Judges are encouraged to allow an entry to travel a minimum of half the show ring to allow the horse to settle before excusing an entry under this provision. 203 Schooling Shows The primary purpose of a schooling show is education. The organizing committee determines if all IJA Rules regarding Tack and Attire will be followed OR if casual attire and tack such as that used for training, schooling or pleasure riding is acceptable. All prohibited tack and equipment or appliances listed in the IJA Rule Book are prohibited at Schooling Shows. All tack and attire must be safe for both horse and rider. Nylon equipment is permissible but gloves must be worn. 204 Local Options Show managers may elect to use local option classes not included in the IJA Rule Book. Local Options Classes include classes popular to a specific area and may include fun classes. Although these classes will be judged on criteria provided by show management or by the association that controls the breed or discipline, they must adhere to the basic FOSH philosophy and principles regarding the humane treatment of horses as identified in the IJA Rule Book. Descriptions and criteria for judging local option classes must be provided to the IJA judge at least 30 days prior to the event. 205 Registration Requirements Horses exhibited in model or in halter competition must be registered with a breed registry that is appropriate for their type. Registration numbers are required on entry forms for any in hand class. In other divisions horses need not be registered to compete, unless registration is required by show management or breed registry. 206 Lease Agreements Leased horses may be exhibited under the name of the lessee with the following restrictions: a copy of the lease signed by both lessor and lessee must accompany the entry form a leased horse may not be exhibited if the lease was entered into at any time during which the lessor was under Horse Protection Act suspension horses that are included as part of an HPA suspension may not be shown lease must be dated ninety (90) days prior to the exhibition. Chapter 2: General Program Information 207 Stallions and Juvenile, Junior or Youth Exhibitors Stallions are prohibited in any under saddle class designated for junior riders and may not be handled by junior exhibitors in any In hand classes, including showmanship at halter. 208 Open Gaited Breed Classes Open Gaited Breed Classes may be offered at any FOSH sanctioned event. Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter these classes. Show management may offer a variety of Open Gaited Breed classes including but not limited to In Hand, English (Saddle Seat), Western, 2 gait, 3 gait, youth, age restricted for either horse or rider, and all versatility classes. When competing in Open Gaited Breed Classes traditional tack and attire may be used. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in this Rule Book. 209 Traditional Tack and Attire for Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mangalarga Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses Many gaited breeds compete at FOSH sanctioned competitions either in classes that are specific to their breed or in Open Gaited Breed classes. Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mandalarga Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses compete using tack and attire that are traditional to their breed and in some instances this traditional tack and attire may be different from the allowable tack and attire of the IJA Rule Book. Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mandalarga Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses may be shown in FOSH Sanctioned competitions using traditional tack and attire even if this tack and attire requires mixing tack and attire and is of a style not considered English or Western. Although traditional tack and attire is acceptable, it must still comply with IJA rules regarding maximum shoe size, maximum shank length on bits, and the procedure regarding shoes thrown in the ring. These horses must also comply with all IJA rules that promote the humane treatment of the horse. When competing in specific breed classes, the ring protocol will be specific to the breed. When competing in Open Gaited Breed Classes traditional tack and attire may be used and the ring protocol will be as outlined in this Rule Book. 210 Special Exceptions to Tack, Equipment and Attire Special exceptions to tack equipment and attire may be made to accommodate those with religious reasons or with a physical handicap. Special exceptions may include, but are not limited to, split riding skirts for women in both English and Western classes, and special arrangements to accommodate those with a physical handicap. Requests for approval of such exceptions must be submitted to Show Management (who will notify IJA of the request) prior to participation in competition. Exhibition may not occur without approval of the request. 211 Allowable Training Aids on Show Grounds (Warm Up Ring) Although not allowed in competition certain equipment is allowed on the show grounds and in the warm up ring. Side reins, draw reins, and standing and running martingales may be used in the warm up ring. Nonweighted bell boots may be used in the warm up ring prior to DQP inspection, although they may be inspected at any time. It is prohibited for horses to stand in stalls wearing bell boots, side reins, draw reins, or any equipment that covers the lower leg. 212 Fitness to Compete All horses except stallions and mares in breeding classes must be serviceably sound for competition purposes i.e. animal must not show evidence of lameness or broken wind. At the discretion of the judge, animals with complete loss of sight in either eye may be found serviceably sound. 213 Restriction on Competition of Two Year-Olds As of January 1, 2008, two year-old horses will not be shown under saddle. They will not be ridden in any class. They may be shown in any in hand class. Registry rules for determining the age of a registered horse will apply. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-8

9 214 Height Any animal measuring less than 14.2 hands, with the exception of Icelandic and Tiger Horses, will be considered a pony at FOSH sanctioned shows. 215 Scope of Authority for Inspections All breeds of horses are included under the federal law known as the Horse Protection Act. Any animal on the grounds of a FOSH sanctioned show may be inspected and palpated, by a licensed DQP or licensed veterinarian, for evidence of soring at any time while on the show grounds. Further, the IJA judge reserves the right to excuse from competition any horse displaying unsoundness or bad image even if such horses have passed an HIO or USDA inspection. The judge s decision, as to whether or not the horse presents an acceptable appearance for public exhibition, is final. Horses excused by a judge may, at the discretion of the judge, be returned to the inspection area for re-inspection. 216 Prohibited Substances Any foreign substance found on the leg of any pleasure horse from the knee to the coronary band is prohibited. This includes dyes, French chalk, lubricants, or medications. The use of plastic wrap is prohibited on all gaited horses. Although an injury at a show may require that the limb of a horse be wrapped in plastic, a veterinarian s certificate of need will be required for the horse to remain on the show ground. Once the limb has been so wrapped the horse is ineligible for any further competition at the show. Tails may not be gingered or the rectum otherwise interfered with in order to increase the appearance of high tail set. Any form of medication, either prescription or natural as in herbal or homeopathic, that could alter the deportment of the horse or enhance performance is prohibited, with the exception of drugs like Ventiplum whose purpose is intended to ease an animal s breathing difficulties in the event of heaves or allergic conditions. Such medications require a certificate of veterinary need to be presented to the show office. 217 Prohibited Appliances Action devices (including shackles or any similar device), stacked shoes, and bands on shoes are prohibited. Anything larger than the 1-inch shoe is prohibited. Any device that is not primarily protective and may be considered an artificial training device is prohibited. 218 Prohibited Conduct Unsportsmanlike or intimidating language or conduct is prohibited. Conduct at any time that in any manner appears directed at influencing judging or the outcome of any competition, other than pursuant to FOSH rules and procedures and the provision of training materials and information approved by the FOSH Board of Directors for such purposes, is prohibited. 219 Recognition of Suspension Individuals and horses appearing on USDA or HIO suspension lists for violation of the Horse Protection Act are automatically ineligible for competition at FOSH sanctioned shows. 220 Abusive Practices Abusive practices of any sort will not be tolerated on the grounds of any FOSH sanctioned event. 221 Multiple Registered Horses Horses registered in more than one breed or color registry, may show in breed specific classes of their choice. They must adhere to the requirements of the breed in breed specific classes. They are eligible to show in Open Gaited Breed classes and may chose under which rules they will show. Chapter 2: General Program Information 222 Cross Entry between Divisions Cross Entry between Divisions is not regulated under these rules. The decision to allow or disallow cross entries between divisions is covered in the Breed Specific Rules. Show Management has the right to restrict or prohibit Cross Entry between Division. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-9

10 Chapter 3: Definition of Terms Relating to Exhibitors and Judging 300 Affiliated and Sanctioned - the difference Affiliated - USDA defines a FOSH Affiliated show as an event that utilizes a DQP provided through the FOSH Inspection Program. o A FOSH show that does not utilize a DQP provided through the FOSH Inspection Program is considered a non affiliated show by USDA. Sanctioned - A FOSH Sanctioned show is one that agrees to follow the IJA rules as the standard for judging. A FOSH sanctioned show may also be an affiliated or non-affiliated show as defined above by the USDA. 301 Age Classification for Exhibitors Juvenile, Junior or Youth Exhibitors - persons who have not reached an 18 th birthday as of January 1 st of a new competition year. Youth may continue to show in the juvenile division for the competition year based on their age on January 1 st. Guardian: When the parent of a Juvenile, Junior or Youth attending a FOSH Sanctioned show is not in attendance, a guardian must be appointed for the Juvenile, Junior or Youth. This appointment must be in writing, signed by the parent(s) and the appointed Guardian. This letter must include emergency contact information for the parent(s) and must be given to Show Management. Legal age requirements regarding age of majority may vary by State. Age Specific classes may be established by show management in any division. Adult exhibitors - those who have reached an 18 th birthday as of January 1 st of a competition year. 302 Age of Horses for Show Purposes All horses become one year old on January 1 st, unless otherwise specified in registry rules. Registry rules for determining the age of registered animals apply at FOSH sanctioned shows. 303 Amateur An amateur is a person who has reached his or her 18 th birthday by January 1 st of the competition year and who, after the 18 th birthday, does not engage in any activities that would cause him or her to be considered a professional horseman. Such activities include the acceptance of payment in cash, good, or other forms of remuneration for the training of horses; the riding of horses for others; the preparation of horses for exhibition; the giving of lessons to those outside the immediate family for payment or remuneration of some sort; the acceptance of payment in either cash or some other form of remuneration for catch riding; the giving of clinics for payment either in cash or for remuneration of some kind. If these activities are engaged in, even on a part time basis, the individual is considered to be a professional. The defining line is the acceptance of payment of some sort for the training or riding of horses or the training of riders. Boarding horses or standing a stud at public service does not constitute a violation of amateur status for FOSH sanctioned shows. Working in a maintenance capacity at a facility, where the training or riding of horses is not part of the scope of reimbursed employment does not violate the amateur status. The occasional sale of horses does not constitute a violation of the amateur status. The writing of books or articles on general equine subjects not related specifically to training of the horse or improvement of riders, does not constitute a violation of the amateur status. Serving as a DQP or judge does not in itself constitute a violation of amateur status. 304 Transition between the Amateur and Professional Status If, at any point, during the competition year, an individual elects to change status from amateur to professional, he may not revert to the amateur status for the remainder of the competition year. The transition period between Professional and Amateur status has been established at one year. The one year period starts from the last class ridden as a professional in any show season. During that period, the individual may exhibit entries owned by them or a member of their immediate family only, in Open Classes. They may not exhibit in Amateur classes, or exhibit in Open classes any entries that are otherwise owned, even if no compensation takes place. 305 Amateur Classes Classes are limited to amateur riders, although horses may be professionally trained. 306 Amateur Owned and Trained Classes These classes are limited to amateur owners and riders only: the horse must be owned by the exhibitor or a member of his immediate family. The horse shall have had no professional training, other than attendance at open to the public clinics, within 120 days of the event. 307 Bred By and/ or Bred In Classes These classes are restricted to horses bred by, trained by, shown by and owned by the exhibitor or a member of the immediate family. In Bred In classes, show management may designate classes for horses whose mating, or foaling occurred in a certain geographic area. 308 Cadence The quality of movement where steps follow each other in sequence and rhythm. The steps are resolute, lively, even, regular and progressive. 309 Country Pleasure Classes Country Pleasure classes are 2 Gait or 3 Gait classes consisting of the working walk and an intermediate gait or working walk, intermediate gait and canter or lope. The intermediate gait excludes the canter, lope or hand gallop. 310 Disqualified - See Eliminated 311 Eliminated The entry may complete the class but may not be placed. 312 Excused The entry is removed from the ring either by the judge or by the exhibitor for reasons identified in these rules. 313 Family For competition purposes the term family includes husband, wife, parent, step-parent, child, brother, step-child, sister, half-brother/half-sister, aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, grandmother, grandfather, grandchildren and in-laws of the same relation as stated above. 314 FOSH Shows Shows that are sanctioned by FOSH agree to use the IJA Rule Book as the standard for judging. Shows that are affiliated with FOSH use FOSH DQP s. 315 Gaited Horse The primary intermediate gait is one without suspension. Some gaited horses also trot; however, in open gaited breed classes, the intermediate gait demonstrated is not the trot. In some breed specific classes, the trot may be included. 316 Illegal Identified actions or tack and attire infractions that result in the entry being excused, disqualified or eliminated. 317 Immediate Family For competition purposes immediate family is defined as spouse or minor children, whether they live in the same household or not. 318 Junior Horse A horse that is 5 and under as of January 1 st and is eligible for Junior horse classes. 319 Ladies or Gentlemen s Classes These classes are restricted by sex and may not be entered by any rider under the age of 18. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-10

11 320 Limit Classes restricted in some manner. (age, height, gender etc) 321 Local Classes/Local Option Classes not included in the IJA Rule Book. These include classes popular to a specific area and may include fun classes. These classes will be judged on criteria supplied by show management, but which still adhere to the basic FOSH philosophy and principles regarding the humane treatment of horses. 322 Mandatory, must, will, is to or required The use of mandatory, must, will, is to or required describes an action that is a requirement of the class. An entry that does not complete the mandatory elements of a class will, at a minimum be penalized. Failure to complete some mandatory requirements may result in more severe penalties, as indicated throughout these rules. 323 Mandatory Requirements Mandatory requirements are those elements essential to the class. An entry that does not complete the mandatory elements of a class will, at a minimum not be tied over other horses that do. Failure to complete some mandatory requirements may result in more severe penalty as not all mandatory requirements are equal when judged. 324 May Optional; at the judge s discretion; not necessarily rewarded or penalized. 325 Must See Mandatory Chapter 3: Definition of Terms Relating to Exhibitors and Judging 326 Novice Class Novice entries are determined as of the closing date for show entries. If a horse or rider exceeds the three blue ribbon requirement at a show, the novice status continues through the completion of the event in question. Open to certain horses and riders that meet particular criteria as follows: Novice Horse: horses that have not, to the current owner s knowledge, won three first place ribbons in under saddle competition. Novice Rider: riders who have not won three first place ribbons in a riding career. 327 Novice Rider A Novice Rider is an exhibitor who has not won three blue ribbons in any under saddle class. Blue ribbons won in halter or in-hand classes do not count toward the loss of novice status in rail classes. Blue ribbons won in one horse classes do not count toward the loss of the novice status. 328 Open Classes Horses of any age, size or sex, unless otherwise limited by show management, and with no limiting qualifications for the rider are eligible to enter open classes. 329 Owners Class This class is restricted to horses exhibited by the owner or a member of the immediate family. Combined ownership is permitted. Leased horses may be shown if the lease is in effect for a period of not less than 12 months and proof of the lease is submitted to show management 330 Penalty These rules state what actions will be penalized. There are mandatory and discretionary penalties. The value of a penalty depends upon the importance of the infraction when balanced against the total performance of the entry and the requirements of the class. At a minimum, a penalized entry will not be placed over an entry fulfilling the requirements of the class without a penalty. Mandatory Penalty A fixed or determined penalty that must be applied by the judge. (See Excused, Eliminated, Disqualified, Severely Penalized, Penalty). An entry that receives a mandatory penalty will not be placed over an entry that fulfills the requirements of the class without a mandatory penalty. Discretionary Penalty A penalty imposed at the freedom and responsibility of the judge. An entry with a penalty will not be placed over an entry that fulfills the requirements of the class without a penalty. 331 Professionals Individuals are considered professionals if after their 18 th birthdays they are engaged in buying, selling, dealing or in hiring out of horses as a full time occupation or accept remuneration of any sort for the following activities: employment in connection with the training, riding, preparation of horses at a public training barn, academy, boarding stable, or show; for activities including exercising, schooling, riding, driving, or giving instructions or clinics in riding or training of horses; for riding or showing in hand, under saddle or in harness any horse that another person pays to board or train outside of immediate family members; for employment as a trainer or primary rider for horses at a private facility; for the use of his or her name or photograph as an endorsement for any article which is to be sold to the public, using his or her status as a horseman as a basis for the sale; the production and/or sale of any written material, videotape or audio tape in which the individual advises others how to train horse, improve riding or prepare horses for competition. 332 Prohibited see illegal Any action described as prohibited is considered illegal and will result in disqualification. 333 Required See Mandatory 334 Severely penalized These rules list what actions will be severely penalized. If an entry is severely penalized, the entry will not place first or second regardless of the number of entries. A severely penalized entry will not be placed over an entry fulfilling the requirements of the class that is not severely penalized. In the absence of horses to fill the ribbons, the judge may award an honorable mention or elect to eliminate the severely penalized horse. 335 Should Suggested and/or preferred; addresses an area where some degree of subjectivity or discretion on the part of the judge may result in either reward or penalty as the judge sees fit. 336 Specialty Classes At the discretion of show management any class may be specified to be a two gait specialty class and the canter will not be required. Two gaits must be exhibited each way of the ring in order for the entry to be judged. FOSH encourages show managers to begin to increase the number of three gait classes at shows and limit specialty classes to junior, novice, junior horses and elderly riders. 337 Will See Mandatory Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-11

12 Notice to exhibitors of Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters: As of January 1, 2008 The maximum toe length including the shoe will be 4.5 inches for all Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters. These regulations cover all gaited horse classes governed by (included in) the Rule book. Check breed rules for specific shoeing regulations. 401 FOSH Philosophy Under IJA rules, gaited horses are evaluated on the basis of what they do (way of going) and how well they fit the description of the ideal horse for the class rather than on the arbitrary distinction of how they are shod. FOSH is committed to shoeing practices that correspond with the protection of the horse s foot and structure rather than the use of the shoe as a gait enhancer or action device. Horses exhibited at FOSH sanctioned events are to be shod in accordance with accepted principles of farrier science in order to protect the animal s feet and to ensure correct footfall, rather than primarily to enhance performance. Any shoeing practice that detracts from the integrity of the animal s foot or that is done with the intent of creating exaggerated performance is prohibited. The shoe must fit the horse s natural foot. The foot cannot be filed away to give the appearance of a smaller foot nor can it be vised to fit a smaller shoe size. Contracted heels will be scrutinized by judges and penalized if there is a suspicion that the contraction has resulted in a sensitive foot. 402 Gaited Horse Classes Governed by the IJA Rule Book The size and type of shoes allowed in FOSH sanctioned competition is to be determined by show management and must be listed on show programs. The one inch shoe is the largest permissible shoe. It is permissible only on horses 4 and over and in specified classes. Check Breed rules for specific shoeing regulations. Shoes must be properly forged and attached with nails. Shoes may be attached by glue if the design if the shoe permits. As of January 1, 2006, the unaltered Clear Ground Control Plastic Horseshoe with the center bar intact is permissible in all classes. Borium or drill tech not greater than 1/8 inch is permitted Clips drawn from the shoe itself are permitted or clips from the manufacturer are permitted. Pads are prohibited. Rim Pads are prohibited. Bands are prohibited. No additional weight is allowed on or in the hoof, or added to or concealed in the shoe Bar shoes are prohibited unless required and approved for therapeutic purposes. (410) 403 Toe Length Toe length must not exceed 5 inches. The allowable toe length is breed specific. In accordance with the USDA heel/toe ratio, the toe length must exceed the height of the heel by 1 inch or more. Chapter 4: Shoeing Regulations METHOD OF MEASURING TOE AND HEEL The length of the toe will be measured, with the horse standing on a flat surface. With a metal ruler six inches or 15 cm in length, determine the length of the toe by measuring the front of the hoof, in the center, from the skin line on the lower side of the coronary band to the ground. The skin line on the lower side of the coronary band is to be defined by palpation. The thumb should be used to press on the horny hoof wall proceeding from the ground toward the hairline. The first compressible soft tissue palpated is the lower side of the coronary band. The hairline does not necessarily coincide with the lower side of the coronary band. Determine the height of the heel by measuring from the skin line on the lower side of the coronary band to the ground, with the ruler perpendicular to the ground. Diagram for measuring example only, see breed section for toe length. 404 Time Outs for Thrown Shoes Unless allowed in specific breed rules, time outs for thrown shoes are not allowed. Time outs for thrown shoes are not allowed in TWH, Racking Horse, Spotted Saddle Horse and Open Gaited Breed Classes. Exhibitors whose horses throw shoes may elect to be excused from the ring or to complete the class minus a shoe. Shoes that are thrown in the ring will be presented to the DQP at the conclusion of the class for inspection. 405 Definitions CAULKS - any raised portions on the heel of the shoe that alter the angle of the shoe (and therefore the foot), however small. Borium or drill tech by themselves are not included. Caulks may be turned back portions of the handmade shoe (turnbacks) or poured portions of machine made shoes. TRAILERS - any portion of the heel of the shoe that turns away from the shoe, i.e. turns in an outward direction away from the convex curve of the shoe. Trailers may have caulks or be flat (the same thickness as the rest of the shoe). TURNBACK portions of the handmade shoe that are bent and come under the shoe to make a caulk. HEEL the back of the shoe at the open ends. HEELED SHOES any portion of the shoe at the open end than is thicker than the remainder of the shoe. 406 Keg Shoes Unaltered factory made shoes of the sort normally referred to as a keg shoe are permissible with the exception of toe weighted shoes, like the Diamond Toe Weight. Material in the keg shoe must be of a consistent type. Welded clips are prohibited: Only clips drawn from the shoe itself or clips from the manufacturer are permitted. No additional weight can be added to the shoe-no pieces of shoe can be cut off, nor can anything be welded or added to the shoe. A heeled shoe is permitted but trailers on keg shoes are prohibited. No turned back caulks, only poured caulks on the originally manufactured shoe allowed. The shoe must not extend past Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-12

13 the toe, carry over beyond the normal rim of the hoof or extend past the bulb of the heel. Rear sliding plates used on reining horses will be allowed in all classes provided that the horse is entered in a reining class at that competition. Keg shoes are allowed in all divisions. The wide web keg (machine made) shoe is allowed in all classes that allow keg shoes. 407 Lite Shod Shoe On both front and rear hooves, the lite shod shoe whether hand made or manufactured must be no wider than ¾ inch and no thicker than 3/8 inch. No bare plate or additional weight will be allowed inside the shoe or attached in any way that meets the hoof. A caulk is permissible but it must be no thicker than ¾ inch. The turnback must not exceed 1 inch, measured from the forward edge of the caulk to the inside fold of the caulk. The shoe must not extend more than ¼ inch beyond the hoof at the toe. Trailers no longer than 1 inch in length (measured from the point the trailer turns away from the shoe to the end of the trailer on the short side of the trailer) are permitted on hind shoes. The entire shoe including the caulk or trailer is not to extend behind the bulb of the horse s heel when a perpendicular line is drawn from the bulb of the heel to the ground. Chapter 4: Shoeing Regulations protest will reimburse the owner or agent up to $25 to cover the replacement of the contested shoe. The owner will bear the cost of removal and replacement of a shoe challenged by a DQP or VMO regardless of the outcome of the challenge. If the owner or agent refuses to allow a shoe to be pulled, the entry is disqualified from any further participation at the competition, all awards and prizes in the competition are forfeited, and all fees are forfeited. 414 Tungsten Shoes Tungsten shoes or any other similar excessive weight shoes will NOT be permitted at FOSH sanctioned shows, even if they measure legal as either a lite-shod or 1 inch shoe. The weight of these shoes, as reported by the USDA, is far in excess of either lite-shod, 1 or traditional heavy shod 1 ½ shoes. While this type of shoe may meet the dimensions of the traditional lite-shod shoe, allowing a shoe of this excessive weight to be used in a lite-shod class would not meet the intended spirit of the definition of a lite-shod shoe. 408 The 1 Inch Shoe On both front and rear hooves, the1 inch shoe whether hand made or manufactured must be no wider than 1 inch and no thicker than ½ inch. No bare plate or additional weight will be allowed inside the shoe or attached in any way that meets the hoof. A caulk is permissible but it must be no thicker than 1 inch. The turn back must not exceed 1 inch, measured from the forward edge of the caulk to the inside fold of the caulk. The shoe must not extend more than ¼ inch beyond the hoof at the toe. Trailers no longer than 1 inch in length (measured from the point the trailer turns away from the shoe to the end of the trailer on the short side of the trailer) are permitted on hind shoes. The entire shoe including the caulk or trailer is not to extend behind the bulb of the horse s heel when a perpendicular line is drawn from the bulb of the heel to the ground. A horse must be 4 years or older to exhibit with the 1 inch shoe. Photo courtesy of USDA Animal Care Exhibition of Weanlings and Yearlings Weanlings and yearlings exhibited at FOSH sanctioned events must be shown barefoot with a toe that does not exceed 3.5 inches in length. 410 Therapeutic Shoeing In an attempt to allow horses with conditions like navicular or complications from founder to compete in a comfortable manner, therapeutic shoeing may be permitted on a case-by-case basis. In all gaited horse classes pads, including rim pads, and bands are prohibited. Bar shoes are prohibited, unless required for therapeutic purposes. Contact the IJA Director of Judges for a Request for Therapeutic Shoeing Dispensation. 411 Use of Repair Materials Occasionally due to normal wear and tear or injury, the use of bondable materials like acrylics are required to return the hoof to a condition where it can retain a horseshoe. Acrylics or fillers are prohibited for the artificial extension of toes. The use of materials is permissible for hoof repair. Such repairs cannot exceed more than 25% of the total surface of the foot. On a foot where an acrylic or filler repair has been made, black hoof polish cannot be applied in order to allow the DQP to scrutinize the repair to ensure compliance with this rule. 412 Hoof Polish Hoof polish is not a consideration in judging. Clean, healthy hooves are preferred. Clear hoof polish is allowed but not required. Black hoof polish is not prohibited, except as restricted in Article Removal of Shoes and Casting of Shoes If a shoe is cast or removed and the shoe is in violation of the FOSH regulations for shoeing, the entry will be disqualified for the remainder of the competition and all entry fees, prizes and awards will be forfeited. The cost of removal of any protested or contested shoe, or of any shoe found on a horse suspected by the DQP or VMO of being pressure shod, is the responsibility of the owner. If the protest is not upheld, the individual filing the Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-13

14 501 General Information Judges will follow an established ring protocol in all under saddle classes. Judging does not commence until the gate is officially closed and the class called to order. Judges or show management may direct that the gate be closed after the announcement of a two-minute gate call. The ringmaster is responsible for timing of the gate call, and in the absence of the ringmaster the judge will keep the official time. Once the gate is closed, no entry will be allowed to enter the ring. Although horses enter at the gait specified in the breed description, the judge may direct the class to go at ease while waiting for the class to fill. Riders may stop on the rail and use that time to make minor tack adjustments, as long as dismounting is not necessary. 502 Requirements for Exhibition All horses that enter the ring to compete must be controlled and must pose no danger to other entries. Fractious behavior will not be allowed to disrupt the performance of other competitors. In the event that an exhibitor does not request the gate if his horse becomes unruly, the judge must excuse the entry. 503 Voluntary Requests to Be Excused Any exhibitor has the right to request to be excused from consideration at any time during the competition but prior to the lineup. Once the lineup has been called, only the judge may excuse an exhibitor from a class. An exhibitor must pull into center ring and request permission to be excused through the ringmaster. The exhibitor may choose to remain mounted or to dismount. 504 Involuntary Dismissal from the Ring The judge may exercise his/her discretionary power to excuse an exhibitor at any point in the class. When a judge makes this determination, the class will be stopped, the exhibitor will be asked to pull into center ring and the ringmaster will give the exhibitor a brief description of the reason for the dismissal. Discussion of the decision in center ring is not allowed. The announcer will make an announcement that the exhibitor has been dismissed at the request of the judge; the exhibitor will leave the ring; then, the class will continue. 505 Time-Outs Time-outs may only be called for tack breakage or repair. If an entry throws a shoe during the course of a class, the exhibitor has the option of continuing without a shoe, or requesting to be excused from the class. To request a time-out, the rider must pull into center ring and request the time from the ringmaster. The rider must remain mounted, unless to do so would constitute a danger to the exhibitor or the horse. In the absence of an emergency, the rider may dismount when permission for the time-out is given. Timing begins when the announcement of the timeout is made. No assistant or groom may enter the ring before the announcement. The only problem that may be corrected during a timeout is the problem for which the request was made. A total of ten minutes per individual entry is allowed for timeouts in a class. Regardless of the length of time expended, no more than two time-outs per entry will be allowed per class. The ringmaster is the official timekeeper and will record the amount of time spent during the timeout in a notebook kept for that purpose. Other riders are to remain at ease during the time out and may make adjustments to tack that do not require the rider to dismount. Assistance in the ring or from over the rail is prohibited. 506 Workouts A judge may call for a workout for any or all of the entries in the class in order to determine the final placement of entries within the group designated for the workout. Horses may be worked out for other than the top placings. Horses may be tied for positions only against other horses considered within a section of the workout. Entries who have already been placed in the class will be asked to park Chapter 5: Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures to the center of the ring, until the workout is completed. All horses that have not been selected for the workout are excused after the final workout horses have been selected. Workout entries are judged as if a new class has begun. Horses chosen for workouts must be worked both ways of the ring at any gait requested. Cards are to be marked on the basis of the quality of the presentation during a workout. In any class having more than one judge, the presence of a horse on one judge s card is sufficient to allow the horse to be in the workout group. Under a multi judge system, judges may confer together if they are using the workout to tie specific places, rather than the entire class. 507 Championship and Grand Championship Classes In order to compete in any Championship or Grand Championship class offered at a FOSH sanctioned event, the entry must first have been shown and judged in a qualifying class in order to enter the championship or grand championship round. In championship classes horses may, at the discretion of the judge, be stripped for conformation judging. When Grand Championship classes are held as part of a FOSH sanctioned show, stripping of the entries is mandatory. Two grooms are allowed in the ring with each entry if horses are to be stripped. 508 Fall of Horse or Rider The fall of a horse, defined as the shoulder and the point of the hip on the same side hitting the ground, or the fall of a rider from the horse will result in the entry being excused from further competition. 509 Weight of Obstacles in Rail Classes Some traditional rail classes may include several obstacles as part of the mandatory elements. The primary purpose of the obstacles is to show obedience to the rider and a willing attitude on the part of the horse. Obstacles in any rail class will count for 25% of the total score. 510 Incomplete or Incorrect Appointments Entries will be penalized for incomplete or incorrect appointments, but not necessarily disqualified. The use of prohibited shoeing, tack, equipment and/or attire will result in disqualification. (See Chapter 4, 608 and 615) 511 ATSM Helmets The use of ATSM helmets is recommended for all riders in all classes. They will not be penalized as part of any presentation including equitation competition. The use of ATSM helmets is mandatory for all riders regardless of age at all FOSH sanctioned shows in speed events, natural horsemanship, and over fences. In states where the use of ATSM helmets is mandated in all divisions for youth riders, the laws of the state will supersede the regulations in the IJA Rule Book. Judging Procedures 512 General The judge has the responsibility and the authority to excuse from the ring any horse that exhibits a bad image way of going, appears to be off or lame, who exhibits unruly behavior, or who otherwise fails to conform to the IJA Rules. o The judge has the responsibility and the authority to ask that a shoe be pulled for examination of both shoe and foot. Horses bleeding from the mouth or muzzle will be eliminated in any class. Gaited horses that exhibit bilaterally curly hair from the knee to the coronary band will not be tied in any class even if such horses pass DQP inspections because the presence of such hair creates a bad public image for pleasure horses. The decision to excuse a horse from competition is not protest-able. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-14

15 Horses that are excused, either from the lineup or from the rail, do not meet the criteria of having been shown and judged. Judges observe the entrance of the class, before the gate is closed, for two purposes only: to count the number of entries in a class and to note any signs of lameness or potential disqualifying issues before the field is placed in competition. Judging takes place only when the class is called to order. Breaks in gait or other mistakes that occur before that time are not considered in the final evaluation. 513 In Hand Classes General When judging specific breeds, the registry requirements of the breed will be used. Horses must be exhibited by a single exhibitor. Classes may be subdivided by age or gender at the option of show management. Weanlings and Yearlings must be shown barefoot. Unruly or ill-mannered horses must be excused from the ring. Emphasis will be placed on type, conformation, substance, quality, turnout and evaluation of the way of going. Transmissible weaknesses and/or unsoundness (club foot, parrot mouth, etc.) must be severely penalized as the division is intended for the rewarding of horses that will improve breeds. Surface blemishes may be overlooked. In breeding stock classes: o All horses will be checked for correct mouths. o Mature stallions will be checked for the presence of two testicles. o The vaginas of mares will be checked for good reproductive conformation. Judges will reward characteristics that can be passed on through breeding and severely penalize characteristics that are undesirable. In all in hand classes, horses may be asked to square up as part of judging and they must do so in order to be considered for prizes. Western horse are not to be parked in any division. In Hand Class Routine unless specified in breed rules Entries enter the ring at a walk and proceed counterclockwise. Model entries walk to a position on the rail and take the position for judging. Halter entries will be worked both ways of the ring and then line up for judging. Entries are shown at the walk and may be asked to extend the gait at the direction of the judge. The quality of the gait will be judged in accordance with the standards developed by the breed registries. Entries that are parked stand erect, not overly camped out, and balanced on four corners. Ears are and the attitude of the horse is attentive to his handler while interested in his surroundings. The expression must be alert. In all in hand classes, horses may be asked to square up as part of judging and they must do so in order to be considered for prizes. Western horses are not to be parked in any division. 514 Under Saddle Classes When competition begins, gaits are called as specified in breed rules. No curb chain or cavesson adjustments are allowed on the reverse. Judges are cautioned not to overwork a class or to continue it past the point where the performance of the entries begins to suffer or horses are laboring. In all classes where the parked position is a traditional part of the display of the entry, the horse must park and stand quietly but not overstretched. During the lineup, the judge and the ringmaster will walk the line. At that time, the judge may ask that the bit be dropped for inspection, or that the shoes be examined and measured. In both situations, the horse will step forward from the line. This is done at the discretion of the judge and may be requested in any class. The judge may excuse horses for signs of physical distress and observable violations of the rules, even if those rules were not noticed on the Chapter 5: Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures rail during competition. All pleasure horses must back a minimum of four steps on a straight track unless a different number of steps is specified in breed specific rules. A refusal to back four steps in a straight line, without jerking or sawing on the reins on the part of the rider, or with the exhibition of a gaped mouth or swishing tail, indicative of resistance or irritation, will be penalized in the final judging. If a rider is asked to back a horse standing in the parked position, the rider must first square the horse up, before asking for the rein back. After all the mandatory requirements of the class are met, placing will be based primarily on the quality of gaits, the adherence to the specific requirements of the division, and the appearance of the horse to be a willing pleasure horse. A horse that fails to exhibit any of the required gaits for a sufficient period to allow the judge to form an adequate impression of the entry will not be tied above other horses that do present all required gaits. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-15

16 601 General Information FOSH sanctioned events require a certain level of presentation in keeping with the traditions of equestrian sport. Exhibitors should be neatly turned out, in tack and attire appropriate for the division in which they have chosen to compete. Tack and attire requirements as outlined in this Article apply to all horses exhibited at FOSH sanctioned events unless specific tack and attire requirements are outlined under individual breeds in the Appendix section of this Rule Book or unless show management deems otherwise. In addition to Article 6, exhibitors should check individual breed requirements for Tack, and Attire. Protective headgear may be worn in any class at a FOSH sanctioned event and will not be penalized for appearance by any judge. FOSH makes no warranty, express or implied, that the wearing of protective headgear will protect riders from all of the risks attendant with participation in equestrian sports but supports and encourages the use of such headgear in support of equestrian safety. Where states require the use of protective headgear, show managers will comply with the requirements of the state. Competitor must display the correct number that must be clearly visible while performing in any class unless otherwise stated in the prize list. Competitors may be penalized at the discretion of the judge. Judges, at their discretion, may authorize adjustments to attire due to weather-related conditions. Boots or shoes worn while riding anywhere on the competition grounds must have a distinguishable heel. Cruppers and fore girths are allowed if required to keep saddle in position. Saddle pads including gel pads may be used in all Divisions. 602 Schooling Shows The primary purpose of a schooling show is education. The organizing committee determines if all IJA Rules regarding Tack and Attire will be followed OR if casual attire and tack such as that used for training, schooling or pleasure riding is acceptable. All prohibited tack and equipment or appliances listed in the IJA Rule Book are prohibited at Schooling Shows. All tack and attire must be safe for both horse and rider. Nylon equipment is permissible but gloves must be worn. 603 Traditional Tack and Attire for Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mangalargo Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mangalargo Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses compete using tack and attire that are traditional to their breed and in some instances this traditional tack and attire may be different from the allowable tack and attire of the IJA Rule Book. Peruvian Paso, Paso Fino, Mangalargo Marchador, Icelandic and Tiger Horses may be shown in FOSH sanctioned shows using traditional tack and attire even if this tack and attire requires mixing tack and attire and is of a style not considered English or Western. 604 Special Exception to Tack, Equipment and Attire Special exceptions to tack equipment and attire may be made to accommodate those with religious reasons or with a physical handicap. Special exceptions may include, but are not limited to, split riding skirts for women in both English and Western classes, and special arrangements to accommodate those with a physical handicap. Requests for approval of such exceptions must be submitted to Show Management (who will notify IJA of the request) prior to participation in competition. Exhibition may not occur without approval of the request. 605 Local Options Show managers may elect to use local option classes not included in the IJA Rule Book. Local Options Classes include classes popular to a specific area and may include fun classes. Although these classes will be judged on criteria provided by show management or by the association that controls the breed or discipline, they must adhere to the basic FOSH philosophy and principles regarding the humane treatment of horses as identified Chapter 6: Tack and Attire in the IJA Rule Book. Descriptions and criteria for judging local option classes must be provided to the IJA judge at least 30 days prior to the event 606 Other Acceptable Tack Options Buena Vista saddles and Australian saddles without a horn are acceptable in the following classes: English Trail Pleasure, Working English Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure, Open Gaited Breed, Trail Obstacle, Natural Horsemanship and Water Glass. When using the Buena Vista saddle or the Australian saddle without a horn in the preceding classes, the remaining tack and attire must be English. Australian stock seat saddles with a horn are acceptable in the following classes: Western Trail Pleasure, Working Western Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure, Open Gaited Breed, Trail Obstacle, Natural Horsemanship and Water Glass. When using the Australian stock seat saddle with a horn in the preceding classes, the remaining tack and attire must be Western. 607 Allowable Training Aids on Show Grounds (Warm Up Ring) Although not allowed in competition certain equipment is allowed on the show grounds and in the warm up ring. Side reins, draw reins, and standing and running martingales may be used in the warm up ring. Nonweighted bell boots may be used in the warm up ring prior to DQP inspection, although they may be inspected at any time. It is prohibited for horses to stand in stalls wearing bell boots, side reins, draw reins, or any equipment that covers the lower leg. 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire The use of any Prohibited item of Tack, Equipment and Attire UNLESS allowed in Individual Division Rules results in Disqualification at FOSH sanctioned events. PROHIBITED TACK and EQUIPMENT Shoes larger than 1 inch by ½ inch (See Chapter 4) Prohibited Appliances (See 217) Prohibited Substances (See 216) Shanks on curb bits greater than 8.5 inches Any bit the judge considers inhumane Bits with mouthpieces of bicycle chain or chain saw chain Gag bits without shanks Curb straps or chains less than ½ inch in width; curb chains that do not lie flat against the chin groove; any wire, rawhide or other material used in conjunction with the curb strap or chain; round, rolled, or braided curb straps of leather Headstalls with studs or other protuberances concealed within the leather Mechanical Hackmore Weighted Bell Boots Overcheck bits (may be used in Driving) Blinders or blinkers (may be used in Driving) Side reins (may be used in warm-up ring only) Draw Reins (may be used in warm-up ring only) Running or standing martingales (may be used in warm-up ring, TWH Over Fences, Barrels and Pole Bending only) Tiedowns (may be used in TWH Over Fences, Barrels and Pole Bending only) Non-weighted bell boots (may be used in warm-up ring, TWH Over Fences, Barrels, Pole Bending, Reining, Freestyle Reining, Trail Obstacle, Western Riding, Obstacle Driving, Speed Racking only) Polo Wraps (may be used in Barrels, Pole Bending, Reining, Western Riding, TWH over fences, Trail Obstacle, Obstacle Driving, Speed Racking only) Splint Boots (may be used in Barrels, Pole Bending, Reining, Western Riding, TWH Over Fences, Trail Obstacle, Obstacle Driving, Speed Racking only) Combi Boots (may be used in TWH Over Fences, Barrels, Pole Bending, Reining, Trail Obstacle, Western Riding, Obstacle Driving, Speed Racking only) Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-16

17 Nosebands: dropped nosebands and Kennington nosebands Cavessons: cross chain and crank chain Combination of tack and attire (Western bridle or bit with English saddle, etc.) unless specified in premium list. Parade saddles (may be used in Western Parade classes) Forward Seat Saddles (may be used in Over Fences) Personal identification on tack or equipment must not be used during competition Communication Devices except as outlined in 210 PROHIBITED EQUIPMENT Sharpened points on either English or Western spurs Whips longer than 48 inches including the lash Any item attached to the end of the whip, including paper bags, balloons, and rags, intended to agitate or to encourage more animation or bloom Tongue ties or mouth ties Chapter 6: Tack and Attire Curb Bit: A leverage bit. The headstall is attached in a slot or ring (fixed opening) above the mouthpiece. The reins are attached in a ring or slot (fixed opening) below the mouthpiece. A Curb bit usually has shanks; but if the rein is attached below the mouthpiece in a different ring or slot, leverage is created whether there are visible shanks or not and the bit is considered a curb bit. A curb strap or curb chain is attached to the cheek piece or purchase. Example of a curb bit PROHIBITED ATTIRE Shoes without distinguishable heels Ball caps Coveralls Personal identification on attire must not be used during competition Men s pants without a belt, even if suspenders are worn 609 Bits See also 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire When bit is used in these rules, it means the complete device - the mouthpiece (which is placed in the horses mouth), the cheek ring or purchase where the headstall is attached, the rein ring where the reins are attached. Any bit not specifically identified as English or Western but fitting the description in 613 and 614 and not prohibited, may be used in either English or Western presentations. The maximum length of the shank on a bit allowable at a FOSH sanctioned event is 8.5 inches measured from the inside of the top ring where the headstall is attached to the inside of the bottom ring where the reins are attached. 610 Types of Bits New bits are developed every day and given names by manufacturers, retailers or owners that are often confusing and contradictory. Whether new or old, the majority of bits fit into the following categories: Snaffle Bit: A direct pull or non-leverage bit. The headstall and reins are attached to the same ring without obstruction at the corners of the mouthpiece. There is no fixed point of attachment (loops or fixed ring). Example of Snaffle bit Pelham Bit: A bit designed for the use of 2 reins, but sometimes used with 1 set of reins. If a single set of reins is attached to a ring directly beside the mouthpiece creating a direct pull, the bit is considered a Snaffle Bit. If a single set of reins is attached to a ring or slot below the mouthpiece creating leverage, the bit is considered a Curb bit. Under these rules a Pelham bit may only be used as a curb bit. Example of a Pelham bit 611 Curb Chains and Curb Straps: See also 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire English Curb Chains must be at least ½ inch and must lay flat across the chin groove. English Curb Chains attach to the bit with metal hooks or fasteners in the same place (cheek ring or purchase) as the headstall attaches to the bit. (One hole on the bit is used for both the headstall and curb chain attachment.) Western Curb Straps must be at least ½ inch, constructed of leather or woven material and attach to the bit with straps and buckles. Chain may lay between the leather or woven attachments. The curb strap must lay flat across the chin groove. As of January 1, 2006, complete chain curbs are acceptable with a Western bit. Western Curb Straps/Chains attach to the bit with a strap or buckle or hook in one of two ways: in a separate fixed ring or slot beside the cheek ring or purchase OR in the same ring (cheek ring or purchase) as the headstall 612 Bitless Bridles Bitless bridles are those with no mechanical leverage such as leather or rawhide bosals and other direct pull bridles with the appropriate English or Western headstall. Bitless bridles are allowed in all classes except Natural Horsemanship. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-17

18 613 Bits Allowed in English Presentation: See also 609 Bits, 610 Types of Bits, 611 Curb Chains and Curb Straps and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire, English Snaffle bits: D-ring, loose ring, egg butt, full cheek, Boucher (b-ring) and bradoon (bridoon). The mouthpiece of an English Snaffle bit may be solid, single jointed, or double jointed. English Curb bits have a single ring for the headstall and curb attachment. The headstall and the curb chain attach in the same ring on an English Curb bit because the ring is large enough to accommodate both the leather of the headstall and the hook of the curb chain. Allowable English Curb bits include: Wonder gag bits; bits with walking horse shanks; Weymouth; Pelham with a single rein; and Kimberwick. The mouthpiece of an English Curb bit may be solid, single jointed, double jointed, may have a roller and may have a port. Chapter 6: Tack and Attire *English Curb bit note single ring or slot for both headstall and curb attachment. 614 Bits Allowed in Western Presentation: See also 609 Bits, 610 Types of Bits, 611 Curb Chains and Curb Straps and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Western Snaffle bits: D-ring, loose ring, egg butt and center mounted. (A full cheek snaffle or a driving snaffle are not acceptable Western snaffle bits.) The mouthpiece of a Western Snaffle bit may be solid, single jointed or double jointed. In Western classes, a loose curb strap positioned below the reins is allowed. The mouthpiece of a Western Snaffle bit may be solid, single jointed or double jointed. Western Curb bits may include a separate fixed hole beside the ring for the headstall attachment when the single ring is not large enough to accommodate the leather of the halter as well as the leather curb strap attachment: OR a single ring for the headstall and curb attachment when the ring is large enough to accommodate the leather of the headstall as well as the leather from the curb strap if a leather curb strap is used. Western Curb bits may have engraved shanks and slobber bars. The shank may swivel or be fixed. The mouthpiece of a Western Curb bit may be solid, single jointed, double jointed, and may have a roller or cricket or port. *Western Curb Bits showing 2 styles of attachment for curb strap/ chain Both L and M are acceptable Western Curb bits. L has a hole for the headstall attachment and a separate slot for the curb strap or curb chain M has a single hole to accommodate both the headstall and the curb strap or curb chain 615 Prohibited Bits Prohibited Bits Bits with shanks over 8.5 inches Slip or gag bits in Western classes. Mouthpieces may slide slightly (no more than 1 inch), but this is not generally considered gag action Gag bits without shanks in English and Western classes Bits with mouthpieces of bicycle or chain saw chains or any other inhumane materials Wonder bits in Western Classes 616 Barrel Racing This is a Western class. For complete description refer to 645. ASTM HELMETS are mandatory Optional Equipment Polo wraps Skid boots Splint boots Running or standing martingales Tiedowns Non-weighted bell boots Combi Boots Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-18

19 Prohibited Equipment See 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Spurs rowelled Tapederoes Whips 617 Country Pleasure Country Pleasure classes may be either English (Saddle Seat) or Western. For complete description refer to 638, 645, 606, and Dressage Full information of Dressage for Gaited Horses can be found in The IJA Manual for Gaited Dressage on the FOSH website. IJA Dressage for Gaited Horses allows the use of non traditional tack and attire show management may allow Dressage competition in alternate tack and attire (Western, traditional breed, saddle seat, etc.) but the bit must be a snaffle, spurs must be blunt. Please note: show management may choose to restrict tack and attire allowed for Dressage Competition to that considered traditional for Dressage. The traditional is described as follows: Horses may be shown with braided or full manes See 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Dressage Tack Saddle Dressage or English All Purpose: brown or black: may be leather or a conservative colored synthetic material Breast Strap black or brown (optional) Saddle Pad square or rounded, white Bridle English style with leather headband Cavessons and nosebands traditional, or flash, dropped, crescent and crossed Bit unjointed snaffles (Mullen-mouth); snaffles with single or double jointed mouthpieces (D-ring, egg-butt, Dr. Bristol and French snaffle, Boucher (b-ring) and Fulmer); snaffles with or without keepers on cheeks. Synthetic mouthpieces are permissible and mouthpieces may be wrapped in latex. Dressage Equipment Spurs blunt English style with shank pointing directly back from the center of the spur, with a sooth arm; or blunt rotating rowelled spurs. Whip up to 48 inches including lash Dressage Attire Gloves (either dark or white) are mandatory Coat -dark hunt style or dressage style coat Females White or cream ratcatcher style shirt with stock pin of silver or gold. Males - collared shirt with tie Breeches white, gray, beige or cream Boots high English either field or dress (including rubber boots styled as hunt boots) Hunt cap Chapter 6: Tack and Attire 620 Equitation Equitation classes may be either English Equitation or Stock Seat Equitation. Traditional attire (Saddle Seat) is allowed in English Equitation, but colors should be conservative. For complete description refer to 638, 645 and 608 In addition: Gloves are mandatory Hats are recommended Open Equitation classes which do not specify a specific style of riding are open to all gaited breeds. Open Equitation classes are governed by the traditional specific breed rules for tack and attire. 621 EquiTheater (previously Horse Dancing) Although no special tack and attire are required, exhibitors must still adhere to the IJA rules for shoeing, shank length on bits and comply with all other IJA rules that promote the humane treatment of the horse (restrictions on action devices, severe bits etc.). Although costumes are an integral part of this class, safety for both horse and rider is of prime importance. Costumes must be in good taste and not be demeaning or derogatory in any way. Use of the National Flag is not allowed. For complete description, see OGB Halter For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, 626 and In Hand Tack, Equipment and Attire In Hand classes include Halter; Model; Produce of Dam; Get of Sire; Suitability as a Sire or Dam; In Hand Obstacle Weanling and Yearling; and Showmanship at Halter. Horses may be presented using: Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire; Western Tack, Equipment and Attire; or Hunt Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire. General Weanlings and yearlings may only be shown in a leather halter with a throat latch Stallions 2 years of age and over may only be shown in a bridle All horses except weanlings, yearlings and stallions 2 and over may be shown in either halter or bridle A chain may be attached to the lead line on the halter. Gloves are required Shoes with a distinguishable heel are required See 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614, and 615 for Bits and In Hand - Saddle Seat Presentation Tack and Equipment Halter English Show Halter with a throatlatch Lead Line with or without chain Bridle English style with an English bit and leather or colored brow band Whip - not to exceed 48 inches including the lash. Braids or ribbons at the mane and forelock (optional) Inappropriate Tack, Equipment and Attire Brow band colored, patent leather or vinyl Double Bridle Bit - curb bit Saddle Seat style ribbons Saddles - cutback, Australian, Beuna Vista, Western, or forward seat Saddle pads - colored pads Polo wraps or leg protection Hair bows or other ornamentation Visible jewelry Tail coats Top hats 619 English Pleasure All classes are traditional Saddle Seat classes. For complete description refer to 638 and 608 Attire Hat is mandatory for males 18 and over Gloves are mandatory Shirt long sleeved with a collar Tie Dress pants Saddle Suit or Day coat and jodhpur breeches 625 In Hand - Western Presentation Tack and Equipment Halter Western Show Halter with a throatlatch; may include silver Lead Line on halter with or without chain. Bridle Western style bridle with a Western bit; may include silver. Attire Gloves are mandatory. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-19

20 Western hat Shirt long sleeved with a collar and a tie Turtle neck or slinky with decorative neckwear Western style pants or colored Denim pant Belt Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Braids or ribbons (inappropriate) Whip 626 In Hand - Hunt Seat Presentation Tack and Equipment Halter - English Show Halter with a throat latch Lead Line on halter with or without chain.. Bridle - English style Bridle with an English bit and leather brow band Attire Gloves are mandatory Hunt jacket and shirt Breeches English riding boots English Hunt cap Inappropriate Tack, Equipment and Attire Braids Colored brow band 627 In Hand Obstacle for Weanlings and Yearlings For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, and 626 and Lead Line Attire may be English or Western, but not a combination of both. Lead shank is mandatory. The lead shank must be safely attached to the bridle, or to the ring on a halter placed over the bridle. 629 Model Horses must be at least 2 years. Horses must be shown in bridle. For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, and 626 and Natural Horsemanship Required Equipment ASTM Helmets are mandatory Rope halter with one or two reins OR rope around the neck Optional Equipment Saddle English or Western, Buena Vista, Australian saddle with a horn, Australian saddle without a horn Prohibited Equipment See 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Bits Bitless bridle Bridle Mechanical hackmore Spurs Stiff bosal Whip 631 Over Fences and Jumping See 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Over Fences Tack and Equipment Saddle forward seat or English all purpose Bridle English bridle with leather brow band Bit Snaffle, Kimberwick or Pelham with one rein Dropped nosebands allowed Running or standing martingales Tiedowns Non-weighted bell boots Polo Wraps Chapter 6: Tack and Attire Splint Boots Combi Boots Hunter Bat Prohibited Equipment Saddle Seat style ribbons (inappropriate) Rowelled spurs Double bridles Over Fences Attire ATSM helmet or Hunt Cap with an attached safety harness is mandatory. The ATSM helmet should be covered with a black helmet cover. Gloves are mandatory Hunt type jacket Females - Ratcatcher shirt with stock pins Males - Collared shirt with tie Youth 12 and under may wear jodhpur breeches, knee garters and paddock boots Boots - high English; field or dress; black or brown; leather or rubber Breeches Spurs English blunt 632 Parade Parade classes may be designated Western, English, Period, Historical or Open. No matter the classification, the purpose of the class is to entertain and dazzle. Tack and Attire Clothing and appointments may be decorated with sequins, rhinestones, or other decorative elements. Braids augmented with flowers or other elements may be used in the mane and/or at the tail. Glitter is allowed on the body of the horse and in the mane and tail. Glittering of the hooves is permitted. Polo wraps, non-weighted bell boots or combi boots may be used. Tie downs and martingales are prohibited.. If the theme is Western or representative of the Old West: o Western Attire including cowboy shirt, cowboy hat, Western boots, Spurs (blunt knob or blunt rowelled). o Decorative firearms. o Charro attire representative of the Old West o Sidesaddle attire o Optional Western Parade Tack Parade Saddles Sidesaddle If the theme is English, the tack and attire should be appropriate to the discipline (Saddle Seat, Hunt Seat, Dressage). o For complete description refer to 638, 631, 618 and 608 If the theme is Period or Historical, tack and attire should be appropriate to the period of history represented or to the Historical or Traditional costume of the breed. 633 Park All classes are traditional Saddle Seat classes. For complete description refer to 638 and Pleasure Driving Pleasure Driving Tack and Equipment Any serviceable two- wheel cart or four-wheel buggy, but two and four wheel vehicles should not be shown in the same class. Leather harness Breeching - required with wooden wheeled vehicles but not required with wire wheeled vehicles. Blinders or blinkers are required. Flash nosebands optional only with a snaffle bit Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-20

21 Bit snaffle or Liverpool Overcheck bit may be used Whip up to 6 feet including the lash Prohibited Tack and Equipment See also 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Kimberwick bit Fine harness buggies or viceroys Antique vehicles other than classes for historic vehicles Pleasure Driving Attire Gloves are mandatory Hats for gentlemen over 18 are mandatory Ladies conservative dress including blouse and skirt; shirt and jods with apron; day or evening dress depending on the time of the event Gentlemen - conservative business attire including coat, tie, slacks and hat Saddle Seat or day coat and jods for gentlemen and ladies Shoe with a distinguishable heel Optional Pleasure Driving Attire Hats for ladies Lap robes 635 Pole Bending This is a Western class. For complete description refer to 645 and 608 ASTM HELMETS are mandatory Optional Equipment Polo wraps Skid boots Splint boots Running or standing martingales Tiedowns Non-weighted bell boots Combi Boots Prohibited Equipment (See also 608) Spurs rowelled Tapederoes Whips 636 Ranch Horse Tack Equipment and Attire For complete description refer to Article 645 and Article 608 Required Ranch Horse Tack Western stock saddle with back cinch is mandatory Required Ranch Horse Attire Western hat Boots Chaps or chinks Long sleeved Western style shirt Western pants or denim jeans Optional Ranch Horse Attire Western style vests Western style jackets in the evening or in inclement weather Inappropriate Ranch Horse Tack, Equipment and Attire Silver, other than conchos Sequins, rhinestones, and elaborate fabrics 637 Reining and Freestyle Reining This is a Western class. For complete description refer to 645 Optional Equipment Polo wraps Skid boots Splint boots. Chapter 6: Tack and Attire Non-weighted bell boots Combi Boots Prohibited Equipment (See also 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire) Tapaderoes Whips 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire Saddle Seat Tack Equipment and Attire are required in Park, English Pleasure, and may be used in English Trail Pleasure, English Working Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure and some Versatility Classes. Saddle Seat Tack: Saddle - Cutback saddles are traditional although English all purpose and dressage saddles are allowed. Saddles may be leather or a conservative colored synthetic material Stirrups - fillis style or offset; Peacock safety stirrup Girths - leather, cord, neoprene, webbing or fabric Bridle English with single reins, noseband or cavesson, colored or leather brow band Reins Closed, either flat or braided of leather or rubber Bit - English snaffle or English curb bit. For a full description of bits see 609, 610, 611, 612, 613 and 615 Bits o Snaffle bit - D-ring, loose ring, egg butt, full cheek, and bradoon (bridoon) o Shank, leverage or curb bit Shanks must be 8 ½ inches or less; Weymouth, Pelham (single rein only), Walking horse bit (bits with walking horse shanks), Kimberwick, Wonder gag bits, Boucher (bring) o Curb Chains - at least ½ inch and lay flat across the chin Optional Saddle Seat Tack and Equipment Saddle pad English design; square or round; no decorative elements Breast straps leather or colored Spurs English style either blunt or blunt rowelled Whips up to 48 inches including the lash Braids or ribbons Bitless Bridle with an English headstall Saddle Seat Attire Hats are mandatory for males over 18 English Saddle Seat suit Day coat and jodhpurs Shirt with a collar and tie Tie downs on pants Jodhpur boots or boots with a similar styling (not Western) Optional Saddle Seat Attire Vests Hats - for women and girls Gloves Prohibited Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire (See also 608) Forward seat saddles Double bridles or a Pelham bit with two sets of reins 639 Showmanship at Halter This class may be English or Western. For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, 626 and 608. In Addition: - lead straps with chains are permitted but only with the chain doubled through the chin ring 640 Suitability as a Sire and Dam This class may be English or Western. For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, 626 and Trail Obstacle Trail Obstacle classes may be either English (Saddle Seat) or Western. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-21

22 For complete description refer to 638, 645, 606 and 608 The minimum English attire - long-sleeved shirt with a collar and tie, and jodhpurs. The minimum Western attire - long-sleeved shirt completely buttoned, Western boots and a Western hat. Optional Equipment Non-weighted bell boots Polo Wraps Splint Boots Combi Boots Chapter 6: Tack and Attire Breast collar Back cinch (mandatory in Ranch Horse classes) Decorative Western bits that do not violate the biting requirements Spade bits or Western bits with rollers or crickets are permissible unless their use causes mouth discomfort Bitless bridles with Western headstall and Western reins Optional Western Equipment Spurs Western style, either blunt (knob) or blunt rowelled Reata and hobbles 642 Trail Pleasure Tack, Equipment and Attire Trail Pleasure classes may be either English (Saddle Seat) or Western. For complete description refer to 638, 645, 606 and Versatility Classes - see individual classes Versatility classes include Halter, Model, Showmanship, In-hand obstacle weanling & yearling, English 2 and 3 gait, Western 2 and 3 gait, Water Glass, Sidesaddle, Western Riding, Barrel Racing, Pole Bending, Equitation, Reining, Jumping, Dressage, Driving, Natural Horsemanship, Trail Obstacle, Freestyle Reining, and EquiTheater. Western Attire Long sleeved shirt with collar Turtle neck or slinky with decorative pin Western style hat of fur-felt or straw Tie - bolo or other decorative neckwear such as a broach Western boot, or jodhpur boot if covered by Western style chaps Western style pants, denim jeans or if covered by Western style chaps jodhpur breeches Belt with buckle Chaps - may be required at Championship level 644 Water Glass Water glass classes may be either English (Saddle Seat) or Western. For complete description refer to 638, and Western Tack, Equipment and Attire Western Tack, Equipment and Attire are required in Western Pleasure classes and Ranch Horse classes. It may be used in Western Trail Pleasure, Western Working Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure, and some Versatility classes. Western Tack Saddle - Western saddle with horn; leather or conservative colored synthetic material Saddle blanket or pad western style; natural or synthetic material Stirrups- open Western style Cinch leather, neoprene, webbing or cord Bosal for horses four and under; flexible, non metal cores with reins of hair, leather or rope Bridle Western style either one ear or brow band Reins split or romal of leather or hair o When using split reins the hand may be around the reins OR one finger may be inserted between the reins. When the hand is around the rein, the rider may hold the end of the reins with the opposite hand to keep the reins from swinging When one finger is inserted between the reins, the ends of the rein must fall on the side of the reining hand and the reins must not be held to keep from swinging. o When using romal reins the hand must be around the reins. The rider may hold the end of the reins to keep them from swinging but the romal must be held at least 16 inches away from the reining hand. Bit Western Snaffle or Western curb. For a full description of bits see 609, 610, 611, 612, 614 and 615 Bits o Snaffle Western horses 5 years and younger wearing a snaffle or bosal may be ridden with 2 hands on the reins. o Curb Western horses 6 years and older may be ridden with a curb bit using either split reins or romal reins with one hand on the reins. They may also be ridden with a snaffle or bosal, but only one hand is permitted on the reins. Curb Strap at least ½ inch wide; all leather or leather on each end with chain in the middle or complete curb chain. Optional Western Tack Silver mounted Western equipment is allowed but not given additional credit over well-maintained Western equipment. Western equipment with crystals or other reflective objects are allowed but not given additional credit over well maintained Western equipment. Optional Western Attire Shiny Western shirts or hat bands Western jackets Western vests Western full suits Chaps or Chinks may be required at Championship level Gloves Prohibited Western Tack, Equipment and Attire (See also 608) Complete chain curb straps Cavessons Severe mouthpieces Slip or gag bits Tapederos Wonder bits 646 Western Pleasure For a complete description refer to 645 and Western Riding This is a Western class. For a complete description refer to 645 and 608 Optional Equipment Skid boots Polo wraps Splint boots Non-weighted bell boots Combi Boots 648 Working Trail Pleasure Tack, Equipment and Attire Working Trail Pleasure classes may be either English (Saddle Seat) or Western. For complete description refer to 638, 645, 606 and 608. Tack, Equipment and Attire Clean and neat attire appropriate for riding on a trail Boot with a distinguishable heel Optional Working Trail Pleasure Attire Chaps Prohibited Working Trail Pleasure Tack, Equipment and Attire Braids (inappropriate) Brow bands with metallic inserts, crystals or any other decorative elements other than a colored walking horse brow bank (inappropriate) Silver mounted equipment (inappropriate, but should be covered if possible) Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-22

23 Chapter 7: Rules Pertaining to Protests, Complaints and Disciplinary Actions 701 Protests, Complaints and Disciplinary Actions Distinguished A Protest is an allegation of a violation of IJA Rules submitted to Show Management of a Sanctioned Show. A Complaint is an allegation of a violation of IJA Rules submitted to the Hearing Board. A Protest or Complaint will only be processed if it meets all of the relevant requirements of this Article. A Disciplinary Action is an allegation of a violation of IJA Rules initiated by the Hearing Board itself. 702 Scope of Protests and Complaints A Protest or Complaint involving class placings, determinations of a horse's soundness, artificial image or bad image when made by a licensed veterinarian, judge or DQP (a Show Official ) at a Sanctioned Show, may not be the subject of a Protest or a Complaint unless the Protest or Complaint alleges that the Show Official has violated IJA Rules. 703 Procedures Applicable to both Protests and Complaints Only a person who has signed an entry application for a Sanctioned Show, a Show Official or Show Management ( a Complainant ) may file a Protest or Complaint. All Protests and Complaints must be submitted in writing on Form AP 404 and must contain all of the information requested therein. The Protest or Complaint must: i) cite the section of the IJA Rules alleged to have been violated, ii) describe the relevant circumstances and facts supporting the allegations, iii) name any individuals who witnessed or were involved in the events supporting the allegations and iv) be signed by the Complainant. v) Fees for a Protest or Complaint shall be refunded only if authorized by the Hearing Board. The Complainant shall have the burden of proof of proving a violation of IJA Rules by a preponderance of the evidence. 704 Procedures Applicable only to Initiating Protests A Protest must be submitted no later than one hour after the end of the last class of the Sanctioned Show. Except for a Protest filed by a Show Official or Show Management, a Protest must be submitted with a fee of $100 (unless Show Management has established a higher amount). 705 Procedures Applicable only to Initiating Complaints A Complaint must be received by FOSH no later than two weeks after the end date of the Sanctioned Show. Except for Protest or Complaints filed by a Show Official or Show Management, a Complaint must be submitted with a $100 check payable to FOSH and must be mailed to the address of FOSH set forth on Form AP Procedures Applicable only to Hearings The Hearing Board may initiate a Disciplinary Action before it on its own initiative by passing a resolution containing the information requested by AP1204, authorizing it to conduct a Hearing to review the possible violation of IJA Rules. The Hearing Board shall hold a hearing in response to a Complaint if a majority of the Board passes a resolution (a Disciplinary Action Resolution ) authorizing it to conduct a Hearing. All persons involved in or handling a Protest, Complaint or Disciplinary Action shall keep information relating to these proceedings confidential, providing information only to the extent necessary to complete official review of the matter. 707 Notice and Scheduling of the Hearing. The Hearing Board shall hold a Hearing within 45 days after receipt of a Complaint or passing of the Disciplinary Action Resolution, as applicable, at a location determined by the Board. Fourteen days advance written notice of the time, date and place of the Hearing, together with a copy of the Complaint or Disciplinary Action Resolution, shall be mailed to the Complainant and to all Interested Parties, defined as any individuals designated by the Hearing Board who may be affected by the outcome of the Hearing. 708 Conduct of Hearing Rules of evidence need not be strictly observed, and the standard by which admissibility of evidence is determined is whether the evidence is such that an ordinarily prudent person could rely on it. The Hearing Board may investigate the allegations made in the Complaint or Disciplinary Action Resolution in advance of the Hearing. Complainants and Interested Parties have the right to produce evidence to the Hearing Board and may be represented by counsel. Physical appearances are not required. The Hearing Board shall establish further procedures for Hearings, which shall provide both reasonable due process for Complainants and Interested Parties and as prompt a resolution of the matter as possible. 709 Hearing Board Decision. The Hearing Board shall issue its decision within thirty days after the Hearing has ended, which decision shall be final. Written notice of the decision and any action, remedy or penalty prescribed by the Board shall be mailed to the Complainant, to all Interested Parties and to the President of FOSH. The Hearing Board has complete discretion in fashioning a remedy and/or penalty arising out of any Hearing, including but not limited to, conditional participation in, suspension or expulsion from, the ability to participate in Sanctioned Shows or other events sponsored by or affiliated with FOSH (collectively referred to as FOSH Events. ), forfeiture of awards or points, imposition of fines and/or any other actions deemed appropriate by the Hearing Board. If the Hearing Board s decision involves any of these actions, a summary of its decision shall be published in the regular official bimonthly publication of FOSH. The Hearing Board s decision must include a determination whether a fee submitted with a Complaint is to be refunded. 710 Actions of Officials Neither FOSH, IJA, the Hearing Board or any of their officers, directors, representatives or agents will be liable for losses or damages incurred by any individual in connection with proceedings under this Article, or in connection with any failure to take action under this Article, except for any losses or damages resulting from such individuals proven intentional wrongdoing. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-23

24 801 General Information All horses shown in any FOSH sanctioned competition shall be considered to be in a no foreign substance drugs and medication category. This means that no foreign substance may be injected or administered in any way to the horse if the substance acts, even tangentially, on any of the following: the nervous system; the cardiovascular system; the respiratory system; the digestive system; the urinary system; the reproductive system; the musculoskeletal system; the skin (desensitizing agents or hypersensitizing agents); the immune system (other than routine vaccinations); or the endocrine system. Anti-infection substances to include worming products may be administered 72 hours before competition. Any form of analgesic, anti-inflammatory or pain relieving substance must be last administered 72 hours before competition. Further, any substance no matter how harmless, that might be used to mask detection of prohibited substances in the blood, urine or other bodily secretions is strictly prohibited for use or administration in any form. 802 Forbidden Substances Forbidden substances include stimulants, depressants, tranquilizers, local or topical anesthetics, mood altering or behavior altering substances or drugs that might stimulate or suppress any form of performance. Included in the list of forbidden substances are over the counter preparations as well as homeopathic or herbal remedies that effect the same results as those obtained through more traditional medicine for the purpose of calming horses or stimulating them. Horses at FOSH sanctioned events may not compete if they have been given or exposed to any of the[previously described foreign substances within 72 hours of the show. If they have been receiving such a substance for a therapeutic purpose, attested to by a veterinarian and under supervision, and the substance has been withdrawn 24 hours before competition, entries will be allowed. Shipping and clipping are not considered to be therapeutic purposes. Illness, including chronic conditions like allergies, and injury come under the therapeutic heading. Owners or agents should attach the statement of veterinary need to the entry form. The statement must include the date and time the last dose of the named drug was administered, the purpose for which it was administered, and the name and telephone number of the attending veterinarian. 803 Drug Testing Show management reserves the right to have horses tested for the presence of prohibited substances if a judge requests that such testing be done, if the DQP requests that such testing be done, or if an exhibitor files a protest, accompanied by the appropriate fee, alleging that the horse is in violation of the No Foreign Substance rule. The testing shall be at the show management s expense in the case of a request by the judge or DQP, and in the case of a protest, at the expense of the person who files the protest. The show veterinarian or a veterinarian on call shall conduct the drug testing. If a prohibited foreign substance is detected, the owner/agent/ responsible party assumes all responsibility for the costs of testing. The filing of a prior medication report shall be taken into consideration when drug results are returned. Show Management may elect to have random drug testing performed at a show for which an additional fee per entry may be charged. Such testing and fees shall be indicated in the show bill. 804 Fees, Appeals of Drug Testing Results, and Penalties The FOSH Hearing Board will hear all appeals to foreign substance violations. The hearing will be arranged within 45 days of notification of a positive drug screen. All suspensions for failure of drug testing will be held in abeyance until the completion of the hearing. Individuals who fail a drug test, that is upheld, will be suspended for a Chapter 8: Drugs and Medications period of one year for the first offense from all FOSH sanctioned events, will forfeit all prizes and awards at the show where the offense took place, and will forfeit all points accrued in the FOSH High Point Program. The decision of the Hearing Board is final. All other procedures with respect to appeals will be as set out in the Rules pertaining to Disciplinary Actions. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-24

25 Chapter 9: Guidelines and Specifics for FOSH Sanctioned Shows Show Rating AAA AA+ AA A B C Schooling REQUIREMENTS North American Pleasure Gaited Horse Champ. 1/yr. Regional Championship Local Show Local Show Open Breed Local intro, support of sound horses A, B or C # of Judges 3 or 4 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 1 or 2 Judge 3 IJA & 1 Steward IJA IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA or guest IJA FOSH Affiliated DQP required required encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged Classes - % of gaited All Gaited At least 75% At least 75% At least 15/day Less than 15/day no minimum no minimum Classes - Breed Specific required required required optional optional optional required Classes - OGB required required required optional optional optional required Classes - Versatility minimum - 7 minimum - 5 minimum - 5 optional optional optional minimum - 3 Rules Showtime or similar software program, results available in 48 hrs. required Strict adherence to IJA rules All IJA rules All IJA rules IJA rules IJA rules Local rules IJA rules Approved local option classes Local option allowed Local option allowed Local option allowed Local option allowed No horses owned by show management to be shown. strongly recommended Classification of FOSH Sanctioned Shows Local option allowed; FOSH Sound Principles for the good of the horse Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged. Local option allowed; Show Management chooses whether tack & attire rules are followed or relaxed Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged. strongly recommended encouraged encouraged encouraged encouraged Points triple base value double base value base value base value base value base value base value OGB = Open Gaited Breed Requirements for Regional Championship Shows Standards for Local Intro Shows Must be AA+ Show Adhere to the FOSH Sound Principles 2 shows must occur in same calendar year as RC prior to the RC being held. Local Option classes If more than 7 shows in one region, a second regional championship show will be granted. No prohibited tack, attire or equipment allowed For every additional 5 shows (beyond 7) in a region, another regional championship show will be granted. Interaction between judge and exhibitor encouraged Regional Championship may be no closer than 300 miles. ** For AAA and AA+ shows where breeds require a breed specific judge and there is not an IJA judge available with the proper credentials, contact the Vice President of Show Sanctioning and the IJA Director of Judges for potential solutions. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effectiv e January 1, Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-25

26 Chapter 9: Guidelines and Specifics for FOSH Sanctioned Shows The IJA Rule Book does not restrict or prohibit cross entries between Divisions. However, show management has the right to limit or prohibit cross entries between any Divisions and breed specific Country Pleasure Classes or any Division and Open Gaited Breed Country Pleasure Classes. 900 Affiliated and Sanctioned - the difference Affiliated - USDA defines a FOSH Affiliated show as an event that utilizes a DQP provided through the FOSH Inspection Program. o A FOSH show that does not utilize a DQP provided through the FOSH Inspection Program is considered a non-affiliated show by USDA. Sanctioned - A FOSH Sanctioned show is one that agrees to follow the IJA rules as the standard for judging. A FOSH sanctioned show may also be an affiliated or non-affiliated show as defined above by the USDA. 901 Privileges All events sanctioned by FOSH qualify to receive certain privileges which include national advertising on the FOSH web site and in the Sound Advocate, participation in regional high point and versatility programs, access to qualified gaited horse judges, a USDA certified inspection program, low cost insurance, FOSH medallion design for ribbons and awards, and assistance with competition details. 902 Mandatory Requirements for Sanctioned Shows FOSH sanctioned shows are intended to reward the exhibition of genuine gaited pleasure horses. All exhibitions of any gaited breed at a FOSH sanctioned show must be done in a manner consistent with that understanding. All FOSH sanctioned shows must adhere to the rules and regulations set out in the IJA rulebook which pertains to presentation, tack, attire and shoeing as well as the humane treatment of all gaited horses covered by the IJA Rule Book. All FOSH sanctioned shows must agree that the maximum allowable shoe for any gaited horse on the show grounds is the 1 inch shoe. This shoe is not allowed on any horse under the age of four. The show must agree to print on both the premium and the program, if one is available, that the show is intended for the exhibition of sound flat shod gaited pleasure horses only, and must include the FOSH logo. Artwork for the FOSH logo is provided when the show receives sanctioning approval. 903 Procedure for Sanctioning an Event with FOSH Requests for sanctioned events must be forwarded to the FOSH Director of Show Sanctioning at Shows@fosh.info or Friends of Sound Horses, Inc Clayton Road #105 St. Louis, MO The Director of Show Sanctioning will forward all sanctioning information and rules To determine the Classification of a FOSH sanctioned show, the Director of Show Sanctioning must receive a copy of the premium list or show bill or prize list. 904 Enforcement of Rules Competitions and exhibitions sanctioned by FOSH agree to adopt the standards of FOSH, for the promotion and exhibition of gaited horses covered by the IJA Rule Book. Every person who competes, exhibits, or participates in any way at a FOSH sanctioned event is subject to the administrative rules of FOSH as published. Rules will be changed, modified, or added to, only at the conclusion of the FOSH official competition year that ends on December 31. Signature on an entry form at any FOSH sanctioned event indicates an acceptance of all provisions in the Rules of FOSH. 905 Judges and Guest Judges A current list of IJA Judges may be found on the FOSH web site. FOSH sanctioned shows may hire judges from outside the IJA program upon payment of a $50 guest card fee. The guest judge must agree to use the IJA Rule Book and standards for evaluating gaited horses. A Guest Card for C (Local Intro) shows will be $25 and will cover 1 (one) show. A FOSH sanctioned show may not hire a guest judge who holds a license with another Tennessee Walking Horse, Spotted Saddle Horse, or Racking Horse judging Association. AAA OR AA, or Regional Championship FOSH sanctioned shows must use an IJA judge. 906 Abuse of Animals at any Sanctioned Event Abusive practices of any sort will not be tolerated on the grounds of any FOSH sanctioned event. Competition management must notify FOSH of any case of abuse that has been brought to their attention during the course of an event and to provide information concerning the incident, to include the name and address of the alleged violator and witnesses if that information is available. Actions taken by competitors, trainers, or exhibitors in violations of this section of the rules which are deemed excessive by an IJA judge, veterinarian or DQP, either in the show ring or the competition grounds, may be the subject of action by show management on the grounds of the event, as well as separate disciplinary action by the FOSH Hearing Committee. The following activities are considered to be cruel, abusive or inappropriate for FOSH sanctioned events. The list is not all-inclusive: Any violation of the Horse Protection Act determined by an HIO DQP, veterinarian, or VMO. Excessive use of a whip in a stall, barn aisle, schooling area, show ring, or at any place on the competition grounds. This provision includes activity before, during and after the conclusion of a competition. Striking the horse on the head, either on the poll or forward of the poll, is automatically considered to be excessive, as is lashing the horse about the legs. Rapping of the legs to induce animation or to encourage jumping The use of any electric device to shock a horse either to modify behavior or to gain compliance, including stewarding a horse for inspection, or loading or unloading a horse on the competition grounds. Use of explosive devices or noisemakers to hype the horse in an attempt to make him showier. Withholding of feed and water for prolonged periods in order to calm a horse or failure to provide adequate feed, forage, and water while on competition grounds. Removing blood from a horse for anything other than diagnostic purposes or for drug tests held in conjunction with the competition Excessive spurring of the horse, to include spurring in front of the girth or spurring so that blood is drawn Work at speed on hard surfaces in such a way to create low levels of inflammation as a means of enhancing animation. Any form of shoeing that results in pressure being applied to the sensitive tissues of the foot or attempts to contract the heel in order to create a pressure situation that results in higher animation. Altering natural tail set by surgery, mechanical tail sets or gingering of the rectum. Killing, crippling, abandoning, mistreating, neglecting, or other forms of cruelty or abuse to the horse are included in this chapter. Competition and Competitors 907 Recommendations for Sanctioned Shows FOSH has both requirements and non-binding recommendations regarding shoeing, tack and attire, registration, amateur, professional status, juvenile and other issues not directly related to the exhibition of gaited horses in competition. Show managers are encouraged to provide stewards or staff to ensure that tack and attire regulations, shoeing and bitting requirements are met. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-26

27 Chapter 9: Guidelines and Specifics for FOSH Sanctioned Shows 908 Prohibited Conduct Unsportsmanlike or intimidating language or conduct is prohibited at any Sanctioned Show Conduct at any time that in any manner appears directed at influencing judging or the outcome of any competition, other than pursuant to FOSH rules and procedures and the provision of training materials and information approved by the FOSH Board of Directors for such purposes, is prohibited. 909 Participant/Exhibitor Responsibilities Knowledge of the rules that govern FOSH events is the responsibility of all participating exhibitors, trainers, and owners. Competition participants assume the obligation and responsibility to be fully aware of the guidelines and enforcement provisions of the IJA Rulebook and to remain current with changes made in subsequent editions. All individuals who participate in FOSH sanctioned competitions agree by their participation and entry to be bound by these Rules and interpretations and enforcement provisions with respect to the Rules contained herein. Owners and lessees of entries have ultimate responsibility for the condition of the entry and the eligibility of persons to exhibit his or her horse. 910 Responsible Party When the owner of the entry is a juvenile, a business entity or any entity other than a natural person, a Responsible Party who is a natural person must be identified on the entry sheet. The Responsible Party will be responsible for all financial obligations associated with the entry; is the Party who must file complaints or protests on behalf of the juvenile arising out of the competition; and will be the individual held responsible for violations of any rule or regulation, including HPA violations, pertaining to the FOSH sanctioned event. Guardian: When the parent of a Juvenile, Junior or Youth attending a FOSH Sanctioned show is not in attendance, a guardian must be appointed for the Juvenile, Junior or Youth. This appointment must be in writing, signed by the parent(s) and the appointed Guardian. This letter must include emergency contact information for the parent(s) and must be given to Show Management. Legal age requirements may vary by State. 911 Recognition of Suspensions Individuals and horses appearing on USDA or HIO suspension lists for violation of the Horse Protection Act are automatically ineligible for competition at FOSH sanctioned shows. Show management may establish other criteria for eligibility for competition and these restrictions must be publicized at least 60 days in advance of the show. 912 Classes and Division for Competition Show management is encouraged to offer a variety of classes - novice, open, limit, amateur, youth, adult, 2 gait, 3 gait, Breed Specific, Open Gaited Breed, English, Western, Trail Pleasure, versatility, etc. Classes may be limited by: o Age of either horse or exhibitor o Gender of either horse or exhibitor o Experience of exhibitor (Amateur or Professional) o Training of Horse (Amateur Trained or Professionally trained) o Classes may be for Amateurs or Professionals or a combination. If a class is not restricted in any way, the class is OPEN: the class may be entered by Professionals, Amateurs, novices, etc. Local Option classes and fun classes are permissible. Classes may be defined by age or gender for exhibitors and equines. Classes may be breed specific. Classes may be Open Gaited Breed (multiple gaited breeds competing) Championship classes may be combined classes, using breed specific classes as qualifiers. 913 Schooling Shows The primary purpose of a schooling show is education. The organizing committee determines if all IJA Rules regarding Tack and Attire will be followed OR if casual attire and tack such as that used for training, schooling or pleasure riding is acceptable. All prohibited tack and equipment or appliances listed in the IJA Rule Book are prohibited at Schooling Shows. All tack and attire must be safe for both horse and rider. Nylon equipment is permissible but gloves must be worn. 914 Local Options Show managers may elect to use local option classes not included in the IJA Rule Book. Local Options Classes include classes popular to a specific area and may include fun classes. Although these classes will be judged on criteria provided by show management or by the association that controls the breed or discipline, they must adhere to the basic FOSH philosophy and principles regarding the humane treatment of horses as identified in the IJA Rule Book. Descriptions and criteria for judging local option classes must be provided to the IJA judge at least 30 days prior to the event. 915 Championship and Grand Championship In order to compete in any Championship or Grand Championship class offered at a FOSH sanctioned event, the entry must first have been shown and judged in a qualifying class in order to enter the championship or grand championship round. Show management may further restrict entry into championships and grand championships by requiring that entries have been placed at certain levels in qualifying classes. In Championship classes horses may, at the discretion of the judge, be stripped for conformation judging. In Grand Championship classes horses must be stripped for conformation judging. Two grooms are allowed in the ring with each entry if horses are to be stripped. 916 Protests, Complaints and Disciplinary Actions In the event Show Management believes that a violation of IJA Rules has occurred, it has the authority to warn, reprimand, disqualify from further competition and/or remove any individual it believes to be violating IJA Rules from the show grounds. Show Management may also direct that an entry be disqualified from the remainder of the Sanctioned Show and/or that all awards in question be returned and the classes retied. Show Management will immediately forward to the Hearing Board a report of all actions taken under this Rule. Conduct alleged to be in violation of IJA Rules may be the subject of a separate proceeding by the Hearing Board. See Chapter 7 for more information on Protests, Complaints and Disciplinary Actions. 917 Communication Devices Communication devices are prohibited at all FOSH sanctioned shows with the exception of those required to allow a physically challenged rider to compete. Medical conditions requiring the use of a communication device, or other prosthetic help, must be documented by a medical certificate of need presented to the show manager. See Removal of Shoes and Casting of Shoes If a shoe is cast or removed and the shoe is in violation of the FOSH regulations for shoeing, the entry will be disqualified for the remainder of the competition and all entry fees, prizes and awards will be forfeited. The cost of removal of any protested or contested shoe, or of any shoe found on a horse suspected by the DQP or VMO of being pressure shod, is the responsibility of the owner. If the protest is not upheld, the individual filing the protest will reimburse the owner or agent up to $25 to cover the replacement of the contested shoe. The owner will bear the cost of removal and replacement of a shoe challenged by a DQP or VMO regardless of the outcome of the challenge. If the owner or agent refuses to allow a shoe to be pulled, the entry is disqualified from any further participation at the competition, all awards and prizes in the competition are forfeited, and all fees are forfeited. 919 Situations Not Specifically Addressed Regardless of how complete the rules may be, they will never cover every Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-27

28 Chapter 9: Guidelines and Specifics for FOSH Sanctioned Shows situation that arises at a horse show. In the event of a dispute that is not specifically addressed in the rules, the IJA judge will interpret the existing rules to the letter and extrapolate a ruling based on the logical extension of the existing rules to cover a particular situation. 920 Miscellaneous Responsibilities of Show Management Show management is responsible for the operation of the horse show, which includes enforcing IJA Rules and other local options that may apply. Responsibilities include but are not limited to: The decision whether or not to employ a USDA approved HIO as an inspection program for compliance with the Horse Protection Act. o If managers do not employ an HIO, the responsibility for the exhibition of any horse found to be in violation of the HPA by USDA personnel who might chose to attend the show rests solely with the show manager and/ or the sponsoring organization. FOSH suggests that show managers in at risk areas of the country seriously consider the employment of an approved HIO. The hiring of a veterinarian does not satisfy the definition of an USDA approved HIO. o If managers affiliate with a HIO, all information including rules and regulations are provided by the HIO at the time of affiliation. (See AP405) When show management employs an HIO in order to be in compliance with the Horse Protection Act, they must provide a controlled area for horses that require complete DQP inspection. (See AP405a) o Personnel must be provided to oversee the controlled area. The area must be directly adjacent to the inspection area. The area must be marked in a visible way and adequately lighted. The horse, the rider and one handler are the only people allowed in the controlled area. o DQP must be provided a record keeper, table, chairs, traffic cones, shelter and adequate lighting if the show takes place in the evening. Publish a premium and to keep exhibitors informed if changes are made to the schedule, the fees, or any other published aspect of the show. Ensure that no DQP, Judge or member of their immediate family compete at any show in which they participate in an official capacity. Ensure that no horse trained or owned by the Judge or DQP may be exhibited for competition at this show with the exception of horses that are part of a registered lease agreement. Ensure that no manager, secretary, announcer, ringmaster or any member of their immediate family compete at any show in which the manager, secretary, announcer or ringmaster receive compensation for their services at said show. Ensure that the person who hires or transports the judge is not an exhibitor or related to an exhibitor. Maintain a copy of the current IJA Rule Book in the show office. Provide a judges card for each class that includes the name of the class, the placings and a location for a signature. The time the class started and ended may be indicated. Provide a number for each horse being exhibited. Arrange transportation of judges and DQP s to and from the show grounds. Provide either on site or on call ambulance service and qualified EMT personnel. Eliminate even if no protest has been filed, any horse, rider or entry that show management has reason to believe is ineligible for competition in a particular class. Provide access to a telephone at shows where horses are stabled overnight. Arrange for a veterinarian on call. Cooperate in whatever actions or activities may be requested by USDA personnel. Abide by all of the decisions made by either the judge(s) or the DQP(s). Arrange for the prompt payment of fees to DQP s and Judges as well as all other officials. Pay for any an all expenses incurred for the benefit of the show, including but not limited to awards, ribbons, vendors and facility fees. Pay premiums and other show expenses, including refunds, in a timely manner, usually within 60 days of completion of the show. To keep judges cards for one year 921 Changes in Competition Schedules The order of classes may not be changed at a competition without giving a minimum of two hours notice to exhibitors. This provision does not apply to classes cancelled for lack of entries. If a sanctioned event, already in progress, is cancelled due to inclement weather or some other unforeseen circumstance, show management may elect to continue the event at another time during the regularly scheduled program, reschedule the remaining classes on another day, or cancel the remainder of the event. o If the competition is cancelled, show management must refund entry fees for the classes that have not been held within 30 days of cancellation of the competition. o If a show or classes are rescheduled, exhibitors are entitled to a refund of entry fees and are under no obligation to show at the rescheduled event. Requests for refunds must be made by exhibitors at the office. Show management has up to 30 days after the cancellation to return all monies owed. 922 Warm-Up Areas Adequate areas for warming up or schooling of horses must be provided at FOSH sanctioned events. If over fences are offered, competitions must provide a practice fence in a section of the warm-up area for at least one hour before the class is called. 923 Classes Requiring Patterns When patterns are a required element of any class, the patterns must be posted in a visible location at least one hour prior to the start of the class. 924 Prize Money Prize money may be awarded in any class at the discretion of show management with the exception of youth classes and equitation classes. Show managers are encouraged to award appropriate prizes in youth classes that would correspond in value to the prize money offered in other classes. 925 Drugs and Medications All horses shown in FOSH sanctioned competition will be considered to be in a no foreign substance drugs and medication category. 926 Drug Testing Show management reserves the right to have horses tested for the presence of prohibited substances if a judge, DQP, or exhibitor request that such testing be done: or if an exhibitor files a protest accompanied by the appropriate fee alleging that the horse is in violation of the No Foreign Substance rule. 927 Post Show Responsibilities of Show Management If a DQP was hired: at the conclusion of the show provide the DQP a class sheet for each class, showing all entries with breed identified, winners identified and a copy of the show bill or premium. If a DQP was not hired: within 5 days after the conclusion of the show, forward to USDA the form included with the Show Sanctioning Package. Federal Regulations (9CRF, Part 11, Section 11.24) require management of any horse show, exhibition, sale or auction containing Tennessee Walking Horses or Racking Horses to file a report with the USDA. See AP406a Forward a copy of the results of each class to FOSH Director of Sanctioned Shows within 30 days of the show. Forward to IJA Director of Judges a completed IJA Judges Evaluation Form. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 1-28

29 Chapter 10: Judging Specifics for Country Pleasure Division (CP) The IJA Rule Book does not restrict or prohibit cross entries between Divisions. However, show management has the right to limit or prohibit cross entries between any Divisions and breed specific Country Pleasure Classes or any Division and Open Gaited Breed Country Pleasure Classes. CP 100 Country Pleasure Division Country Pleasure Classes may be breed specific or Open Gaited Breed. Country Pleasure classes may be two or three gait. The intermediate gait is the choice of the exhibitor, but the intermediate gait may not be the canter, lope or hand gallop. Unless show managers direct otherwise, country pleasure horses are eligible to compete in any other class at the show as long as their shoeing conforms to requirements of the class. The ideal country pleasure horse should reflect the name of the division. This should be the type of horse that you would willingly ride if you were to go out to spend a day in the country. In Country Pleasure classes, correctness of gait is not evaluated. Performance and way of going The horse has the ability and the fitness level to travel all day over a variety of terrain. The horse has the mental ability to travel all day over a variety of terrain. The horse needs little or no encouragement to move forward at a constant speed. The horse displays exceptional manners. The horse exhibits an alert and willing attitude. The horse and rider are in tune with each other. There is no need for an excessively tight rein. The horse is not held in frame. The horse is pleasant, confident and obedient. The horse has a quiet nature but is responsive to the rider s commands. The horse has a smooth and comfortable saddle gait. The horse is calm. Horses line up and stand quietly before being asked to back. The judge may require contestants to mount and dismount while in the lineup. Penalties Lack of stamina or condition will be severely penalized. Excessive speed or animation that is not compatible with a stroll in the country will be severely penalized. Excessive spurring or kicking to encourage or stay in gait will be severely penalized. Excessively tight reins will be severely penalized. Horses held in frame will be severely penalized. Any sign of resistance will be penalized. Pinned ears will be penalized. Twitching tails will be penalized. Lack of forward motion will be penalized. Call of class for Country Pleasure In order to accommodate all gaited breeds, horses enter the ring at the walk specific to each individual breed. The intermediate gait excludes the canter, lope or gallop. Two Gait classes breed specific walk, intermediate gait, breed specific walk, reverse, breed specific walk, intermediate gait, breed specific walk and proceed to the line-up at the gait of judge s choice. Three Gait classes breed specific walk, intermediate gait, breed specific walk, canter or lope, breed specific walk, reverse, breed specific walk, Intermediate gait, breed specific walk, canter or lope, breed specific walk and proceed to the line-up at the gait of judge s choice. Shoeing Country Pleasure horses are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. Any legal shoe for the breed is allowed. The 1 inch shoe may only be used on TWH Park Classes for horses 4 and over. Horses may also compete in lite shod or keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. Tack and attire If offered as a combined class, either English (Saddle Seat) or Western tack, equipment and attire is acceptable, but tack and attire may not be mixed. For a complete description refer to 637 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire 644 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire and 606 Other Acceptable Tack Options and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-1

30 Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) The IJA Rule Book does not restrict or prohibit cross entries between Divisions. However, show management has the right to limit or prohibit cross entries between any Divisions and breed specific Country Pleasure Classes or any Division and Open Gaited Breed Country Pleasure Classes. Open Gaited Breed Division OGB 100 General Open Gaited Breed Classes may be offered at any FOSH sanctioned event. Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter as long as they conform to the general IJA shoeing requirements as outlined in Article 4. Show management may offer a variety of Open Gaited Breed classes including but not limited to In Hand, English, Trail Pleasure, Working Trail Pleasure, English Equitation (Saddle Seat or Hunt Seat) Stock Seat Equitation, Western Pleasure, Ranch Horse and Country Pleasure. All classes may be further described as 2 gait, 3 gait, youth, adult, novice horse, novice rider, novice horse and rider, open, amateur, amateur owned and trained, amateur owned trained and ridden, age restricted for either horse or rider etc. The call of the gait will vary with the class. Versatility classes may be breed specific or Open Gaited Breed. When competing in Open Gaited Breed Classes traditional tack and attire may be used Horses registered in more than one registry may compete with tack and attire appropriate for one breed but not a combination of breeds. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in this Rule Book. Gaits for Open Gaited Breed Classes Horses enter the ring at the walk specific to the breed. The walk is of the exhibitor s choice, but is the walk specific to the breed. The working walk is a slow even four beat walk. The head and neck are lowered as the horse stretches into the rider s hand showing relaxation and acceptance of the bit. At the working walk the horse is calm and relaxed. There is no need for restraint on the part of the rider and there is observable slack in the reins. The intermediate gait is of the exhibitor s choice, but is the gait the breed considers the intermediate gait. The canter or lope is a three beat gait on the correct lead. The horse is under control. OGB 101 Open Gaited Breed In Hand Conformation When judging specific breeds, the registry requirements of the breed will be used. Light Horse Type and Conformation In general the ideal light horse should have a neat head, well shaped ears, large eyes, and a tapering muzzle. There should be clear definition at the throatlatch and no indication of coarseness. Nostrils should be wide and open. The jaw should be well defined. The neck should be of a length proportionate to the remainder of the body and should not be heavy/ common. Backs should tend towards the short with good coupling at the loins and should give the impression of strength in conformation. The chest should be of adequate width to allow for ample lung capacity. The body should be deep in the girth and well ribbed. Croups should generally exhibit a gentle slope while the hips should be well muscled with the muscle extending down the leg towards the hocks. Legs should be flat and cordy and should be well situated on the corners of the horse. The horse s feet should be of a size sufficient to support the bulk of the body. Common terms for evaluating Light Horses Topline: The back of the horse viewed from the top is called the topline. It should be straight with muscle mass of equal symmetry in mature horses visible on the left and right sides. In order to evaluate the topline, the horse must be shown on the square with an equal amount of weight on all four feet and the nose positioned directly in front of the chest. Loin: From a side view, the strong loin shows peaks or waves in the topline over the lumbosacral joint. A short loin will map out as a broad triangle from each lumbosacral joint. A short strong loin aids in the ability to collect the horse. A longish loin weakens the back irrespective of the body s overall length. Length of Back: The length of the back is to be compared to the overall length of the total body as measured from the point of the shoulder to the point of the buttock. Withers: The withers not only anchor the neck, it provides a leverage point that allows the back to rise or fall when the horse raises or lowers its head. Low withers predispose an animal to being unable to actively raise the back, thus creating a hollow back by conformation. High withers create problems with tying in the root of the neck. Neck: The neck serves as the primary agent of balance for the horse. Although a long-necked horse may be attractive, in judging conformation, the excessively long neck is to be penalized because it precludes suppleness and leads to rubber necking or to resistance to collection. In determining an appropriate length of neck, envision an imaginary curved line drawn from just behind the ears of the horse to the dock of the tail. Forelegs: If a horse is considered to be over at the knee he is standing too far backward; behind the knee means the horse is standing too far back. Both situations are weaknesses in conformation. If pigeon-toed, the feet turn in; when splayfooted the feet turn out. Hind leg: Common faults of the hind legs include: too far under the horsesickle hocked; turned in towards each other at the point of the hock- cow hocked; hocks turned out at the point of the hock, bowed hocks. The hind legs should be vertical at the cannon bone. Tractability: The ease with which a horse may be managed, worked with, or handled; docility or malleability. Tack and Attire For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, and 626 In Hand Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire OGB 102 Open Gaited Breed Lead-line (Youth 8 years and under) Designed to furnish youth exhibitors the opportunity to learn and demonstrate basics of horsemanship. Safety is of prime importance. The handlers of horses must be adults (18 years or older). Horses must be two years old or older. No stallions are permitted. Attire for this class may be English or Western, but not a combination of both. Exhibitor s feet must be in stirrups. The use of velcro, tape, or the tying of the youth's feet in the stirrups is strictly forbidden. Handler and rider's attire must be clean, neat, and uniform. A lead shank attached safely to the horses bridle OR a halter with an attached lead shank over the bridle is mandatory. Handler should allow sufficient slack in the lead to give exhibitor some control of the horse. Horse's grooming shall be considered in overall judging. Judging shall be based on the youth exhibitor's abilities. Judging Criteria Appearance of Exhibitor and Handler (30 points) Suitable English or Western attire, but not a combination of both. Cleanliness, neatness, and uniformity. Youth exhibitor's performance (40 points) Correct seat position and poise Correct rein carriage and hand placement Alertness Options judge may ask of the rider Backing their horse two to three steps Various general questions regarding the name of their horse, their age, their name, etc. Riding forward through cones. In these cases, the handler retains a loose hold on the horse. Appearance of Horse (20 points) Physical condition of horse Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-2

31 Hair coat clean and well brushed Mane and tail tangle-free Hooves trimmed or properly shod Well trimmed ears, jaws, legs and pasterns Tack (10 points) Tack should be neat, clean and in good condition OGB 103 Open Gaited Breed Parade Parade classes may be designated Western, English, Period, Historical or open. No matter the classification, the purpose of the class is to entertain and dazzle. The Parade horse is a showy, stylish and animated entry displaying beauty and brilliance. The class will be accompanied by march music (if available) of the sort heard at parades. Performance and way of going There is a noticeable increase in speed between the animated walk and the parade gait. The neck is arched. The ears are active and alert. The horse demonstrates good manners. The horse is stylish and animated. To be Judged 75% on performance, style, appearance and manners 25% on appointments of the horse and rider. Call of Gait Horses enter the ring at the animated walk. They are shown at the animated walk and the parade gait. They reverse at the walk. The animated walk is a four beat gait executed on a straight track with knee action appropriate to the breed. The parade gait is a straight, balanced, collected intermediate gait that allows the rider to sit comfortably while demonstrating the parade wave. Penalties excessive speed bad manners swishing of tail, sour ears, gaping of mouth hesitating zigzagging Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) Shoeing Parade horses are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. The maximum shoe is the 1 inch shoe (and may only be worn on horses 4 and older), but horses may also compete in lite shod or keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. Tack and Attire No matter the classification of the class, the purpose is to entertain and dazzle. Clothing and appointments may be decorated with sequins, rhinestones, or other decorative elements. Braids augmented with flowers or other elements may be used in the mane and/or at the tail. Glitter is allowed on the body of the horse and in the mane and tail. Glittering of the hooves is permitted. Polo wraps, non-weighted bell boots or combi boots may be used. Tie downs and martingales are not allowed. If the theme is Western or representative of the Old West entries may be shown in Western or charro attire, At a minimum a cowboy shirt, pants with chaps, or a formal cowboy suit, Western hat and boots, or in the case of ladies, optional sidesaddle attire is required. Spurs, decorative firearms, serapes, etc., are permitted. If the theme is Period or Historical, tack and attire should be appropriate to the period of history represented. If the theme is English, the tack and attire should be appropriate to the discipline (Saddle Seat, Hunt Seat, Dressage). OGB 104 Open Gaited Breed EquiTheater (Previously Horse Dancing) Description: EquiTheater is where each exhibitor creates and presents with their horse, an entertaining routine to the audience using: costumes, choreography, music, props, storytelling and acting. Routines may be serious, dramatic, elegant or funny. EquiTheater is not like any other musical horse sport, because it has fewer required elements, and the main emphasis of a routine is on its ENTERTAINMENT value, not on how well a horse performs. EquiTheater is not a Dressage Kur or a Freestyle Reining pattern. It is not stepping, prancing or dancing around in the arena, nor riding on the rail in a costume with background music. It is not a horse(s) at liberty act, nor a trick horse(s) act. The primary emphasis is to encourage exhibitors or all ages and all abilities and their horse(s) to have FUN with EquiTheater, and for EquiTheater to attract spectators. All exhibitors should understand that judging is very subjective. Although special tack or attire is not required, exhibitors must still adhere to the IJA rules for shoeing, shank length on bits and comply with all other IJA rules that promote the humane treatment of the horse (restrictions on action devices, severe bits, etc.) Costuming, song and routine must all be "G" rated, suitable for a general, family oriented audience. For example nothing risqué, controversial, demeaning, derogatory, or using bad language is allowed. Use of the National flag is not allowed. Although costumes are an integral part of this class, safety for both horse and rider is of prime importance. For safety purposes, a "spotter" is allowed in the arena for beginning, young, fearful or handicapped exhibitors etc. A solo routine is one horse/one exhibitor: a duo routine is two horses/ two exhibitors; and a trio routine is three horses/three exhibitors. Horses may be ridden, driven, in-hand (In-hand includes line driving), or any combination thereof. Each entry may use extras (people) to come and go, or to stay in the arena to serve as props, characters, or actors in the skit. Required Elements: While there are no time limits, guidelines are: each routine to be a maximum of 4 minutes; an additional 2 minutes in total is allowed for setting and dismantling props. The arena is considered is a stage and exhibitors should position their routine so they perform to the audience. The performance should have a balanced appearance. Riding in figure 8 type patterns, or riding exclusively on the rail will be penalized. The performance must include at least one stop and one back-up. The exhibitor must demonstrate at least 2 gaits, each gait in both directions of the ring. In addition to the other required elements, in-hand exhibitors must work off both sides of the horse. (In-Hand classes include Line Driving.) When the numbers of Entries Warrant, Classes may be offered for: Any gaited breed either ridden, driven or In-Hand, or any combination there of. In-Hand classes include Line Driving Any age exhibitor Any age horse 2 or 3 gaits Judging Criteria: EquiTheater is judged by individual evaluation. The judge must sit in the audience for judging and must use the scoring sheet. Scoring criteria: 60% entertainment 40% required elements. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-3

32 Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) OGB 105 Open Gaited Breed Sidesaddle General Classes may be designated English or Western or Traditional Breed or open. English may be Antebellum Sidesaddle or Open Sidesaddle. Antebellum sidesaddle wuld requires authentic attire and equipment to be of the mid-1800 s Sidesaddle era. Open sidesaddle would be sidesaddle attire appropriate to either English or Western equipment, to include hunt or pleasure attire. Traditional Breed sidesaddle would be sidesaddle tack and attire appropriate to the historical aspect of a specific breed. Classes may be 2 gait or 3 gait. Class procedure is the same as other rail classes. At the discretion of the judge horses may be asked to back. Judging Criteria: 50% on presentation, appointments and attire of the rider 50% on gait, manners and presentation of the horse. Appropriateness of Dress: Women of the sidesaddle era were conservative in dress, with trim skirts and fitted bodices. Bare arms, neck, shoulders or low necklines would be considered inappropriate, as well as hats with extreme brims, feathers or trimmings. Skirts should cover the stirrup and hang fluidly, without full petticoats or crinolines. Appropriate attire for either English or Western would include: Hat Gloves Trim bodice with long sleeves and high collar Long skirt or apron to cover the stirrup Riding jodhpurs or pants and boots. (Appropriate sidesaddle attire does not include bloomers, as those were considered underwear. Riding breeches were worn under the skirts). Sidesaddle Tack The saddle should be safe and of serviceable construction, with appropriate girths and safety girths. The saddle should be either English or Western, and not a combination of both. The saddle may be traditional to a specific breed. Bridles and accompanying tack should be of the same style as the saddle, either English or Western or traditional to a specific breed breed. A crop (or whip) may be carried on the off side by English attired riders. See Chapter 6 Tack and Attire for complete description. Shoeing Sidesaddle Classes are not defined by shoe size but by the way of going. The maximum shoe is the 1 inch shoe (and may only be worn on horses 4 and over); however horses may also complete in lite shoe or keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. OGB 106 Open Gaited Breed Equitation The rider is judged in equitation classes. Equitation classes are traditionally Saddle Seat or Hunt Seat or Dressage Seat or Stock Seat. Such classes are designed for particular styles of riding and should be entered only by those who ride those styles. Some gaited breeds included in the IJA Rule Book and competing at FOSH sanctioned shows do not conform to traditional styles of riding (hunt seat, saddle seat, dressage seat, and stock seat). To accommodate all breeds of gaited horses and all styles of traditional riding, OPEN equitation classes for Open Gaited Breeds may be offered at FOSH sanctioned shows. o These equitation classes are not designated English or Western: they are designated open. o Any gaited breed with any type of tack and any style of riding is eligible to enter. There may be western classes where both one hand is used on the rein or two hands are used on the rein depending upon the traditional aspect of the breed. If the rider is riding in the traditional manner of the breed, the judge will make no distinction between one hand or two hands on the rein. As in all equitation classes, the rider will be judged. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-4 o o o OGB 107 Open Gaited Breed Versatility Classes Versatility classes include: Showmanship at Halter, Barrel Racing, Equitation, Pole Bending, Water Glass, Western Riding, Dressage, Driving, Freestyle Reining, Over Fences and Jumping, Natural Horsemanship, Trail Obstacle, EquiTheater and Reining. New for Trail Trials, Judged Trail Rides, Competitive Trail, Endurance Rides, Ranch Horse Competition, Cattle Penning, Reining, Cutting, 3 Day Events, Cross Country Driving, Combined Driving. In addition to the above for the purposes of Versatility programs, Versatility classes include Halter, Model and open 2 and 3 gait rail classes. All classes included in the Versatility section of the IJA Rule Book (Chapter 12) are open to all gaited breeds. OGB 108 Best Gaited Horse Class Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter as long as the horse conforms to the general shoeing requirements as outlined in Chapter 4 of the IJA rule book. Classes that may be offered include youth, adult, novice horse, novice rider, novice horse and rider, open, amateur, amateur owned and trained, amateur owned trained and ridden, age or gender restricted for either horse or rider etc. Classes may be offered as non-qualifying, qualifying, or championship classes, or as a stake class with no qualifying requirements. When competing in Open Gaited Breed Best Gaited Horse Classes, tack and attire traditional to the horse s breed may be used. Horses registered in more than one registry may compete with tack and attire appropriate for one breed, but not a combination of breeds. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in the IJA Rule Book. Although the class is judged on entries ability to perform and maintain a properly executed gait, entries should present an overall picture of an ideal pleasure gaited horse. Horses with bad manners or showing signs of resistance may be eliminated from consideration for an award. Each entry will exhibit the walk specific to its breed, and its best four beat gait which the breed considers one of its intermediate gaits. The best intermediate gait is of the exhibitor s choice, but must be one of the gaits which the breed considers as an intermediate gait (i.e. Paso Fino, Paso Corto or Paso Largo for Paso Fino Horses, Paso Llano or Sobreandando for Peruvian Horses, Show Gait or Pleasure Gait for Mountain Horses). The trot, pace, canter, lope and hand gallop are not permitted. To Be Judged: Each entry will be judged on quality of gait as it conforms to the standard for its breed, and should represent an overall picture of an ideal pleasure gaited horse. Natural animation, if included in the breed s gait standard, is acceptable, but shall not be rewarded over correctness of gait. 80% gait 20% pleasure horse qualities Call of the Class for the Open Gaited Breed Classes Horses will enter the ring at the walk. The order of gaits called will be walk, intermediate gait, walk, reverse, walk, intermediate gait, walk and proceed to line-up. The judge may call for additional reverses and/or work at the walk or best intermediate gait once the required gaits have been performed both ways of the ring. OGB 109 Costume Class Unless indicated otherwise, costume classes are under saddle.

33 Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) The horse and rider may be in costume, the horse only may be in costume, or the rider only may be in costume. The costume must be safe for both horse and rider as well as other exhibitors. If the horse is saddled the rider must wear boot with a heel. To be Judged: By judge alone based upon creativity and crowd appeal By audience response By a combination of judge and audience response. OGB 110 DRILL TEAM COMPETITION Drill Team Competition is a judged competition where groups of at least 8 horse and rider combinations ride patterns to music. The patterns may be simple or intricate. Drill Team Competition may be divided into categories based upon the age, experience or gender of team members. Competition may be designated Adult, Youth, Open, Novice, Breed of Horse or further limited by gender of either horse or rider. Drill Team Competition may be divided into categories based upon style such as Rodeo, Military, Gaited or Historical. Competition may comprise Free Drill, OR Inspection and Free Drill. The show bill must indicate whether the competition is Free Drill only or a combination of Inspection and Free Drill. A team may choose to carry the American flag. If a team chooses to carry the American flag, they must conform to the protocol of respect for the flag. If they fail to follow the protocol (including shafts, be perpendicular to the ground, flying free and not wound around the shaft, to the front or the right of all other flags and riders etc.) they will be penalized. A team may choose to carry a Drill Team Flag. Drill Team competition may be judged by single or multiple judges. A scribe is provided for each judge. Free Drill - judging based upon performance of the Free Drill only. Inspection and Free Drill judging based upon a combination of Inspection and performance of the Free Drill. Inspection occurs at a location and time prior to performance of Free Drill. The minimum number of horse and riders is 8. The maximum number of horses and riders is unlimited. Time o If the complete free drill is longer than the maximum of twelve (12) minutes allowed, penalties will be assessed. o If free drill is shorter than nine (9) minutes, penalties will be assessed. o Time begins when the first horse enters the arena and ends when the last horse leaves the arena o Official Timers will be used The Order of Go will be determined by lot or by show management Drills may include patterns (moves or maneuvers) common to and suitable for drill team competition including but not limited to basic, transition, killer and sneaky. A maximum of 7 minutes will be allowed between Drill Team competitions. The Drill Team Captain will provide the announcer a prepared script to be read when the team is announced. Music o Music is the responsibility of the Drill Team. o Music must be given to show management 24 hours prior to competition. o Music must be in the media (CD or tape) format designated by show management. o Music for the drill must be cued to start at the beginning. Prohibited: During the Free Drill, no markers will be allowed in or around the arena. During the Free Drill, no other person will be allowed to stand or direct in the arena during competition. Only horses and riders in the active drill team are allowed in the arena. Penalties: Time Infractions: o Over Maximum time 3 points per minute or fraction of a minute deduction. o Under Minimum time 3 points per minute of fraction of a minute deduction. Fall of Horse and /or Rider o Collision 15 point deduction o Slip no deduction o Off Course deduction at the discretion of the judge Definitions Alignment: Vertical and Horizontal alignment in maneuvers and or transitions Attractiveness: pattern; symmetry of and definition of maneuvers; method of transition from one maneuver to another. Briskness: preciseness, alertness and overall attitude of a team in executing patterns. Coordination and timing: manner in which members work as a team in the performance of patterns and transitions. Degree of Difficulty: o The difficulty of a maneuver may not be indicative of the spectacular performance of that maneuver. o It is more difficult to perform a maneuver (pattern) well when it is done at a faster tempo. o It is also more difficult to do some simple maneuvers (patterns) well. o Precision will not be sacrificed for speed. o Speed is to be used only as an added point. Horsemanship: o Rider equitation position, leads, hands, seat, legs and the use or misuse of cues and aids. o Horse - manners, way of going and suitability as a drill horse. Off Course one or more horses out of position during a pattern or transition. Pattern: Maneuver or move Spacing: Uniform distance may be varied in succeeding maneuvers (patterns) and or transitions. In line with the requirements of the maneuvers (patterns) and or transitions spacing at any given time should be consistent. Transitions: actions taken to move from one pattern to another. Variety: speed, single file, pairs, fours, obloquies, or eights. To be Judged (Free Drill Only): Entertainment 30% Costumes - 10 points o Uniformity and look Choreography - 10 points o Choice of music Overall entertainment value - 10 points o Theme o Uniqueness o Audience appeal Horsemanship 20% Rider - 10 points o Seat o Hands o Control o Attitude Horse - 10 points o Manners and behavior o Attitude o Suitability as a Drill Team Horse Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-5

34 o Way of Going Free Drill 50% - 10 points each Alignment - Spacing Briskness - Precision Coordination and Timing - Variety of Patterns Degree of difficulty o Speed o Gaits selection and variety Transition and flow To Be Judged (Inspection and Free Drill): Inspection 20% Horse - 6 points o Cleanliness o Manners o Uniformity of Appearance (color, size, grooming) Tack - 7 points o Cleanliness o Uniformity o Attractiveness o Adjustments (curb chains etc) Uniform - 7 points o Cleanliness o Uniformity o Attractiveness Free Drill 60% - 10 points each Alignment - Spacing Briskness - Precision Coordination and Timing - Variety of Patterns Degree of difficulty o Speed o Gaits selection and variety Transition and flow Horsemanship Overall Entertainment Value 20% Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) OGB 111 Racking Style Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter. The maximum shoe size will be the lite shod shoe unless Breed Specific Rules allow the one inch shoe. Tack and attire is optional, however English and Western may not be combined. Breed-specific traditional tack and attire may be used. Horses registered in more than one registry may compete with tack and attire appropriate for one breed but not a combination of breeds. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in the IJA Rule Book. To Be Judged on correct racking form. Call of Class Enter at Slow Rack Slow Rack, Fast Rack, Walk, reverse, Slow Rack, Fast Rack, Walk and line up. OGB 112 Speed Racking Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter. The maximum shoe size will be the lite shod shoe unless Breed Specific Rules allow the one inch shoe. Tack and attire is optional, however English and Western may not be combined. Breed-specific traditional tack and attire may be used. Horses registered in more than one registry may compete with tack and attire appropriate for one breed but not a combination of breeds. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in the IJA Rule Book. Legal leg protection is allowed such as non-weighted bell boots, combi boots, etc. See 608 for prohibited equipment. All leg protection to be inspected by DQP. To Be Judged on speed while remaining in form. Call of Class Enter at Slow Rack Slow Rack, Fast Rack, Walk, reverse, Slow Rack, Fast Rack, Walk and line up. OGB 113 Working Trail Pleasure with Obstacles Any Gaited Breed is eligible to enter. The maximum shoe size will be as outlined in Chapter 4. Tack and attire is optional, however English and Western may not be combined. Breed-specific traditional tack and attire may be used. Horses registered in more than one breed registry may compete with tack and attire appropriate for one breed but not a combination of breeds. Ring Protocol and Judging Procedures will be as outlined in the IJA Rule Book. A working Trail Pleasure horse is a using horse used for pleasure riding under a variety of conditions and over a variety of terrain. The horse is responsive and surefooted. The horse is consistent in all gaits. The canter or lope is relaxed and ground covering. The horse must navigate a minimum of three obstacles. The obstacles count as 25% of the value of the class. If requested by the judge, the horse must drop from any gait to a working walk as the rider feeds the reins to the horse. If requested by the judge, the horse must execute a side pass from either side. Call of the Class for OGB Trail Pleasure Two Gait classes walk, intermediate gait, walk, reverse, walk, intermediate gait, walk and proceed to the line-up Three Gait classes walk, intermediate gait, walk, canter or lope, reverse, walk, intermediate gait, walk, canter or lope, walk and proceed to the lineup. If requested by the judge, the horse must drop from any gait to a working walk. The horse must navigate the prescribed obstacles. OGB 114 Fun Classes Safety is of prime importance Fun is of prime importance. Classes are only limited by imagination. Classes are affordable and fun Attire rules could/should be relaxed. Classes could include: flags, keyhole, command or Simon Says, egg and spoon, Delsey Derby, matched pairs, mis-matched pairs, apple race, etc. OGB 115 Open Gaited Breed In-Hand Obstacle Safety of prime importance Open or restricted by age of horse and/or exhibitor. English or Western or a combination Entries shown in halter with a lead shank Gloves are mandatory. Class comprises a mandatory section and an optional section. The class must consist of at least 5 obstacles and include 3 of the mandatory obstacles. Mandatory obstacles: Walk over a minimum of 4 logs in any pattern Walk over a bridge or piece of plywood Maneuver though cones or poles in any pattern The mandatory section is performed twice: the horse maneuvers the obstacles while being led from the left side and from the right side (off side). Optional obstacles or maneuvers may include Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-6

35 Opening, passing through and closing a gate Side pass to either side Halt - immobile for 45 seconds Back up between rails Back through a figure 8 Judging Criteria Each obstacle or maneuver is of equal value Tie broken by overall performance Chapter 11: Judging Specifics for Open Gaited Breed Division (OGB) OGB116 Open Gaited Breed Ground Driving Trail This is a standard test it will be the same at every competition. Class limited to 2 and 3 year old horses Open to all exhibitors (any age, professional, amateur etc.) Entry is disqualified and all winnings forfeited if the entry is exhibited under saddle or ridden bareback at any time during the show year. Equipment This is a working class. Equipment must be clean and safe. Equipment must meet FOSH standards for humane equipment. A horse with a driving harness WILL NOT have an advantage over a horse outfitted with a combination of equipment Open Bridle - no blinders or blinkers NO overcheck or sidecheck Whip permitted - not a lunge whip Attire Gloves - mandatory. Long pants - mandatory Shirt - long or short sleeves Tennis Boots, riding Boots, or running shoes permitted Helmet - mandatory for youth exhibitors. Safety Requirements Either method MUST be used while going through the gate and at all times when entries are in the waiting or holding area. o It is encouraged (but not required) that a header lead the entry into and out of the arena. o If a header is not used, exhibitor must lead the entry in and out of the arena by the halter/bridle. Only 1 entry in the arena at a time. Trail Obstacles Area must be enclosed. Area must be large enough to demonstrate circles of at least 20 meters. Enough Poles for a back through L. 2 Barrels and a sack containing cans (noisy). Sheet of plywood or a blue tarp - poles may be added To Be Judged 100 Points awarded as follows: 1. Control Circle Test- 25 Points Drive the horse in a lunge type circle in BOTH directions to demonstrate control and easy gait 2. Bend and Back - L Test - 25 points Poles placed in an L shape at least 2 feet, but no more than 3 feet apart. Walk through the L to the end. Back out of the L until the horse is outside the poles. 3. Can I Barrel and Noise Test - 25 points Drive between 2 barrels. Stop with exhibitor even with barrels. Pick up the sack and place it on the other barrel. Noise is important. 4. Over Bridge or Water Test - 25 points Approach the plywood or the tarp from a distance of 25 feet before the long side. Drive the horse over the obstacle. Drive the horse at least 25 feel after the obstacle has been crossed. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-7

36 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications In Hand Division V101: Showmanship at Halter (all age groups) Classes for showmanship at halter may be offered for all age divisions. Age divisions would include: Adult (18 years & older), Youth (17 & under), Youth (11 & under), and Youth (12-17). Showmanship classes are designed to furnish exhibitors an opportunity to demonstrate his ability to fit and show a halter horse. Judging shall be based on exhibitor's ability, and no consideration shall be given to the horse except for grooming and physical condition. Horses must be two years-olds or over. No stallions are permitted in youth classes. Attire may be English or Western, but not a combination of both, and must be clean and neat. Horses must be shown in an English or Western halter with lead. Lead straps with chains are permitted, but chains are to be doubled through chin ring only. NO chains are allowed under chin of horse or ran up through that halter to the cheek area. Whips are not permitted when showing Western. See 623, 624, 625, 626 and 638. Judging Criteria: Appearance of Exhibitor (10 points) Suitable English or Western attire, but not a combination. Attire and person - neat and clean. Appearance of Horse (40 points) Condition (15 points) Grooming (15 points) o Hair coat cleaned, well brushed. o Mane and tail tangle-free and clean. o Hooves trimmed or shod properly and clean. May be polished. o Judge may inspect horse by lifting of the mane or tail or looking underneath the horse for cleanliness. Trimming (5 points) Inside of ears trimmed neatly. Bridle path trimmed. Long hair on jaw, legs and pasterns trimmed. Tack (5 points) Tack (halter and lead shank) should be neat, clean and in good repair. Showing Horse in Ring (50 points) Leading (15 points) Enter the ring beginning to the right and walk on the rail or indicated circle until the judge requests that the horses line up for inspection. Walk on left side of horse, holding lead hank neatly and safely. Lead shank is not to be coiled around hand nor should fingers be inserted or laced through the lead. Right hand should be placed at the snap when there is no chain. When a chain is present, lead must be held below chain at the connector. Handler should stay beside the horse, never crossing in front of horse, with exhibitor's shoulder alongside the throat area. Animal should lead freely at a walk and middle gait when required. After judge has lined up the class, each exhibitor will be requested to MOVE his or her horse individually In the required pattern. Horse should be turned to the right at all times. Exhibitor should be sure that judge has a clear view of the horse at all times. Exhibitor should allow the horse sufficient lead so that the horse can move freely. The ring steward should provide the starting with the judge being the stopping point for the required distance of the pattern. Required pattern: exhibitor should turn horse to the right 180 degree turn, stop, lead horse off in a straight line to the marker, stopping at marker and setting the horse up, at the indication of judge the exhibitor turns the horse over its hocks to the right 180 degree turn moving the horse back to the line up. During the line up the judge may request the exhibitor to back the horse. The horse should be backed smoothly, one step at a time, as straight as possible for one body length. Use the press and release technique for backing the horse. Do NOT change hands on the lead shank. Touching or kicking of the horse is not permitted. Posing the horse (15 points) When posing the horse, the exhibitor should stand at a diagonal facing the horse beside the throat area of the horse with his or her toes pointing toward the horse's eye or head. Never stand directly in front of the horse. Always stay in a position where the exhibitor has view of the judge at all times. The exhibitor should keep good eye contact with the judge. The Quarter System is used for judging the horse while in the line up. With the Quarter System, the horse is divided into four sections by drawing imaginary line down his back and another one across his middle. When the judge is looking at the horse's hind quarters, the exhibitor stays on the same side of the horse as the judge, with his or her toes pointed toward the horse's eye or head. When the judge looks at either front quarter of the horse, the exhibitor crosses to the opposite side of the horse. Never crowd the other exhibitors. Always leave a horse's length between you and the next horse. Poise, Alertness, and Merits (20 points) Keep alert and be aware of the position of the judge at all times. Do not be distracted by persons or things outside the ring. Quadrant #4 Quarter System tail Quadrant #3 Quadrant #2 Quadrant #1 head Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-8

37 Technical I Division Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V102: Barrel Racing This is a timed event. The pattern requires a space of approximately 220 feet in length and 145 feet in width. If adequate space is unavailable, the pattern may be reduced in equal increments. Barrels should be placed no closer than 20 feet from a wall, in order to allow room for turning of the barrel. It is paramount to allow adequate stopping room of at least 50 feet behind the starting line. The pattern is set in a triangular pattern. Barrels #1 and #2 should be 105 feet apart; Barrel #3 should be 120 feet from barrels #1 and #2. The starting line should be 25 to 30 feet from the first barrel. The pattern requires three 55 Gallon barrels, preferably plastic, two starting poles or other type of designation for the starting line. The starting line should be clearly marked with poles, barrels, or a line marked by lime. If poles or barrels are used to designate the start line, they should be at least 20 feet apart and centered on the pattern. It is recommended that an electric timer, or two stop watches be used to time the event. In the event stopwatches are used, the average time between the two shall be the official time. Upon a signal from the ring steward or timer, contestants begin the pattern with a running start behind the starting line. Timing begins when the horse s nose crosses the start line and will stop when the horse s nose passes the finish line, after completion of the pattern. The contestant runs to barrel #1, making a right hand turn around the barrel and proceeds to barrel #2. At barrel #2 the rider makes a left hand turn around the barrel, and proceeds to barrel #3. At barrel #3 the rider once again makes a left hand turn around the barrel and then runs for the finish line. The barrel course can be run either to the right or the left. If the pattern is run to the left, the first turn around barrel #1 would be to the left, the 2 nd barrel would be turned to the right, and the 3 rd barrel would be turned to the right. See diagram. Knocking over a barrel causes a five second penalty to be added to the finish time. Brushing or touching the barrel by the horse or the rider s leg, will not carry a time penalty, so long as the barrel does not fall. An exhibitor who breaks the pattern or goes off course will receive no time and be disqualified. In the event of a tie, a run-off is required. Tack and Attire Western attire and equipment is required. Helmets are required on all riders. See 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire for appropriate attire and equipment. Skid boots, polo wraps, splint boots, combi boots, nonweighted bell boots, tie downs and standing or running martingales are permitted. See 608 for Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. V103: Equitation General Information See 620 Equitation and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Equitation classes may be designated for a specific style of riding (Saddle Seat, Walking Seat, Hunt Seat, Dressage Seat or Stock Seat). In addition Equitation may be designated as Open when the class comprises a variety of styles of riding including traditional styles or a specific gaited breed. In all cases, Equitation is the art of horsemanship. To matter the style of riding, the rider must demonstrate the ability to influence the horse to perform properly and to smoothly execute gaits and commands. In addition the rider must demonstrate an effective and correct seat. The physical impairment of a horse such as blindness in one eye, a nerved horse or similar conditions shall not count against the equitation rider unless the impairment of the horse is sufficient to affect the ability of the judge to evaluate the rider s performance or the condition causes the horse observable distress while under saddle. Unsoundness of the type that constitutes bad image requires immediate elimination from the class. The performance of the rider is paramount in equitation classes. The horse is to be considered as a factor only when its performance reflects a lack of ability or control on the part of the rider. Show management may divide equitation classes into sections based on age, youth and adult status, open and amateur status, styles of riding, specific gaited breed and other breakdowns as appropriate. A fall from the horse by the rider or a fall by the horse will result in disqualification. No attendant will be allowed in the ring with an equitation rider except at the request of the judge. Equitation classes may be either two or three gait. When a three-gait class is in session, the judge may request an extended canter or the hand gallop. The canter may be requested from the walk, the rein back or a halt. In Grand Championship classes a counter canter may be called at the judges discretion. Both horse and rider must be groomed to an exceptional standard in equitation classes. Gloves are mandatory in all equitation competition. Only unrowelled spurs may be worn. Judges must excuse riders who do not conform to the proper appointments required in this division or who present themselves or their mount in an unclean, untidy, or disheveled manner. Individual Tests. Judges may require that tests or patterns be ridden in equitation classes. A test or pattern must be posted a minimum of one hour before the class and the decision to require a pattern must be announced. The following elements, in any combination, may be required: back the horse and address the reins (Saddle Seat); back the horse and do execute a 360 degree turn, (on the haunches not required); a circle at the trail walk; a figure eight at the show walk; a canter or lope down the centerline with a stop at the midpoint of the arena; a three loop serpentine ridden at the show walk; a figure eight at the canter or lope with a simple change of lead at the midpoint; a figure eight at the canter or lope demonstrating a flying lead change at the midpoint; a turn on the forehand; leg yielding from the rail. Saddle Seat/Walking Seat Equitation Saddle Seat/Walking Seat Basic Position: The following elements are required in saddle seat equitation: Head high and looking forward Shoulders even and square with the ribcage drawn up and out of the Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-9

38 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications belt area Waist supple but not collapsed; back supple neither collapsed nor rigid Buttocks neatly tucked and seated on seat bones not rolled forward on the crotch Deep seat, close and in contact with the horse, perching to be penalized Thighs and knees in close contact with no gripping of the lower leg but contact that might be described as draped like a wet towel. Toes to be pointed forward with a supple ankle and heels carried down. Riding with feet on the dashboard or legs held straight out away from the horse will be penalized. The irons should touch the rider just below the ankle when the foot is removed from the stirrup. Forearms should be parallel to the ground. A slight angle when seen from above is acceptable. Wrists must be supple. Hands and forearms should form a V when viewed from above. Hands should be held over the withers, far enough apart that the thumbs almost touch when extended. Hands that are turned flat, in the position that would be seen while playing the piano, are to be penalized. The touch of the rider s hands on the reins should be light, yet clearly in contact. The reins should be held between the thumb and index finger with the remainder of the fingers closing gently but firmly around the reins. The rider may also elect to run the bottom of the rein above the little finger before closing the hand. The bight of the rein shall fall to the right side. The hands may not cross the neck while the horse is motion and riders will be penalized for this error. An imaginary vertical line, drawn on the rider from a side view, would show a straight connection from the ear through the shoulder to the elbow, traveling down the body through the hip to the heel. Saddle Seat/Walking Seat Position in Motion. The start into forward motion should be smooth and gradual with the employment of necessary leg and seat aids and a slight release of rein pressure. At all gaits an even tempo must be maintained. The rider must be supple, alert, and capable of maintaining the horse at gait, with invisible aids, on the straightaway and through the corners. If required, the canter is executed from the trail walk. The inside leg is to remain on the girth and the outside leg should be positioned slightly behind it. Thumping or kicking of the horse will be penalized. The horse must be well collected with the rider s hands quiet and the body following the movement of the gait. o All transitions must be gradual with no abruptness. o At the halt the rider s weight shall be well down in the saddle, rein pressure shall be even. Reverses are ridden toward the rail. Stock Seat Equitation General. The general guidelines for equitation, including the section on tests, apply to stock seat equitation. Stock Seat Basic Position. The body must be upright, comfortable, relaxed and flexible in appearance. The appearance of rigidity will be penalized. The foot must rest in the stirrup with the weight on the ball of the foot. The free arm may be held across the chest with the hand clenched or allowed to hang loosely in the vicinity of the thigh. Either split reins or romal reins may be used. o When using split reins the hand may be around the reins OR one finger may be inserted between the reins. When the hand is around the rein, the rider may hold the end of the reins with the opposite hand to keep the reins from swinging When one finger is inserted between the reins, the ends of the rein must fall on the side of the reining hand and the reins must not be held to keep from swinging. o When using romal reins the hand must be around the reins in an upright position. The rider may hold the end of the reins to keep them from swinging but the romal must be held at least 16 inches away from the reining hand. The rider must sit in the middle of the horse, with quiet hands and in correct position. The legs must remain steady with heels lower than toes and weight evenly distributed across the horse s back. Noticeable shifting of the rider s weight to influence movements is not desirable. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-10

39 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V104: Pole Bending This is a timed event. This pattern requires approximately 150 feet in depth. Six Poles (preferably plastic or PVC) of at least 6 feet in height are placed in bases, heavy enough to keep the poles from leaning or falling, but nor more than 14 inches in diameter. The upright poles are placed 21 feet apart in a straight line. The farthest pole from the starting line should be at least 20 feet from the end wall or fence to allow adequate turning room. The first pole should be placed 21 feet from the starting line. The starting line should be clearly marked with poles, barrels, or a line marked by lime. If poles or barrels are used to designate the start line, they should be at least 20feet apart and centered on the pattern. Timing begins when the horse s nose crosses the start line and will stop when the horse s nose passes the finish line, after completion of the pattern. It is recommended that an electric timer, or two stop watches be used to time the event. In the event stopwatches are used, the average time between the two shall be the official time. This pattern can be run either to the right or the left. Upon a signal from the ring steward or timer, contestants begin the pattern by running straight down one side of the line of upright poles. Upon reaching the far end pole, the rider makes a turn around the pole and serpentines back through the remaining five poles to the end pole nearest the starting line. Upon reaching the end pole nearest the starting line, the rider turns around the pole and serpentines back up through the poles to the far end pole and turns around it, at which point the rider runs for the finish line. Knocking over a pole or holding onto a pole with a hand (in an attempt to stop the pole from falling) will cause a five second penalty to be added to the finish time. An exhibitor may rub or come in contact with the pole with his or her arm or leg, without penalty. The horse may touch the pole without penalty, so long as the pole remains standing. An exhibitor who breaks the pattern or goes off course will receive no time and be disqualified. In the event of a tie, a run-off is required Tack and Attire Western attire and equipment is required. Helmets are required on all riders. See 654 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire. Skid boots, polo wraps, splint boots, Combi boots, non weighted bell boots, running or standing martingales and tiedowns are permitted. See 608 for Prohibited Tack, Attire and Equipment. V105: Water Glass This class may be ridden in English or Western tack and attire. Each exhibitor enters the ring and receives a glass to be filled with water. One hand only is to be used in holding the glass. The hand may not cover the top of the glass, and the glass should be held as if the rider were drinking out of it. The glass should be held out and away from the body of the horse and rider. Once the glasses are filled, the exhibitors are put on the rail and perform the flat walk and intermediate or middle gait both ways of the ring. A noticeable change in speed between the flat walk and the intermediate or middle gait is mandatory. The horse must be excused if a distinct change in speed is not performed. Upon completion of the gaits, exhibitors are brought to center ring. The exhibitor with the most water remaining in his/her glass wins the class. In case of tie, a canter may be called. See 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire and 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire and 606 Other Acceptable Tack Options and 608 for Prohibited Tack, Attire and Equipment. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-11

40 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V106: Western Riding Western Riding is a set pattern class to be ridden in Western attire. See 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Western Riding rewards the horse with the athletic ability to do a variety of tasks on the farm or ranch. The performance is to be judged on riding qualities of the gaits to include the walk, intermediate or middle gait and lope; change of leads (flying); back up, responsiveness to rider; manners and disposition. Penalty will be affixed for simple change of leads and not performing gaits as specified in the pattern. Pattern: The eight small circles represent markers (cones recommended). The cones should be separated by a uniform distance of not less than 30, nor more than 50 feet. The rectangle represents an obstacle (one small log recommended) just high enough to break the animal s stride. The long and sometimes twisting line indicates the direction to travel and gaits at which the animal is to move. The dotted line (...) indicates the walk, the dash line (----) the running walk, and the solid line ( ) the lope. Proceed with the routine as indicated by the pattern. On completion, exhibitor rides to the center of the pattern and backs the animal as indicated by the pattern. The judge may require an exhibitor to repeat or reverse any part of the routine. Only one hand may be used on the reins and must not be changed. The hand is to be around the reins. One finger between the reins is permitted when split reins are used. While the animal is in motion, the rider s hands must be clear of the horse and saddle. Disqualifications: Off course on the pattern. Using spurs or rein ends forward of the cinch. Unsoundness as determined by the judge. Equipment failing in ring as to make an unsafe condition. Fall by either horse or rider Tack and Attire Non-weighted bell boots, Polo Wraps, Splint Boots, Combi Boots and skid boots are permitted. V107 EquiTheater Description: EquiTheater is where each exhibitor creates and presents with heir horse, an entertaining routine to the audience using: costumes, choreography, music, props, storytelling and acting. Routines may be serious, dramatic, elegant or funny. EquiTheater is not like any other musical horse sport, because it has fewer required elements, and the main emphasis of a routine is on its ENTERTAINMENT value, not on how well a horse performs. EquiTheater is not a Dressage Kur or a Freestyle Reining pattern. It is not stepping, prancing or dancing around in the arena, nor riding on the rail in a costume with background music. It is not a horse(s) at liberty act, nor a trick horse(s) act. The primary emphasis is to encourage exhibitors or all ages and all abilities and their horse(s) to have FUN with EquiTheater, and for EquiTheater to attract spectators. All exhibitors should understand that judging is very subjective. Although special tack or attire is not required, exhibitors must still adhere to the IJA rules for shoeing, shank length on bits and comply with all other IJA rules that promote the humane treatment of the horse (restrictions on action devices, severe bits, etc.) Costuming, song and routine must all be "G" rated, suitable for a general, family oriented audience. For example nothing risqué, controversial, demeaning, derogatory, or using bad language is allowed. Use of the National flag is not allowed. Although costumes are an integral part of this class, safety for both horse and rider is of prime importance. For safety purposes, a "spotter" is allowed in the arena for beginning, young, fearful or handicapped exhibitors etc. A solo routine is one horse/one exhibitor: a duo routine is two horses/ two exhibitors; and a trio routine is three horses/three exhibitors. Horses may be ridden, driven, in-hand (In-hand includes line driving), or any combination thereof. Each entry may use extras (people) to come and go, or to stay in the arena to serve as props, characters, or actors in the skit. Required Elements: While there are no time limits, guidelines are: each routine to be a maximum of 4 minutes; an additional 2 minutes in total is allowed for setting and dismantling props. The arena is considered is a stage and exhibitors should position their routine so they perform to the audience. The performance should have a balanced appearance. Riding in figure 8 type patterns, or riding exclusively on the rail will be penalized. The performance must include at least one stop and one back-up. The exhibitor must demonstrate at least 2 gaits, each gait in both directions of the ring. In addition to the other required elements, in-hand exhibitors must work off both sides of the horse. (In-Hand classes include Line Driving.) When the numbers of Entries Warrant, Classes may be offered for: Any gaited breed either ridden, driven or In-Hand, or any combination there of. In-Hand classes include Line Driving Any age exhibitor Any age horse 2 or 3 gaits Judging Criteria: EquiTheater is judged by individual evaluation. The judge must sit in the audience for judging and must use the scoring sheet. Scoring criteria: 60% entertainment 40% required elements. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-12

41 Technical II Division Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V108: Dressage Full information of Dressage for Gaited Horses can be found in The IJA Manual for Gaited Dressage on the FOSH website. The purpose of the Dressage division is to demonstrate that the horse has been systematically trained to be responsive to the aids, accepting of the bit, is forward moving and supple, is capable of clean transitions, is not resistant, and is able to execute with precision a series of gymnastic exercises at prescribed locations as required by the test. Continuity of movement, freedom, consistency of tempo and well being of the horse are paramount. The primary purpose of the dressage test at a FOSH sanctioned show is to measure the training of the horse and to indicate areas where improvement can be made or increased attention is required. The placing of the horse is secondary to the education opportunity that the ride should provide. The scores should reflect the quality of training based upon the following principles as it pertains to the level under which the horse and rider are competing: Quality of Rhythm; Degree of Suppleness; Acceptance of Contact; Elasticity of Impulsion; Degree of Straightness, Quality of Collection Dressage tests will be scored as per the written requirements for each test. (See Appendix 7). The tests are designed to develop progressively with the horses training. The purpose of each test is printed on each test and the scores should reflect the ability of the horse and rider as it pertains to the level at which they are performing. The score for each movement should first establish whether the movement is performed insufficiently (4 or below) or sufficiently (5 or higher). Each movement on the dressage test will be given a score of Excellent Couldn t be much better 9 Very good Better than expected at this level 8 Good A good representation of the requirements 7 Fairly good Meets the requirements fairly well 6 Satisfactory Meets the requirements 5 Sufficient Just meets the requirements 4 Insufficient Does not quite meet the requirement of the movement 3 Fairly bad Misbehavior or misunderstanding of requirements 2 Bad Still on pattern, but movement difficult to determine 1 Very bad Difficult to determine where or what has happened 0 Not executed Nothing of the required movement has been performed The intermediate gait shall be considered that which comfortably falls between the medium walk and canter for each individual horse and rider. The intermediate gait shall be considered the working gait for each breed. It must show engagement and impulsion (desire to move forward) Given the variations of the Intermediate gait, and the coefficients assigned, the Collectives at the bottom of the test become particularly important. The evaluation of the Gaits should include the concepts of regularity of rhythm, consistency of tempo (speed), and balance. Impulsion should include the desire of the horse to move forward in an elastic, relaxed manner. Submission should include the ability of the horse to accept the contact and guidance of the aides with ease. And the Rider score should reflect the position of the rider and their ability to positively influence and direct their horse. The walk in dressage tests should be a true working walk. Procedure: Competitions may take place in either the small arena (20 meters X 40 meters) or the standard arena (20 meters X 60 meters). A meter equals feet. The judge will be seated 5 meters away from the letter C. A number must be on the back of each rider unless show management provides Dressage numbers When Dressage numbers are supplied, the number must be exhibited on the headstall, pinned to the saddle pad, or attached to the top of the boot on the near side of the horse. Memorization of the test is not required for competition. Riders who have not memorized the test must provide their own readers. Riders must enter the arena at their ride time. The judge will ring the bell or blow the whistle to let the rider know that it is time for competition. The rider has one minute after the bell or whistle to enter the competition arena The ringing of a bell or the blowing of a whistle by the judge during a test, will signal to the exhibitor and error has been made. The rider will then come to the judge for instruction and then proceed with the remainder of the test. Such errors receive penalty points in the final scoring. A horse that steps outside the arena during a test must be eliminated from competition for awards: but they may reenter the arena and complete the test. A score will be given for educational purposes only. Judges may, if time allows, call exhibitors to the judge s stand after the ride for a quick critique of the ride. Tack and Attire: For full description refer to 618 Dressage and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire Judging Terms for IJA Dressage Tests Movement The manner in which the horse moves over the ground Working Walk The horse moves in an energetic but calm way, with stride length between collected and medium movement. Medium Walk The frame and stride of the horse is lengthened and the neck oscillates Free Walk The horse is allowed complete freedom to lower and stretch their head and neck. The horses stride and frame are lengthened. If the movement is on a long rein, some contact is maintained. If the movement is on a loose rein, there is a loop in the rein and there is no contact. *Collected Movement (may or may not be included in future IJA Dressage Tests) A movement where the horse is gathered together. The strides are shorter (yet powerful) and the legs are more elevated. The outline of the horse appears shorter from bit to hip and the neck rises and stretches unrestrained out of lifted withers. Movement at the walk shows elevation of the horse s carriage with the neck stretched upward and forward, and a shortened stride. At the canter the horse shows a more uphill balance with greater impulsion. At no time should the head be beyond the vertical. *Extended Movement (may or may not be included in future IJA Dressage Tests) Stretching and lengthening of the outline and stride of the horse An increased phase of suspension at the canter. The horse covers as much ground as possible with each stride, but maintains nearly the same tempo. Test Movement A section of a dressage test to be evaluated with one score on a score sheet. Dressage Movement: An exercise rather than a figure, pattern, transition, or combination of those. Traditional Dressage movements include : leg yielding, rein-back, shoulder-in, travers, renvers, half-pass, flying changes, pirouettes, turn-on-the haunches, piaffe, passage. Requirements for Competition Managers for Dressage classes A qualified judge must be provided and copies of the tests must be Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-13

42 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications provided to the judge 30 days before the event. (See Appendix 7 for tests.). A scribe must be provided for each judge. Adequate shelter for the judge as well as a table and chairs, a bell, whistle, tests, pens and water. A properly sized competition arena must be set up, with letters in place, and a 15 foot apron around the arena where competitors may warm up prior to riding the test. Comments and scores must be in pen. Dressage tests are not for public display. Scores are posted, not tests. Each exhibitor is to receive a copy of the test score sheet at the conclusion of the event. Dressage tests are located in Appendix 7. V109: Pleasure Driving Pleasure driving is to be judged on the pleasure horse qualities of the horse in harness. The gait is to be of the using variety rather than the highly animated. Animated entries should be placed in fine harness competition. The walk and an intermediate gait is required both ways of the ring. Horses must be able to back in the shafts. Any signs of unruly behavior or resistant behavior or any conduct that disrupts the class or puts other driving entries at risk will result in elimination from the class. Youth drivers may be accompanied by an adult as a safety precaution. However, should the adult touch the lines during a class, the entry will be eliminated from consideration. Appointments Fine harness buggies or viceroys are not permissible in pleasure driving classes. Breeching is required with wooden wheeled vehicles but not with wire wheeled vehicles. Any serviceable two- wheel cart or four wheel buggy is acceptable but two and four wheel vehicles should not be shown in the same class. Overchecks, snaffles or Liverpool bits are permissible. Flash nosebands are permissible only with snaffle bits. Blinkers or blinders are required. A whip not to exceed 6 feet in length is permissible. Attire: Gloves for whips (drivers) are mandatory. Lap robes are optional. Gentlemen drivers may be attired in traditional saddle seat attire or in business attire to include a coat, tie, slacks, and hat. Lady drivers may be attired in conservative dress, blouse and skirt, shirt and jods with apron, saddle suit or day coat and jods. Hats are optional for women but are encouraged. Class Routine Driving horses are to enter the ring to at a walk and perform the trot or intermediate gait when the second gait is called for. The reverse is to be executed on the diagonal at a walk, at the direction of the ring steward or announcer. One header is permitted in the line-up but touching the horse results in a penalty. Horses must stand quietly and back readily. Driving classes are to be judged: 70% on manners, performance, condition, style and way of going; 20% on fit, condition and appropriateness of harness and vehicle; 10% on conformation and neatness of driver. Faults in Pleasure Driving Rearing in the shafts is cause for elimination. Deviation from the correct intermediate gait and breaking into the canter from any gait. Erratic movement, hesitation in going forward, inconsistency in the gaits Unsafe behavior (mandatory dismissal) Resistance to the lines, throwing of the head or gaping of the mouth Balking or refusing to go forward or to turn General Rules for Driving Only the driver is permitted in the vehicle, with the exception of the youth provision Large classes may be divided at the discretion of the judge if he feels that the space in the ring is inadequate for the numbers of vehicles in competition. Judges may select drivers from each section and combine them into a final workout in order to tie the class. Doctor s buggies, surreys, and other period vehicles are considered inappropriate for pleasure driving unless the class is designated as an antebellum class or a period costume and vehicle class. In the event of a period driving class, judging is based 50 % on performance, 15 % on the outfitting of the whip and other riders, 25% on the vehicle and harness and 10 % on the overall turnout. If obstacle driving is offered, courses may be judged on either faults or faults and time. The decision must be posted in the office at least two hours before the class is to be held. Over or side checks and running martingales are prohibited in obstacle driving classes. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-14

43 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V110: Freestyle Reining Reining maneuvers originate from moves that a cow horse must use in performing its duties and have been refined to the high level of competition that exists today. Freestyle Reining not only provides an opportunity to use these maneuvers creatively, but also to expand them to music by means of choreography. Exhibitors are encouraged to use musical scores which permit them to show the athletic ability of the horse in a crowd appealing way. Musical selections are chosen by the exhibitor and may be combined and edited to fit the Freestyle pattern and time requirements. Time Limit Maximum of 4 minutes including any introductions. The time limit will be from the beginning of the music or from the beginning of the introduction (whichever is first) and will end with the music. Failure to perform all the required maneuvers or failure to complete the performance within the time limit will result in a score of 0. Required maneuvers will be defined as follows: o A minimum of 4 consecutive spins to the right. o A minimum of 4 consecutive spins to the left. o A minimum of 3 stops. o A minimum of 1 lead change at the canter from right to left. o A minimum of 1 lead change at the canter from left to right. Additional repetitions of required maneuvers are appropriate, but will only add or subtract from the existing scores already given for the required maneuvers, not as additional scores. Additional maneuvers such as rollbacks, backups, speed variations and non classical reining maneuvers such as half pass and side pass are appropriate in Freestyle and shall be given appropriate credit. Validating required maneuvers will not be the responsibility of the judges. At least one scribe will be used to verify the required maneuvers for each horse as they are completed in the pattern. Exhibitors will only be judged astride. Exhibitors are allowed to use two hands (as well as one or no hands) and any bit approved herein, including snaffle bits and bosals approved for use in the Snaffle Bit or Hackamore classes. Costumes: Permitted but not required. Emphasis is placed on performing the reining maneuvers to music. Props are permitted but at no time may they hinder the judges' view of the horse. The use of props will not add to the score. Show Management will reserve the right to rule on music or dress that may be inappropriate or offensive to the spirit and nature of the show. Show management may also determine the use of special lighting. Judging of Freestyle Reining: Each exhibitor will be judged 0 to infinity, with 70 denoting an average performance. Scores will be weighted according to the following formula: Technical merit = 75%, artistic impression = 20% and applause meter = 5%. Ties for first place will be run-off. Only one horse allowed in the arena during each presentation. Props may not include open flame or live animals. Freestyle Reining is open to horses of any age that are eligible to show in FOSH sanctioned shows. Tack and Attire Freestyle Reining is a western class and western tack and equipment are required. Polo wraps, splint boots, skid boots, combi boots and non weighted bell boots are permitted V111: Over Fences and Jumping Fences should simulate obstacles found in the hunting field (poles, rails, brush, wall, gates and coops, etc.) and have the appearance of being solid. Jumper fences such as bulls-eyes, stripes and spreads of over four feet are prohibited. A ground line (pole) is recommended for all fences. (A pole as long as the jump, laid on the ground just below the jump or approximately 18 inches from the base on the approach side). Post and rail fences must have a minimum of two rails per fence, excluding ground line. The maximum space between rails should not be more than 12 inches. A combination fence such as an in and out may be used. They count as one fence. Both a and b should be the same height and twentyfour to twenty-six feet is a suggested distance between them, when used in a ring. Wings may be used and if so must be thirty inches wide and twelve inches higher than the top of the fence A simple fence such as post and rail should be used for the first obstacle on any course. When setting up the distance between single fences, the rule of thumb to use is distance divided by increments of 12 (24, 36, 48 feet, etc). A course should have two directions with one change of lead. Jumps may range from a minimum of two feet to a maximum of three feet. A fence must be at least 12 feet wide or have wings at least 30 inches wide that are 12 inches higher than the fence (pen jumps excluded). A course consists of eight jumps, of at least four different obstacles. An obstacle may be jumped more than once. Exhibitors should have the opportunity to walk the course without their horse to check striding, etc. prior to commencement of the class. A warm-up of two or more fences must be available. The course does not have to be in the ring, but may be setup to the side of the ring, etc., becoming an outside course. A full circle before starting the course is customary and sets the hunter pace which is carried throughout the course. A circle may be made at the finish Way of going of a consistent, even, safe hunter pace, manners and soundness are to be emphasized. Hunter pace is defined as a longer, flowing canter with enough speed and impulsion to meet and take each jump giving the appearance of grace and ease. It should be maintained throughout the course, including the beginning and the ending circle. The idea hunter will meet each fence at the proper take off spot for a perfect arc over the obstacle. Its jump will be snappy and athletic with the forearms held at or above a parallel line to the ground. The joints of the front legs are tucked tightly in front of the chest, and the neck and back arched over the fence. Faults: knock-downs, extra circle and refusals. Elimination: third refusal on a jump, off course, fall of horse and/or rider, jumping out of order, jumping before the jump or jumps are re-set Further penalties: Excessive speed and breaking gait between jumps Tack, Equipment and Attire For complete description see 631 Over Fences and Jumping and 608 Prohibited tack, Equipment and Attire. Tie downs, Running or standing Martingales, Polo wraps, splint boots, combi boots and non weighted bell boots are permitted. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-15

44 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V112: Natural Horsemanship Overview Over 2,000 years ago, one of the first great riding masters was a man named Xenophon. He said that communication is the key to horsemanship. Learning to communicate with your horse is vital if the two of you are to be on the same track as partners. The dynamics relating to modern natural horsemanship can be obtained through communication, understanding, and psychology. The goal of FOSH is to provide a forum for the horse and rider who have achieved a level of communication and understanding, using Natural Horsemanship skills. This forum may be established in local class lists and may be offered at the North American Championship. A horse and rider team will work in unison in the arena, using ground obstacles, obstacles while riding and riding skills as they exhibit their level of communication. Only one horse and rider team will be allowed in the arena during exhibition. Stallions are permitted but the horse and rider team MUST be the only exhibitors in the arena during their session. Prohibited equipment See also 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. No spurs, bits, bridles, stiff bosals or mechanical hackamores, whips Allowable equipment Horses must be ridden in a rope halter with one or two reins, or with a soft rope around the neck. Clips with metal may be used to attach reins or ropes to halter. Saddles are optional and may be English, Western, Buena Vista, or Australian either with or without a horn. Bareback pads may be used. ATSM Helmets are mandatory in ALL natural horsemanship classes. Judges are required to excuse any rider in a Natural Horsemanship class that appears without a helmet. Class Criteria Patterns including obstacles must be provided & posted in advance by show management. All obstacles must be negotiated on line (lead) or at liberty on the ground. The only physical contact allowable between the horse and rider while on the ground shall be through the line (lead). Ground skills and communication between horse and rider are paramount. The horse shall be sent over an obstacle or maneuver an obstacle with ease and an appearance of harmony with its handler. Hand or body contact while maneuvering ground obstacles will be penalized in the final scoring. After the ground obstacle portion has been completed, the rider is asked to mount his horse (a mounting block may be used). The horse must stand ready and be alert to his rider cues. A repeat of the on line obstacles and /or predetermined patterns may be call for at this time. The class may call for a variety of gait changes, i.e., working walk, flat walk, running walk, and, in the advanced division the lope or canter. The purpose of the gait changes would be to observe a harmonious response to the rider and to consider how well the horse maintains the gait on a loose rein. The judge will reward the horse and rider that exhibit harmony while riding. Judging Criteria Scoring will be based on ground manners and maneuverability of obstacles, unison between horse and rider while riding through obstacles and /or patterns, and overall harmony and partnership between the horse and rider. Currently there are two levels of competition defined for the horse and rider team: 1) Beginning Natural Horsemanship This class should use several ground obstacles, several riding obstacles and call for a simple pattern to exhibit the beginning stages of partnership between horse and rider. 2) Advanced Natural Horsemanship - This class should challenge the horse and rider through a series of ground obstacles, riding obstacles and a more complex pattern to exhibit the ultimate partnership between horse and rider. The advanced Natural Horsemanship class may ask for the lope or canter. V113: Reining The reining pattern to be used must be posted at least one hour prior to the class. The pattern is worked individually. Horses shall enter the ring one a time at the call of the announcer or numerically from the class sheet. The exhibitor shall proceed to the judge for direction to start the pattern. Show management will choose one of six basic reining patterns. Refer to Chapter 6 for appropriate Western attire and equipment. The use of skid boots, polo wraps and split boots are allowed. Scoring Scoring will be on the basis of 60 to 80, with 70 denoting an average performance. Each entry will be judged on the neatness, dispatch ease, calmness and speed with which it performs the pattern. Disqualifications Going off course or breaking the pattern. The fall of horse or rider Excessive spurring Faults against the horse which do not cause disqualification: Opening mouth excessively (when wearing the bit) Excessive jawing, opening the mouth or raising the head upon the stop Breaking gaits Lack of smooth, straight stop on the haunch Refusing to change leads at the appropriate time Anticipating signals from rider Stumbling Wringing of the tail Backing sideways Knocking over markers Faults against the rider, but which do not cause disqualification: Changing hands on the reins Two hands on the reins (except for junior horse in a snaffle) Losing a stirrup or holding on Any unnecessary aid or discipline given by the rider, such as unnecessary talking, petting, spurring or jerking of the reins. Tack, Equipment and Attire Western tack, equipment and attire are required. Polo Wraps, Skid boots, Splint boots, combi Boots and non weighted bell boots are permitted. See 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire. See 608 for Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Reining Patterns 1 through 6 follow. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-16

45 Reining Pattern 1: Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications Reining Pattern 2: End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. 1. Run to the far end of the arena, stop and do 2 ½ spins to the left, no hesitation. 2. Run to the opposite end of the arena, stop and do 2 ½ spins to the right, no hesitation. 3. Run past center of center, do sliding stop, no hesitation; back over slide tracks to center, hesitate. 4. Make a 1/4 pivot to the left to face left wall, hesitate. 5. Begin on right lead and make two circles to the right, the first small and slow, the second large and fast. Change leads at center of arena. 6. Make two circles to the left, the first small and slow, the second large and fast. Change leads at center of arena. 7. Begin a large fast circle to the right, do not close this circle but run straight down side past the center, do sliding stop. (Stop at least 20 feet from wall or fence.) 8. Walk to Judge and stop and remain for inspection, until dismissed. 9. The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. 1. Run with speed, past center marker. 2. Stop and back up to center of pattern. 3. Settle horse for approximately ten seconds. Start lope. Circles should be made inside the end markers. 4. Ride two circles to the right, the first small and slow, the second large and fast. 5. Ride two circles to the left, the first small and slow, the second large and fast. 6. Left roll back over hocks (should be made past far end marker). 7. Right roll back over hocks (should be made past near end marker). 8. Stop (should be made past center marker). Let horse settle, then in appropriate area of stop, do the pivots. 9. Pivot right or left no more than 90 degrees. 10. Pivot opposite direction, no more than 180 degrees. 11. Walk to Judge and stop for inspection until dismissed. 12. The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-17

46 Reining Pattern 3: Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications Reining Pattern 4: End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. 1. Run past center of arena and do a sliding stop. 2. Back immediately to center of arena, hesitate. 3. Do two spins to the right. 4. Do two and a quarter spins to the left, hesitate. 5. Beginning on left lead make a small, slow circle, then begin a large fast circle. Do no close this circle, but run straight down the side past center marker and do a right rollback at least 20 feet from fence or wall. 6. Continue back to center of arena, horse should be on right lead at center, make a small slow circle to the right, then begin a large fast circle. Do not close this circle, but run straight down the side past center and do a left roll back at least 20 feet from wall or fence. 7. Continue back to center of arena, horse should be on the left lead at center. 8. Make a large fast circle to the left at center of arena, change leads and make a large fast circle to the right at center of arena - change leads and begin a large, fast circle to the left. Do not close this circle but run straight down the side past the center marker and do a sliding stop at least 20 feet from the fence or wall. 9. Walk to Judge and stop for inspection until dismissed. 10.The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. 1. Begin work to the right. 2. First figure eight, slow. 3. Second figure eight, faster (lead change must take place at Point A). 4. Proceed from Point B to Point C at flat walk or running walk. 5. Begin run. 6. Sliding stop. 7. Turn away from the rail, do a spin and a half, no hesitation. 8. Sliding stop. 9. Turn away from the rail do a spin and a half, no hesitation. 10. Sliding stop. 11. Back over slide marks. Face Judge, walk a few steps. 12. Pivot right or left, no more than 90 degrees. 13. Pivot the opposite direction, no more than 180 degrees. 14. Pivot in direction taken in instruction #12 above, no more than 180 degrees. 15. Walk to Judge and stop for inspection until dismissed. 16. The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-18

47 Reining Pattern 5: Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications Reining Pattern 6: End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. 1. Starting in the center of the arena, make a large fast circle to the right. 2. Draw the circle down to a small circle until you reach the center of the arena, stop. 3. Do a double spin to the inside of the small circle in the center of the arena. At end of spins, horse should be facing the left wall, slight hesitation. 4. Begin on left lead and make a large, fast circle. 5. Then a small circle again drawing it down to the center of the arena stop no hesitation on these stops. 6. Do a double spin to the inside of the circle, slight hesitation horse to be facing left wall. 7. Begin on right lead and make a fast figure eight over the large circles and change leads. 8. Run to far end of arena and do a left roll back. 9. Run to opposite end of the arena and do a right roll back. 10. Run back past center of the arena and do a sliding stop. Hesitate. 11. Back over slide tracks. 12. Finish. Walk to Judge and stop for inspection until dismissed. 13.The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. End markers should be placed at least 75' from the center marker. Pattern area should be approximately 50' x 150' in size. Begin pattern at center of the arena facing the left wall or fence. 1. Beginning on the right lead, complete three circles to the right: The first circle small and slow; the next two circles large and fast. Change leads at the center of the arena. 2. Complete three circles to the left: the first circle small and slow, the next two circles large and fast. Change leads at the center of the arena. 3. Run up the middle to the far end of the arena, past the end marker and do a left rollback no hesitation. 4. Run to the opposite end of the arena past the end marker and do a right rollback no hesitation. 5. Run past the center marker and do a sliding stop. Back up to the center of the arena or at least 10 feet. Hesitate. 6. Complete four spins to the right. 7. Complete four spins to the left. Hesitate to demonstrate the completion of the pattern. 8. Walk to Judge and stop for inspection until dismissed. 9. The bridle may be dropped at the Judge s discretion. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-19

48 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications V114: Trail Obstacle The safety of the horse and rider is paramount with all obstacles. The construction and placement of the obstacles should not endanger horse or rider. The trail course should be posted at least one hour before the class. This class may be divided into specific divisions for youth, novice or adult. Each obstacle of the class shall be graded on a scale of one to ten basis, subtracting points for faults, refusals or excessive time. Judges should request an exhibitor to move to the next obstacle if too much time is spent on one obstacle. The course shall consist of at least six, but no more than ten obstacles. Three of the obstacles shall be mandatory (see list below). Final consideration of the Judge shall include quality and smoothness of performance of the horse and neatness and ability of the rider. The idea trail horse shall negotiate the course with surefootedness; looks at the obstacles, but does not hesitate, yet does not rush along the course. The horse should move willingly without excessive urging of the rider. Reins must be held in one hand and should not be changed during the performance. If ridden in English attire, the rider may have both hands on the reins. A time limit may be set for the course, however, the time itself shall have no bearing on the final placement, except as a limit for course completion. Mandatory Obstacles: (three required) Opening, passing through and closing a gate. The gate should be constructed safely, and will not endanger horse or rider. Obstacle is not complete unless the gate is closed and should be judged accordingly. Changing of hands on gate or turning loose of gate is to be penalized. Ride over at least four logs or poles. Logs can be in a straight line, curved, zigzag or raised. The space between the logs it to be measured and the path the horse is to take should be measured. For walkovers, the spacing between poles should be 15 to 24 inches; for lope/ canter overs the spacing should be 6 to 8 feet. The only elevated poles shall be for walk overs and they should be a minimum of 22 inches apart. Lope overs cannot be elevated. Elevated elements should be secured so they cannot roll. Ride over wooden bridge (may be plywood set so as to simulate sound and appearance of bridge). Suggested minimum width shall be 36 wide and at least 6 long. Bridge should be sturdy and safe. Horses should navigate the bridge quietly without rushing on or off. Horses may be required to stop on the bridge. Ground tie horse, walking a full circle around the horse at least ten feet from the horse s body. Optional Obstacles: Back horse through L shaped course (logs, large poles or bales of hay suggested). On the ground: 28 minimum space between the poles; Elevated: 30 minimum between the poles. Water hazard. One jump not less than 14 nor more than 24 inches high to be ridden over. One jump not less than 14 nor more than 24 inches high to be led over. Pole on the ground to be side-passed, either direction or both directions Mailbox Canter a circle Exhibitor to put on and take off rain slicker while mounted Pick up and transfer object from one point to another (i.e. move a sack of cans from one barrel to another barrels should be placed at least 12 apart) Turn on the haunches or turn on the forehand in a designated area. Tack and Attire Either English or Western. Skid boots, polo wraps, splint boots, nonweighted bell boots, and combi boots are permitted. See 645 for Western Tack, Equipment and Attire. See 638 for Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire. See 608 for Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Technical III Division Technical Three Events or disciplines operated as stand alone events. Rules are not included for all events or disciplines. If Rules are not included, the event will be operated under the rules of the Governing Body for that Sport or Discipline. Trail Trials, Judged Trail Rides, Competitive Trail, Endurance Rides, Ranch Horse Competition, Cattle Penning, Reining, Cutting, 3 Day Events, Cross Country Driving, Combined Driving. V115 Trail Trials A competition designed to test the trail skills of a horse/rider team. Riders are judged and scored on their skill and ability to guide their horses through a natural obstacle course. Scores are ranked from lowest to highest with the lowest score denoting the winner. General This is not a race. It is open to any breed of gaited horse or riding style A course may be several miles A course should reflect the diversity of the area It is a mounted event A horse may only be ridden by one rider Horses must be at least three [3] years of age Courses may be designed for Novice, Intermediate and Open competitors Copy of course provided each Competitor Safety Common sense and safety are of prime importance. It is the rider's responsibility to determine if his horse is capable of competing. Each rider is responsible for his own safety and the safety of his mount. Each rider must maintain control of their mount throughout the ride. Riding double, ponying an animal with or without a rider, or a loose foal on the side is not allowed. Ponying a horse as part of an obstacle shall not be allowed. General The trail must be clearly marked. Obstacles are not arena style. Obstacles are those naturally encountered on a trail ride. Obstacles reflect riding conditions typical of the local environment with the goal being to maintain the character of an authentic trail ride. Whenever possible, a safe way of bypassing the obstacle will be provided. Overuse of inappropriately placed man-made materials designed only to increase the challenge (spook or startle) will not be allowed. Equipment A halter with lead rope or halter bridle - mandatory A hoof pick - mandatory A knife capable of cutting lead rope, etc. mandatory for adults. Any equipment not prohibited under IJA Rules. (see 608, 615) Bareback pads - prohibited Attire: Boots with a heel - mandatory Any clothing suitable for riding Helmets - recommended Required Skills - may be used to negotiate Obstacles. Whoa - halt cues without argument. Stand quietly Execute gaits calmly and as directed Move the horse laterally [side to side] Turn on the forehand and/or hindquarters Back the horse in a straight line and/or around corners Back either horse's front or back feet over a raised object Emergency Dismount - kick both feet out of the stirrup before landing on the ground, while maintaining control of horse through contact with a Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-20

49 Chapter 12: Versatility Class Descriptions and Specifications rein. Obstacles Leading Ground handling the horse through challenging terrain etc Mounting Dismounting Hoof check Water crossing Uphill Downhill Stepover Bridge Gate Drag or Pull Standing tied Stationary Obstacles Moving Obstacles Judging: Senior Judge Judge at each obstacle Senior Judge - responsibility: Approve the course design by riding (on horseback) the course and obstacles the day of the event before the first competitor. Evaluate the course and obstacles to ensure: safety for horse, rider and judges the terrain relates to the skill level or competitors space is adequate for multiple horses waiting to negotiate the obstacle. Obstacles are placed so that the belongings of the Obstacle Judge are not part of the obstacle or impact the way of going of the participant. Instructs obstacle judges on judging their obstacles. Indicate exactly when and where judging will begin and end Interpret rules and make the final ruling. Disqualifies any participant from an obstacle or from the ride for unsportsmanlike conduct, or conduct that may reasonably result in physical harm to any person, animal or property. Signs the Official Results Procedure: To evaluate the way horse/rider team negotiates obstacle, a judge is located at each obstacle. Any obstacle judge may disqualify a participant from their obstacle for safety reasons. Competitor is judged only while negotiating obstacles. The obstacles must be executed as stated in the judge s directions. Obstacle Judge will mark the official score card for each competitor using a standard scoring system. Standard scoring value for each obstacle 0 - Perfect - no discernible mistakes 1 - Above average - very minor mistakes 2 - Adequate job - obvious mistakes 3 - Made an effort - skills need development 4 - No success: obstacle beyond team s skill level 24 - Bypassed obstacle 24 Refusal - horse moves feet away from the obstacle. Snorting and looking - not refusals. 3 attempts allowed 8 points per refusal Cinch Check when necessary and stated, failure to execute will be 2 points. Jumping on, into, off of, through, or over any obstacle, unless required to do so, is a major fault. Protests (See IJA Rules Chapter 7) Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Section 2-21

50 This page intentionally left blank.

51 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) The IJA Rule Book does not restrict or prohibit cross entries between Divisions. However, show management has the right to limit or prohibit cross entries between any Divisions and breed specific Country Pleasure classes or any Divisions and Open Gaited Breed Country Pleasure Classes Notice to exhibitors: As of January 1, 2008 The maximum toe length including the shoe will be 4.5 inches for all Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters. As of January 1, 2007: the use of the 1 inch shoe will be restricted to Tennessee Walking Horse Park classes. With the exception of TWH Park classes, the largest permissible shoe for the Tennessee Walking Horse Division will be the Lite Shod Shoe (3/4 inch by 3/8 inch) or the unaltered wide web keg shoe. As of January 1, 2006 the allowable size of trailers on the Lite Shod shoe and the One Inch shoe shall be 1 inch. The previous allowable size was ½ inch. the Clear Ground Control Horseshoe will be allowed in competition at FOSH sanctioned shows. The Clear Ground Control Horseshoe for may be used with the center bar intact. TWH 100 General Tennessee Walking Horses are considered pleasure horses and demonstrate the qualities of a pleasure horse. They display an alert and willing attitude with no indication of nervousness or difficult behavior. They are calm, quiet, responsive, relaxed, obedient, smooth and display good manners. There is no evidence of resistance (wringing tail, ears back etc). All Tennessee Walking Horses must demonstrate correct gaits as described in TWH 101. Classes for Tennessee Walking Horses comprise 2 sections: In Hand including Halter, Model, Suitability as a Sire or Dam, Produce of Dam and Get of Sire classes. Under Saddle including English Division, Trail Pleasure Division and Western Division. All Tennessee Walking Horses must adhere to the Shoeing Regulations as outlined in Chapter 4 and the Tack and Attire Regulations as outlined in Chapter 6. Show management may utilize various and specific criteria to create classes, such as Amateur Owned and Trained, Amateur to Ride, Open, 15.2 and under, over 15.2, Youth etc. Combining English and Western exhibitors in the same class, although discouraged, is acceptable if show management deems it necessary. TWH 101 GAITS OF THE TWH Working Walk The working walk is a slow, even four beat walk. The head and neck are lowered as the horse stretches into the rider s hand showing relaxation and acceptance of the bit. At the working walk the horse is calm and relaxed. There is no need for restraint on the part of the rider and there is observable slack in the reins. Flat Walk The flat walk is a bold, ground covering gait that is even and four beat. Each foot must both leave and strike the ground independently and be accompanied by a pronounced vertical head nod that begins in the vicinity of the shoulder and involves the whole neck and head, not just the head alone. The footfall sequence is left hind, left front, right hind, right front. To create the proper timing, a hind foot is always one-half stride ahead of the front foot. (When the left hind foot first hits the ground the left foreleg is half way through its stride putting the left foreleg hoof even with the right foreleg when the right foreleg is vertical.) The horse appears to pull with his front legs and drive from his rear legs. The rear legs track straight over the tracks of the front feet and must appear to move effortlessly. The action of the back foot stepping over the track of the front foot is known as overstride and is preferred over tracking up or capping. A Tennessee Walking Horse nods its head in rhythm with the cadence of its feet. This head motion, along with overstride, are important factors to be considered in judging walking horse classes. The flat walk is not a speed gait and should be much slower than the running walk. Running Walk The running walk is a smooth, gliding gait with the same footfall as the flat walk but with an increase in speed and stride. Speed however, must never be tied over form. The gait is natural to the breed and must not appear to be artificial in execution. The running walk is executed freely showing a looseness in motion. The running walk should appear to be a pleasure for both horse and rider. The horse pulls with its front feet and drives well under itself with his hind quarters. The horse continues to nod its head while executing the running walk. The head nod must originate in the shoulder and continue up the neck column. A head that merely pecks or a head that remains stationary is incorrect. When relaxed, some Tennessee Walking Horses flop their ears or click their teeth in rhythm with the gait. Unless these actions appear to be the result of discomfort or improper biting, they will not be penalized. Judging of the flat walk and running walk Horses displaying lameness will be excused or eliminated. Correct form is stressed and prized. Smoothness and the appearance of a comfortable ride for the rider are essential to the proper demonstration of form. Judging of the flat walk and running walk will not be influenced by either speed or animation, unless the class specifically calls for animation as a required element. However, animation alone is never tied above a horse that exhibits better form and footfall but has less animation. The appearance of laboring at the running walk will be penalized There must be an observable distinction in speed between the flat and the running walk. Failure to exhibit this distinction of speed will be penalized. Excessive speed in the running walk resulting in a loss of form will be penalized. A horse that merely pecks its head rather than nods its head will be penalized. A horse whose head remains stationary will be penalized. Canter and Lope The canter in English classes or the lope in Western classes is smooth, collected, economical and straight on both leads. The horse is not walking behind but cantering on both ends with a three beat count and a rolling motion. The horse canters or lopes on the correct lead for the direction of the ring unless a counter canter is requested. The horse remains comfortably in hand at the canter or lope. Judges may ask for the canter or lope to be extended. The stride is increased in length rather than speed. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-1

52 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) Judging of the Canter or Lope Pumping or snatching of the reins will be severely penalized. Four beat canters or lopes will be severely penalized. Cross cantering or cross firing will be severely penalized. A horse that is run into the rail as a means of picking up the correct canter lead or a horse that is kicked in the shoulder or in front of the girth as a canter cue will be severely penalized. Excessive speed at the canter will be penalized. Cantering in place will be penalized. The horse must move forward. A mechanical or exaggerated rocking chair appearance will be penalized. Hand Gallop Judges may request a hand gallop in some classes in the Western Division. The hand gallop is a four beat gait. There is an observable difference in speed and length of stride between the lope and the hand gallop The hand gallop is maintained on a loose rein with no attempt by the horse to break into a full run. Judging at all Gaits Laboring associated with an artificial way of going at any gait will be severely penalized Horses that display an incorrect gait for the entire class will be severely penalized. Horses that display a tendency at times to rack, pace, fox trot or trot, or otherwise deviate from the correct gaits will be penalized. Tired horses will be penalized. TENNESSEE WALKING HORSE IN HAND DIVISION TWH 102 General Horses must be exhibited by a single exhibitor except in Produce of Dam and Get of Sire classes where one exhibitor handles each entry. Classes may be subdivided by age or gender at the option of show management. Weanlings and Yearlings must be shown barefoot. Unruly or ill-mannered horses will be excused from the ring. Emphasis is placed on type, conformation, substance, quality, turnout and evaluation of the way of going. When movement is a component of the class, Tennessee Walking Horses reflect natural looseness with free moving shoulders and ample overstride. Strong emphasis is placed on natural movement. In breeding classes: o All horses will be checked for correct mouths. o Mature stallions will be checked for the presence of two testicles. o The vaginas of mares will be checked for good reproductive conformation. o Desirable characteristics that can be passed on through breeding will be rewarded. o Transmissible weaknesses and/or unsoundness (club foot, parrot mouth, etc.) will be severely penalized. o Surface blemishes may be overlooked. TWH 103 Light Horse Type and Conformation When judging TWH, the registry requirements will prevail. In general the ideal light horse has a neat head, well shaped ears, large eyes, and a tapering muzzle. There should be clear definition at the throatlatch and no indication of coarseness. Nostrils should be wide and open. The jaw should be well defined. The neck should be of a length proportionate to the remainder of the body and should not be heavy/common. Backs should tend towards the short with good coupling at the loins and should give the impression of strength in conformation. The chest should be of adequate width to allow for ample lung capacity. The body should be deep in the girth and well ribbed. The croup should generally exhibit a gentle slope. The hips should be well muscled with muscle extending down the leg towards the hocks. Legs should be flat and cordy and should be well situated on the corners of the horse. The horse s feet should be of a size sufficient to support the bulk of the body. TWH 104 In Hand Class Routine Entries enter the ring at a walk and proceed counterclockwise. Model entries walk to a position on the rail and take the position for judging. Halter entries will be worked both ways of the ring at the walk. The judge may ask for the gait to be extended. Entries are then lined up for judging. Entries that are parked stand erect, not overly camped out, and balanced on four corners. Ears should be forward and the attitude of the horse, although interested in his surroundings, should be attentive to his handler. The horse s expression is alert. Western style horses do not park like an English style horse, but the expression is still alert with active ears. TWH 105 In Hand Tack and Attire For complete description refer to 623, 624, 625, and 626 and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Weanlings and Yearlings must be exhibited in a show halter. Horses 2 and over may be exhibited in either halters or bridles, with the exception that stallions 2 years and older must be shown in a bridle. A chain may be attached to the lead line and under the chin groove when horses are shown in halters. A whip, not to exceed 48 inches in length, including the lash, may only be used by exhibitors using Traditional saddle seat presentation. Braids at the mane and forelock are optional for saddle seat presentation. Horses exhibited in Western halters or bridles do not wear braids. TWH 106 Halter Halter classes are evaluated on movement (way of going), conformation, tractability (manners and disposition), and condition and turnout. Judging Criteria Judging Criteria Gait 40%, Conformation 35%, Tractability (manners and disposition) 20%, Condition and Turnout 5%. TWH 107 Model The model horse is a picture of the breed. Way of going is not considered. Manners are perfect. Model classes are evaluated on type, conformation, substance, quality and turnout. Horses must be 2 and over. TWH 108 Suitability as a Sire or Dam The horses are judged on the characteristics that make them desirable as breeding stock. In addition to conformation, way of going, type, substance, quality and turnout, tractability and naturalness will be considered. (See TWH102) Transmissible weaknesses will be severely penalized, while surface blemishes may be overlooked. Judging Criteria Gait 40%, conformation 35%, tractability 20%, conditioning 5%. Qualifying Level: Mares and stallions may be shown separately, but at the championship level are shown together to compete for the Suitability of Breeding Stock Champion title. Championship Level: Mares and stallions are shown together. Tractability and natural quality of gait will be further evaluated as the judge may ride horses in contention for the top 2 or 3 places. It is therefore strongly recommended that owners/handlers be confident that their horses can be ridden before entering the class. An attendant for each entrant must be on hand with saddle and bridle from the beginning of the class. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-2

53 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) TWH 109 Produce of Dam Produce of Dam classes comprise a minimum of 2 entries of any age by the same dam, although show management may increase number of entries and restrict age of entries. Entries are led into the ring one behind the other. The class will be evaluated as a halter class (TWH 106) TWH 110 Get of Sire Get of Sire classes comprise a minimum of 2 entries of any age by the same sire, although show management may increase number of entries and restrict age of entries. Entries are led into the ring one behind the other. The class will be evaluated as a halter class (TWH106) TENNESSEE WALKING HORSE UNDER SADDLE TWH 111 General There are three Under Saddle Divisions English Division comprising Park classes and English Pleasure classes. Trail Pleasure Division comprising English Trail Pleasure classes, Western Trail Pleasure classes, English Working Trail Pleasure classes and Western Working Trail Pleasure classes. Western Division comprising Western Pleasure classes and Ranch Horse classes. TWH 112 Judging Under Saddle Classes Assuming all required gaits are attempted, all required gaits are given equal importance in judging. A TWH who does not exhibit any of the required gaits for a sufficient period to allow the judge to form an adequate impression of the entry will be severely penalized and will not be placed above other horses that do perform all required gaits. The mandatory elements in all TWH classes are: correct gaits, adherence to characteristics of the ideal horse for the class, pleasure horse qualities, ability to back, adherence to Tack and Attire standards and adherence to Shoeing standards. When judging, all mandatory elements are not equal. Tennessee Walking Horses must demonstrate correct gaits as described in TWH101. Recognizing that the style in which these gaits are demonstrated varies from horse to horse, classes for Tennessee Walking Horses are varied. Classes are described and defined by correctness of gait and the style of movement (way of going) rather than by the size of the shoe. Horses are evaluated both on correctness of gait and how well they fit the description of the ideal horse for each class. Horses that display an incorrect gait for the entire class will be severely penalized: they will not be first or second and will not be placed over horses that gait correctly. Horses that display a tendency to deviate from the correct gait at times during a class will be penalized at the discretion of the judge, but will not be placed first and will not be placed over other horses that gait correctly. The ideal horse described in each class description defines the parameters upon which judges decisions will be based. Horses not exhibiting characteristics of the ideal horse for the class entered will be severely penalized regardless of the quality of the gaits presented by that horse. Such horses will not place above any horse exhibiting the characteristics of the ideal horse for the class so long as those horses in the correct class perform the correct gaits. If no horse exhibits BOTH the characteristics of the ideal horse for the class entered and performs the correct gaits, no horse will be placed first or second. Tennessee Walking Horses must back a minimum of four steps on a straight track without jerking or sawing on the reins by the rider, or signs of resistance and irritation by the horse (gaped mouth or swishing tail, etc). Failure to back without resistance will be penalized. Tennessee Walking Horses must demonstrate the qualities of a pleasure horse. (TWH 100) All Tennessee Walking Horse entries must adhere to Chapter 6 Tack and Attire All Tennessee Walking Horses entries must adhere to Chapter 4 Shoeing Regulations TWH 113 Under Saddle Class Routine The required gaits for each class are performed in both directions. In any class, a second running walk may be called for the second way of the ring to allow for additional evaluation of the purity of the gait. If a horse is in the parked position, the rider will square the horse up before asking for the rein back. ENGLISH DIVISION TWH 114 Call of Class for English Division Horses enter at the flat walk. Two gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk and proceed to the line up. Three gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter, flat walk and proceed to the line-up. TWH 115 Park Classes Horses in Park classes display a high degree of collection, resulting in natural motion while executing authentic walking horse gaits. The action of the horse appears airy and natural rather than mechanical or artificial. Park horses are showy horses. As of January 1, 2007 the use of the 1 inch shoe will be restricted to Tennessee Walking Horse Park classes. Performance and way of going of the Park Horse The total picture of the Park Horse is one of controlled energy, brilliance and balance. The Park Horse exhibits a high head and neck carriage in keeping with his conformation. The Park Horse displays energetic, animated full body motion, which may include high front-end elevation (breaking near to level or above), deep head nod and a driving back end. Authentic walking horse gaits are paramount. Park horses are consistent in all gaits, displaying correct timing, head nod, reach, stride, and overstride. Horses with long strides behind will not be tied over horses with better overall form but less stride behind. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal Park Horse will be severely penalized, and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Bumping or pumping of the reins will be severely penalized Appearing to support the horse through the reins by holding the horse into an upright frame will be severely penalized. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. High front knee action without reach will be penalized Failure to back readily will be penalized. Failure to stand quietly in the line up will be penalized. Shoeing Park Classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. The maximum shoe is the 1 inch shoe (and may only be worn on horses 4 and older): however, horses may also compete in lite shod or keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. As of January 1, 2007 the use of the 1 inch shoe will be restricted to Tennessee Walking Horse Park classes. Tack and Attire Park classes are traditional Saddle Seat classes and require Saddle Seat tack, equipment and attire. For complete description refer to 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-3

54 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 613 and 615 for Allowable bits. TWH 116 English Pleasure Classes Horses in English Pleasure classes are natural English pleasure show horses, executing authentic walking horse gaits fashionably and freely in a forward-moving manner exhibiting pleasure horse qualities. There is no wasted motion - all effort is used for forward motion. The horse is well balanced, the shoulders roll and reach, head nod is prominent, overstride is easily observable (may be considerable) and all gaits are smooth. High front-end elevation and animated full body motion are not required elements Performance and way of going of the English Pleasure Horse The horse has a higher head carriage in keeping with its conformation. The horse has moderate front end elevation and full body motion that is natural in appearance with no impression of laboring. The total picture is one of boldness and balance. The horse gives the appearance of effortlessness in the execution of its gait. It is airy and up in the bridle, but the horse is not held in frame. The horse is shown in a collected manner. The horse is ridden on a light rein. True walking form is paramount. English Pleasure horses are consistent in all gaits displaying correct timing, head nod, reach, stride, and overstride. There are observable changes in speed and stride between the gaits. The horse is responsive to aids given by the rider. The horse is easily controlled The horse is alert and willing with no indication of nervousness or difficult behavior. The horse backs a minimum of four steps on a straight track without resistance. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal English Pleasure Horse will be severely penalized and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Bumping or pumping of the reins at any gait will be severely penalized. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. Horses that fail to respond immediately to the rider s aids, will not stand quietly, or fail to back a minimum of four steps on a straight track with no indication of discomfort or displeasure will be penalized. Bad manners of any sort will be penalized. High front knee action without reach will be penalized Horses with long striding back legs will not be tied over horses with better overall form but with less stride behind. Shoeing English Pleasure classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. The maximum shoe is the Lite Shod shoe, but horses may also compete in keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. As of January 1, 2007 the use of the 1 inch shoe will be restricted to Tennessee Walking Horse Park classes. The largest permissible shoe in English Pleasure classes will be the Lite Shod shoe. Tack and Attire All English Pleasure classes are considered traditional Saddle Seat classes and require Saddle Seat tack and attire. For complete description refer to 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 613 and 615 for Allowable bits. TRAIL PLEASURE DIVISION TWH 117 General Trail Pleasure Horses are using horses. These are horses used for pleasure riding on trails under a variety of conditions and over a variety of terrain. While all Trail Pleasure horses are ridden on trails, the types of trails encountered vary depending upon the type of terrain. There is a difference between a trail pleasure horse and a working trail pleasure horse. These Rules include classes for 2 types of Trail Pleasure horses: o Trail Pleasure - horses intended to be ridden on groomed trails or bridle paths o Working Trail Pleasure - horses intended to be ridden on terrain that is uneven and constantly changing. Classes in this division may be either two or three gait and offered for Western or English as separate categories or as combined classes. Show managers are encouraged to offer a variety of amateur and amateur owned and trained classes in both trail pleasure and working trail pleasure. TWH 118 Trail Pleasure Classes Horses in Trail Pleasure classes are using horses that are appropriate for use on groomed trails or bridle paths. Trail Pleasure horses perform true walking gaits with an effortlessness geared toward encouraging longevity and stamina. Trail pleasure classes are judged on the ability of the horse to provide a safe pleasurable ride while performing authentic walking gaits. Performance and way of going of the Trail Pleasure Horse The horse is shown in a semi-collected frame. The head and neck are carried in a natural and relaxed manner appropriate to the horse s overall conformation. The horse is surefooted. The ride is comfortable, smooth and pleasurable. Horses are consistent in all gaits, displaying timing, head nod, reach, stride and overstride appropriate for pleasure riding on groomed trails or bridle paths. The footfall is correct and there is an observable difference in speed and stride between the flat walk and the running walk. The canter or lope is relaxed and ground covering. The horse is not tired or laboring at any gait. The horse has exceptional manners. The horse is responsive, quiet and manageable at all gaits on a light rein. The horse backs a minimum of four steps on a straight track without resistance. The horse stands quietly. If requested by the judge, the Trail Pleasure horse must drop from any gait to a working walk, as the rider feeds the reins to the horse. The reins are fed out to the buckle with English tack or until the reins are fed out to the halfway point as in roping reins in Western tack. This results in the horse stretching its neck showing relaxation and acceptance of the bit. The horse does not attempt to speed up or get away from the rider when the working walk is requested. If requested by the judge, the horse must execute a side pass from either side. Each horse will be pulled from the line-up for the side pass. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal Trail Pleasure Horse will be severely penalized and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Horses with high knee action will be disqualified. Bumping or pumping or snatching of the reins at any gait will be severely penalized. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. Horses that fail to respond immediately to the rider s aids, will not stand quietly, or fail to back a minimum of four steps on a straight track with no indication of discomfort or displeasure will be penalized. Bad manners of any sort will be penalized. Failure to drop from any gait into the working walk will be penalized. In Western Trail Pleasure classes, two hands on the reins (except with Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-4

55 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) a snaffle bit or bosal on a junior horse) will be severely penalized. In Western Trail Pleasure classes, fingers between romal reins or more than one finger between split reins will be severely penalized Call of the Class for Trail Pleasure Horses enter the ring at the flat walk. Horses enter the line-up at the working walk. Two gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. Three gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter or lope, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter or lope, flat walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. If requested by the judge, the working walk may be called from any gait. The working walk will be followed by the flat walk. Shoeing Trail Pleasure classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. The lite shod shoe is the maximum shoe allowed but horses may compete with keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. Tack and Attire If offered as a combined class, either English (Saddle Seat) or Western tack and attire is acceptable, but tack and attire may not be mixed. For complete description refer to 642 Trail Pleasure Tack, Equipment and Attire and 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire and 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire and 606 Other Acceptable Tack Options and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614 and 615 for Allowable bits. TWH 119 Working Trail Pleasure Classes Working Trail Pleasure horses are suitable to be taken directly from the show ring and put to work in a trail environment where a variety of terrain and conditions are encountered. Due to the variety of terrain and possible obstacles encountered on the trail, Working Trail Pleasure horses may have shorter strides. The Working Trail Pleasure horse demonstrates true walking horse gaits in an economical manner. Working Trail Pleasure classes may be offered with or without obstacles. If obstacles are included, they are counted as 25% of the total point value of the class. Classes are judged on the ability of the horse to provide a safe pleasurable ride over a variety of terrain while performing authentic walking gaits. Performance and way of going of the Working Trail Pleasure Horse The frame of the horse is a working frame. All movement is forward movement, with gaits tending toward the using gaits rather than the showy gaits. The horse has stamina and never appears tired or laboring. Working Trail Pleasure horses are consistent in all gaits displaying timing, head nod, reach, stride and overstride appropriate for pleasure riding on a variety of terrain and under a variety of conditions. The footfall is correct and there is a difference in speed and stride between the flat walk and the running walk. The canter or lope is relaxed and ground covering. The horse is sure-footed. The ride is comfortable, safe and pleasurable. The Working Trail Pleasure horse must drop from any gait to a working walk, as the rider feeds the reins to the horse. The reins are fed out to the buckle with English tack or until the reins are fed out to the halfway point as in roping reins in Western tack. This results in the horse stretching its neck showing relaxation and acceptance of the bit. The horse does not attempt to speed up or get away from the rider when the working walk is requested. Working Trail Pleasure Western horses are willingly guided or controlled with no apparent resistance on a reasonably loose rein (one that has visible slack or a shallow U ) without undue restraint. The rein is used when necessary to direct the horse not to check it into frame or gait. The horse stands quietly and square in the lineup with no parking out. The horse backs a minimum of four steps on a straight track without any resistance. If requested by the judge, the horse must execute a side pass from either side. Each horse will be pulled from the line-up for the side pass. If requested by the judge, the horse must execute a 360 degree turn on the forehand or the haunches. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal Working Trail Pleasure Horse will be severely penalized, and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Bumping or pumping of the reins at any gait will be severely penalized. Horses with high knee action will be disqualified. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. Horses that fail to respond immediately to the rider s aids, will not stand quietly, or fail to back a minimum of four steps on a straight track with no indication of discomfort or displeasure will be penalized. Bad manners of any sort will be penalized. Failure to drop from any gait into the working walk will be penalized. In Western Working Trail Pleasure classes, two hands on the reins (except on a snaffle bit or bosal on a junior horse) will be severely penalized. In Western Working Trail Pleasure classes, fingers between romal reins or more than one finger between split reins will be severely penalized. Call of the Class for Working Trail Pleasure Horses enter the ring at the flat walk. Horses enter the line-up at the working walk. Two gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. Three gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter or lope, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, canter or lope, flat walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. The working walk will be called from any gait. It will be followed by the flat walk. Shoeing Working Trail Pleasure classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. Horses may be barefoot or keg shod. Tack and Attire If offered as a combined class, either English (Saddle Seat) or Western tack and attire is acceptable but tack and attire may not be mixed. For complete description refer to 648 Working Trail Pleasure Tack, Equipment and Attire and 638 Saddle Seat Tack, Equipment and Attire and 645 Western Tact, Equipment and Attire and 606 Other Acceptable Tack Options and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 613, 614 and 615 for Allowable bits. WESTERN DIVISION TWH 120 General Horses five and under may be ridden with a snaffle bit or bosal and two hands on the reins. TWH 121 Bits in the Western Division: See 609, 610, 611, 612, 614, and 615 for allowable bits Western Snaffle o Horses 5 and under using a snaffle bit or bosal may be ridden with 2 hands on the reins. o Horses 6 and over may be ridden using a snaffle bit or bosal, but only one hand is permitted on the reins. Western Curb o Horses 6 and over may be ridden using a curb bit with either split reins or romal reins but only one hand is permitted on the reins. o Horses 5 and under may be ridden using a curb bit with either split reins or romal reins but only one hand is permitted on the reins. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-5

56 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) Curb Strap at least ½ inch wide; all leather or leather on each end with chain in the middle, must lie flat in the chin groove. o As of January 1, 2006, a complete chain curb is acceptable with a Western curb bit. TWH 122 Use of Reins in the Western Division For Horses of any age using split reins or romal reins and a curb bit For Horses 6 years and over using split reins or romal reins and a snaffle bit For Horses 6 years and over using a bosal or Western bitless bridle Reins are to be held in one hand and must not be changed once the gate is closed and the class begins. Split reins: When using split reins the hand may be around the reins OR one finger may be inserted between the reins. When the hand is around the rein, the rider may hold the end of the reins with the opposite hand to keep the reins from swinging. When one finger is inserted between the reins, the ends of the rein must fall on the side of the reining hand and the reins must not be held to keep from swinging. Romal reins: When using romal reins the hand must be around the reins. The rider may hold the end of the reins to keep them from swinging but the romal must be held at least 16 inches away from the reining hand. The rider s non-reining hand shall be clear of the reining hand at all times. The non-reining hand may be carried across the chest or allowed to fall relaxed and straight from the shoulder, either resting on the thigh or carried behind the thigh near the cantle of the saddle. The rider s non-reining hand must not be tucked around the waist or held out to the side near the front of the saddle. In Ranch Horse classes, the non-reining hand must fall relaxed and straight from the shoulder, and be carried either resting on the thigh or behind the thigh. TWH 123 Western Pleasure Classes The Western Pleasure horse works quietly exhibiting an exceptionally smooth, free and easy gait. The horse is ground covering, consistent and steady at all gaits. The horse exhibits a good attitude and is very calm, responsive and obedient to the rider. The Western Pleasure horse is not held in frame, but works quietly in a semi-collected frame that is slightly more collected than that of a Ranch horse. Possessing a lower head-set, the shoulder and neck are relaxed. The horse may be shorter coupled with a muscular build and may have a shorter stride. Performance and way of going of the Western Pleasure Horse Western Pleasure horses are consistent in all gaits displaying timing, head nod, reach, stride and overstride appropriate to a Western style horse. The horse exhibits true four beat, consistent walking gaits and a controlled three beat lope. There is an observable difference in speed and stride between the flat walk and the running walk. Western Pleasure horses are relaxed at all gaits. The gaits are free and easy. Western Pleasure horses provide an exceptionally smooth ride without action or animation. All movement and energy is channeled into forward motion. The horse exhibits reach and overstride but a balanced appearance is important. The headset is relaxed and natural, between 45 to 90 degrees and not behind the vertical. The frame is semi-collected Western Pleasure horses are willingly guided or controlled with no apparent resistance on a reasonably loose rein (one that has visible slack or a shallow U ) without undue restraint. The rein is used when necessary to direct the horse not to check it into frame or gait. Western Pleasure horses exhibit true pleasure qualities. Western Pleasure horses stand quietly in the lineup. They back readily, straight and without resistance. The judge may request the Western Pleasure horse to: o halt on the rail from any gait o extend the lope o hand gallop o demonstrate a 360 degree (neck rein) turn on the haunches in either direction The 360 degree turn is mandatory in Championship classes. In the event that there are no Western Pleasure championship classes offered at a show, the 360 degree turn is mandatory in each Western Pleasure class. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal Western Pleasure Horse will be severely penalized, and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Hitting the horse with the rein (if seen by the judge) will result in disqualification. Cueing the horse in front of the cinch will be severely penalized. Bumping, pumping or snatching of the reins (if seen by the judge) will be severely penalized. Horses not holding a three beat lope will be severely penalized. Horses traveling with an open mouth at any gait, or with evidence of tongue distress will be severely penalized. Two hands on the reins (except with a snaffle bit on a junior horse) will be severely penalized. Fingers between romal reins or more than one finger between split reins will be severely penalized. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. Horses that travel too fast at the lope will be penalized. Horses that fail to stand quietly will be penalized. Horses that fail to back willingly or show resistance while backing will be penalized Call of the Class for Western Pleasure Horses enter at the flat walk. Two gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk and proceed to the line up. Three gait classes - flat walk, running walk, flat walk, lope, flat walk, reverse, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, lope, flat walk and proceed to the line up. If the hand gallop is requested it will be called after the lope and then followed by the lope. o If requested a halt on the rail may be called from any gait. After the halt on the rail, the horse may be asked to reverse or to continue at the flat walk. Shoeing Western Pleasure classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. The lite shod shoe is the maximum shoe allowed but horses may compete with keg shoes or barefoot if the way of going is appropriate for the class. Tack and Attire Western Tack, Equipment and Attire are required for Western Pleasure classes. For complete description refer to 645 Western Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 614 and 615 for Allowable bits. TWH 124 Ranch Horse Classes The Ranch Horse reflects suitability and qualities of a horse used as a working western horse. It is exceptionally responsive, willing and quiet yet always alert. All gaits are performed correctly with effortlessness, efficiency and stamina. The coupling is shorter with a noticeably muscular frame. Ranch Horse classes may be offered with or without obstacles. If obstacles are included, they are counted as 25% of the total point value Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-6

57 of the class. Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) Performance and way of going of the Ranch Horse Ranch Horses are consistent in all gaits displaying timing, head nod, reach, stride and overstride appropriate to a working horse. The horse performs a true, four beat walking gait with correct footfall, shows an obvious increase in speed at the running walk, and maintains a consistent ground covering 3 beat lope and a four beat controlled hand gallop. The headset is natural and relaxed so that the horse can spot potential hazards. (between 45 to 90 degrees and not behind the vertical) The horse works quietly and steadily. The foot should not break above the ankle. The horse responds willingly, quickly and quietly to all aids. The horse is alert. Ranch horses are willingly guided or controlled with no apparent resistance on a reasonably loose rein (one that has visible slack or a shallow U ) without undue restraint. The rein is used when necessary to direct the horse not to check it into frame or gait. The horse performs a relaxed working walk on a loose relaxed rein. The head and neck drop and relax and the reins are loose and free swinging. The working walk is appropriate for following a slow moving herd of cattle without charging forward or changing speed. The horse will reverse at the working walk. The horse must halt on the rail from any gait. The horse reins back freely without resistance The horse demonstrates a 360 degree neck reined turn on the haunches in either direction. Penalties A horse not demonstrating the described characteristics of an ideal Ranch Horse will be severely penalized, and will not be placed above a horse that both exhibits the described characteristics and performs the correct gaits in the class. Deviation from the correct walking gaits will be severely penalized. Horses with high knee action will be disqualified. Bumping, pumping or snatching of the reins (if seen by the judge) will result in disqualification. Hitting the horse with the rein (if seen by the judge) will result in disqualification. Cuing the horse in front of the cinch will be severely penalized. Horses traveling with an open mouth at any gait, or with evidence of tongue distress will be severely penalized. Two hands on the reins (except on a snaffle bit or bosal on a junior horse) will be severely penalized. Fingers between romal reins or more than one finger between split reins will be severely penalized. Horses that fail to back willingly or show resistance will be penalized. Horses on the wrong lead will be penalized. Horses that fail to stand quietly will be penalized. Horses that do not reverse correctly on the rail will be penalized. Horses that do not turn correctly on the haunches will be penalized. Call of the Class for Ranch Horse Horses enter at the flat walk. Horses enter the line-up at the working walk. Two gait classes - flat walk, running walk, working walk, reverse away from the rail at the working walk, flat walk, running walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. Three gait classes - flat walk, running walk, working walk, flat walk, lope and hand gallop, flat walk, working walk, reverse away from the rail at the working walk, flat walk, running walk, flat walk, lope, hand gallop, flat walk, working walk and proceed to the line up. A halt on the rail will be called from any gait. Reverse o After the halt on the rail, the horse may be asked to reverse. When asked to reverse after the halt on the rail, the horse must execute a 180 degree turn on the haunches. o When asked to reverse while in motion, the horse reverses at the working walk The horse stands square in the lineup. Horses reins back a minimum of four steps and complete a 360 degree neck reined turn on the haunches in either direction. A side pass in either direction may be requested. Each horse will be pulled from the line-up for the side pass. Shoeing Ranch Horse classes are not defined by shoe size but by way of going. Keg shoes with no trailers or turnbacks are the maximum shoes allowed. Shoes normally used in reining or cutting or for traction are also allowed. Tack and Attire Ranch Horse Tack Equipment and Attire are required. For complete description refer to 636 Ranch Horse Tack, Equipment and Attire and 608 Prohibited Tack, Equipment and Attire. Refer to 609, 610, 611, 612, 614 and 615 for Allowable bits. TWH 125 Authentic Gaits This class is designed to showcase the Running Walk of the Tennessee Walking Horse. The class may be two gait or three gait. If only a two gait class is offered show management may allow 3 gait horses to enter. This class is designed as a three judge class the licensed judge and 2 peer judges. Peer judges are chosen from those who would be considered peers of the people riding in the class. A peer judge may not be the owner or trainer of a horse competing in the class, related to an exhibitor in the class, or the breeder of a horse exhibited in the class. The licensed judge will be the call judge. For this class all judges are equal and independent. There will be no conferring between judges other than to determine which horses will continue to compete. If 2 of the 3 judges believe a horse exhibited the running walk, the horse will continue to the second phase of competition. If 2 of the 3 judges feel a horse did not exhibit the running walk, the horse will be excused from the second phase of competition. Judging Criteria 90% gait 10% pleasure qualities Class Procedure Horses enter the ring individually. Within 20 ft. of entry gate, transition to the running walk, and make one complete circuit of the ring at the running walk. The horse then exits the ring. Each horse exits the arena before the next horse enters the ring. When all exhibitors have completed the circuit, judges will compare cards to determine which horses continue to the second phase of the competition. Horses who met the criteria are then called back to the ring for the second phase of competition. Judges stand in different areas of the arena. The class then proceeds as a normal pleasure class. Judges may not confer until all cards are turned it to the Ring Master. A designated person (ring master or show secretary examines each card and determines the overall placing. o An easy way to determine points is to assign points to each placing. (For example:10 points for first, 9 points for second, 8 points for third etc.) Shoeing Shoeing criteria is determined by the show committee, but the lite shoe is the maximum shoe allowed. Horses may compete with keg shoes or barefoot. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-7

58 Chapter 13: Judging Specifics for the Tennessee Walking Horse (TWH) TWH 126 Natural and/or Heritage Tennessee Walking Horse Class This class is designed to reward the truly natural Tennessee Walking in all aspects - the horse that performs the walking gaits with natural hoof angles, without long toes, without the addition of weight or long shanked bits. This is the horse that exemplifies the historical background of the breed in gait qualities, pleasure qualities, effortlessness movement, ground covering ability and stamina. Shoeing is limited to keg shoes without trailers or caulks and barefoot horses. Maximum hoof length is 4.0 inches or less including the shoe. Bits are limited to snaffle bits or curb bits (leverage) with a maximum shank length of 5 inches. The class may be English or Western or a combination of both. The class may be two gait or three gait. If the class is two gait, show management may allow 3 gait horses to enter. To Be Judged: TWH move in a variety of styles, in a variety of frames and with a variety of animation. Natural or Heritage horses will be evaluated on quality of gait, pleasure horse qualities, stamina and ground covering ability regardless of style, frame or animation. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-8

59 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) RMHA Rules printed as provided by the RMHA, visit for updates MISSION STATEMENT: The Rocky Mountain Horse Association, Inc. (RMHA) is a non-profit corporation organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky, dedicated to the preservation, promotion, breeding and development of the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) throughout the United States and Internationally. To this end, showing of the Rocky Mountain Horse is a means of breed promotion, demonstrating the basic and well-known characteristics of the horse, i.e. its gentle temperament, its naturally smooth, lateral, even four-beat gait as defined in Bylaws Article VI. The following Show Rules and related Judging Rules and Regulations apply to all RMHA sanctioned and affiliated shows and the Annual RMHA International Show and are effective as of January 1, These rules take precedence over all previous RMHA Show Rules and Regulations. Anyone whose membership rights have been revoked or is under disciplinary suspension by the RMHA or USDA is not permitted to participate, except as a spectator, during any RMHA sanctioned show or event. Any infractions should be reported immediately to the show manager, chairperson or event coordinator. Section I ELIGIBILITY & QUALIFICATIONS FOR SHOWING I-A Responsibility: Owners, Trainers and Exhibitors are responsible for knowing and complying with all rules herein, as well as knowing and complying with the Federal and State regulations pertaining to the showing of gaited horses, e.g. United States Department of Agriculture s (USDA) Horse Protection Act (HPA). Failure to follow show rules will result in RMHA disciplinary action (See Penalties). I-B Currency: All Owners, Trainers and Exhibitors entering horses into RMHA affiliated show classes and events must be current RMHA members in good standing (i.e. current in their dues and have not been found by the Board to be delinquent in any other financial responsibilities to the RMHA) and must not be on any suspension(s) either with the regulatory commission (USDA) or with the RMHA. All Exhibitors must have an Exhibitor s Card in order to show. The Exhibitor Card, which will identify status as either amateur or professional, novice or youth, and can be obtained through the RMHA Headquarters and at each sanctioned show. I-C RMHA MEMBERSHIP: Single membership will allow only the named single member to apply for an Exhibitor's card. Family membership will allow each named member on the membership card to individually apply for an Exhibitor's card. For the definition of who qualifies for "Family Membership" see RMHA Bylaws. I-D Youth Applications: All Youth Exhibitor card applications must be signed by a parent or legal guardian for all RMHA affiliated show sanctioned classes and events. Farms, stables, corporations, and/or partnerships are required to have an adult RMHA member who is in good standing to accept responsibility as being the authorized agent, officer or owner of such entity by affixing their signature to entry forms and other required documents. I-E Age Computation: For the purposes of the RMHA Horse Shows only, the age of a Rocky Mountain Horse shall be computed on the basis of a calendar year starting on January 1st of the year foaled (i.e. a Rocky Mountain Horse is considered a weanling during the calendar year born and a yearling during the first calendar year following its foaling date regardless of the time of the year foaled). I-F Show Requirement: All horses shown in RMHA sanctioned classes, events and shows must be registered Rocky Mountain Horses. Horses three years and older must be certified. An original of the Registration Certificate must be shown at any RMHA sanctioned event or show. I-G Ineligibility: "RMHA Certified to Breed Grade Mares" and "Temporarily Registered Fillies" ARE NOT ELIGIBLE TO SHOW. Temporary registered males are not eligible to show. I-H Certificate of Registration: All information on the Certificate of Registration MUST BE CURRENT, CORRECT AND OFFICIALLY RECORDED WITH THE RMHA (i.e. correct owner s name, transfers of ownership, name changes, certification, etc.). Falsified records are a violation of the RMHA Bylaws and will result in penalizing the Owner, Trainer and Exhibitor and in disqualification of the horse. (See Penalties) I-I Class Entry Sheets: All show and class entry sheets must be correct and complete regarding Owner, Trainer, Exhibitor, names and numbers for RMHA Membership and Exhibitor cards and Horse s name and Registration numbers. If changes occur (e.g. change of Exhibitor, etc.) then such changes must be reported to the Show Office by the Exhibitor, Owner or Trainer prior to the show class. (See Penalties) If show results are not complete, accurate and legible when received by the official High Point tabulator, they will be returned to the Show Manager/Secretary for necessary completion. ** RMHA will withhold all monies and High Points until the Tabulator receives complete and accurate results ** I-J TWO YEAR OLD HORSES: Two year old horses will not be shown under saddle at any RMHA sanctioned show or at the Annual RMHA International Show. Two year old horses may be shown in hand. Section II STANDARDS OF ETHICAL CONDUCT II-A Conflict of Interest: All officials and members of the RMHA must avoid all conflicts of interest as specified by these Show Rules and Regulations (see Section II-B and II-C) and adhere to the RMHA Bylaws and General Rules. Violations will result in penalties. (See Penalties) II-B Conduct of RMHA Exhibitors: All RMHA Exhibitors must demonstrate a professional manner in and out of the show ring and on the show grounds. Unsportsmanlike conduct (i.e. rude behavior, cursing, threatening or derogatory statements towards Show Management, Judges, Exhibitors or Spectators, refusing ribbons, throwing down ribbons in the show ring, unauthorized "victory laps", etc.) will not be tolerated. Any Exhibitor or Handler who abuses a horse inside the Show Ring or on the show grounds will be disqualified from showing and will be penalized. Violations reported to Show Management, Show Judging Committee or to the Show Advisory Committee will result in penalties to the offending party(s) if found responsible. (See Penalties) II-C Contact with Judging Officials: Except for specifically authorized and identified Show Judging Committee personnel, talking to or communication with the Judge(s) during a RMHA sponsored or affiliated show will not be tolerated and any person, Judge(s), or show Official that is witness to the incident is required to report the violation to the RMHA Show Advisory Committee or show Judging Committee. Violations are subject to penalty. (See Penalties) Exhibitors, spectators, owners, or any other persons either inside or outside of the show ring are not to fraternize with the Judge(s). Section III SHOW OFFICIALS (definitions) It shall be the duty of the Show Officials to enforce all of the rules of the RMHA from the time entries are admitted onto the show grounds until their departure. Show Official duties include, but are not limited to, the following: III-A Show Managers: (Show Manager Checklist available on website) 1. Provide all necessary physical facilities to accommodate the Show, including providing an area set aside for the inspection of horses by the DQP and Equipment Steward. 2. Accept responsibility to ensure that both the Judges and Exhibitors follow all rules, regulations and procedures stated in the RMHA Show Rule Book and those specifics in the show contract are enforced. The show manager will ensure that all exhibitors have proper RMHA membership, RMHA Exhibitor cards, and properly registered RMHA horses. Show manager will also provide the RMHA office a listing of final show Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-9

60 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) results/class placings for posting on the RMHA website. 3. Provide a Veterinarian and EMT. either on the grounds or on standby status. An EMT is required to be on the grounds for the International Show. 4. Post copies of judge s cards (when more than one judge), during the show in a conspicuous place. Judge s cards must be available for review upon request. 5. Receive and act upon violations in accordance with Show Rules and Regulations, and to report whatever action is taken to the Show Advisory Committee ("SAC"). In the event that a person(s) participating at a show commits any offense described in the Show Rules and Regulations, the Show Manager may, at his/her own discretion, disqualify that person(s) and horse(s) from further participation in the show. Any such offense shall be reported to the Show Advisory Committee where further action may be recommended to the RMHA Hearing Panel. 6. Must be available at the end of the horse show to be present with the Judge for any questions asked of the Show Judge concerning horses shown. Such questions will be limited only to the horse s Owner, Trainer or Exhibitor. 7. Shall employ the following personnel and staff unless there is a written contract, in which case, the terms of said contract shall prevail: a. Licensed Judge(s) through RMHA Headquarters Executive Director for Class A Shows and a licensed gaited judge for Class B shows. b. Licensed DQP(s) and Equipment Stewart(s) through Friends of Sound Horses (FOSH) Field Coordinator for DQPs. c. Announcer, Ringmaster and assistant(s), Farrier, Show Secretary, Equipment Steward, Veterinarian and EMT. 8. Ensure that no Show staff, DQP, Judge, Secretary, Announcer or Ringmaster or his/her immediate family competes in a show in which they are participating in an official capacity, and that no horse owned by such persons be exhibited or shown at such show. Immediate family is defined as spouse and minor children, whether they live in the same household or not. 9. Provide Judges on break an escort to and from the ring. 10. Are responsible for ensuring that anyone whose membership rights have been revoked or is under disciplinary suspension by the RMHA or USDA is not permitted to participate except as a spectator during any RMHA sanctioned show or event. III-B Licensed Judges: 1. Show Managers of Class A shows and the International Show Manager will request the number of judges they will need from RMHA Headquarters. To impartially select a judge, the Executive Director will randomly select the judge using a random select computer program. The director will then coordinate with that judge to ensure availability. If the judge is available, RMHA/HQ will notify the show manager of the selection as soon as possible. If the judge is unavailable, the ED will continue random selection until a judge is available. The RMHA Show Judging Committee (SJC) and the FOSH Independent Judge Association (FOSH/IJA) will provide updated lists to RMHA/HQ for the random selection of qualified judges. All Class B managers will hire a licensed gaited judge versed in RMHA rules. 2. After selection, judges will remain out of the pool for the rest of the normal show season, excluding the RMHA International Show. 3. Show Managers may request separate judges for Trail Obstacle Courses or Pole Bending Classes. Judges will comply with all rules, responsibilities and procedures for judging as outlined with the current RMHA Rule Book and will be knowledgeable of and in compliance with the RMHA Bylaws, RMHA Show Judging Committee Rules and Regulations and Friends of Sound Horses Independent Judging Association Rules and Regulations. III-C DQP (Designated Qualified Person): Show Managers require a licensed DQP and will make their request through the Friends of Sound Horses (FOSH) Field Coordinator for DQPs: The Field Coordinator will assign a qualified DQP and will notify the Show Manager as soon as possible. The major responsibility of a DQP is to detect and diagnose horses that are sore and to enforce the Horse Protection Act (HPA) under the regulations of the Untied States Department of Agriculture (USDA). III-D Announcer: The Announcer is the voice of the show ring. Under the instruction of the Ringmaster, Judge or designated person, the announcer is to call all classes to the show ring, to call the gaits and additional instructions as may be necessary during the classes; provides general information about classes, horses, special announcements, paging of persons, and keeping the general interest of spectators. They are directly responsible to the Show Manager. III-E Ringmaster: The Ringmaster is hired by and is responsible to the Show Manager. Their duties shall be to assist the designated Judge when needed, to accept time out requests, and to escort in a safe manner any person (such as ribbon presenters) whose presence is required in the center ring. They may not officiate in any show in which they or any member of their immediate family or any of their clients are an Exhibitor or any show in which any horses were trained by them or by any of their immediate family. (Immediate family is defined as spouse and minor children, whether they live in the same household or not). A Ringmaster may not officiate at a show where an exhibited horse is either wholly or partially owned by them. III-F Equipment Steward: Show Managers require a trained Equipment Steward and will make their request through the Friends of Sound Horses (FOSH) Field Coordinator for DQPs: The Field Coordinator will assign a qualified Equipment Steward to enforce show attire and equipment requirements (including tack, shoes, horse toe length, etc.) and will notify the Show Manager as soon as possible. In an emergency, the SAC Chairman will authorize use of an RMHA Examiner or RMHA Judge to serve as Equipment Steward. The Equipment Steward is required to: 1. Have full knowledge of the current RMHA Show Rules and Regulations of show attire and horse tack and enforce same. 2. Be a FOSH-trained Equipment Steward or an RMHA Examiner or Judge (appointed by SAC Chair in an emergency). The International Show Manager must use FOSH Equipment Stewards. 3. Report to the Show Management and RMHA any offenses or violations of any Exhibitor, Owner, Trainer, or person who conducts themselves in a manner not reflecting good sportsmanship or who violates the show rules or who performs any such actions which may invalidate or cause protest to a class, the show, or the RMHA. 4. May not officiate in any division of a show in which they or members of their immediate family or any of their clients are an Exhibitor. (Immediate family is defined as spouse and/or minor children, whether or not they live in the same household.) 5. Be available to Judges, Exhibitors, Trainers and Show Management at all times so as to clarify the position of RMHA Show Rules and Regulations and investigate any situation they might indicate an infraction. 6. Determine and report to the show manager, RMHA and FOSH any inhumane treatment of horses on the grounds and during exhibition. III- G Farrier: The Farrier is hired by and responsible to the Show Manger and is to be available throughout the show. The Farrier must know and comply with the shoeing rules of the Rocky Mountain Horse Association. III-H Emergency Medical Technician (EMT): In lieu of having a medical team and ambulance on the show grounds during all show classes, an EMT is acceptable. The Show Manager will hire an EMT who is responsible to the Show Manager. With the exception of the International Show, the EMT may either be on the show grounds or on standby status at all times during the show. III-I Show Secretary: The Show Secretary shall perform all duties assigned by Show Management, including but not limited to, acquiring and keeping accurate records and documentation of all classes, entries, and related data; class results (placing and/or reporting results, etc.); necessary materials of class sheets (including copies to DQP) and Judge s cards; Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-10

61 posting of show results, and the collection of entry and/or stabling fees. III-J Veterinarian: The Show Manager is required to hire a Veterinarian who will be available on the show grounds or on call for the duration of the show. Section IV DEFINITIONS OF EXHIBITORS For the purposes of RMHA shows, the definition of Exhibitor is any person who handles and/or shows a horse in the show ring, either in hand or under saddle. All Exhibitors must obtain an Exhibitor s Card in order to show in any class. Exhibitor Cards are available through the RMHA Headquarters and at each sanctioned show. COMPLETED PAID APPLICATIONS ENABLE AN EXHIBITOR TO SHOW. Special Categories of Exhibitors are identified as follows: Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) IV-A Youth: A Youth is defined as a person who is 8 to 17 years of age. For Youth eligibility purposes, the age and card status of an individual as of January 1st will be maintained throughout the calendar year. To compete for Youth High Points, the Exhibitor must possess a current Youth Exhibitor Card showing their date of birth and membership number. Youth may show only in designated youth classes according to the age division specified for the class. 1. All Youth must have their parent s or legal guardian s signature and family membership number on all show class entry forms for all classes they enter. The parent or legal guardian must be a current RMHA member in good standing. 2. No one under the age of 18 may exhibit a colt or stallion in any class (this includes halter and under saddle). 3. Youth, 11 years old and under, regardless of the class, must wear ASTM-approved and SEI-certified protective head gear. This includes costume class at the International Show. 4. In all Youth classes with participants age 11 and under, the Announcer will state that when Exhibitors are in the line-up and after the Judge(s) card is turned in, one attendant (groom, parent, instructor, etc.) will join the Exhibitors for escort from line-up to center ring and when exiting the ring. 5. In Youth classes with participants age 11 and under, the Announcer will make official safety announcements to and during such classes instructing spectators of proper or improper behavior. IV-B Novice: A Novice is defined as any amateur who is age 18 years or older who has not won a blue ribbon in any under saddle RMHA affiliated horse show competition (other than the Novice Class). 1. If an Exhibitor has won a Novice Class, but not any other under saddle class, that Exhibitor is still eligible to compete as a Novice (i.e. Novice classes). 2. If a Novice wins a blue ribbon in any class other than Novice, they must change their status to Amateur at the show office and/or call the RMHA office to get an Amateur card for the rest of the show season. Show Managers are responsible for having the Exhibitor Card form on hand for the Exhibitor to change their status. Exhibitors will not be charged an additional card fee to upgrade to Amateur status. 3. If a Novice wins the annual High Point Award for the Novice Division, that Exhibitor will no longer be eligible to compete in Novice classes. 4. Falsification of Novice status shall result in Disqualification (loss) of the Novice status and earned points. (See Penalties) 5. If a class is designated as a Novice Horse and Rider, then neither horse nor rider is eligible to show if either has won a blue ribbon at any sanctioned RMHA show or at the International Show in the previous year. 6. Novice Exhibitors may not show stallions in Novice classes. IV-C Amateur: An Amateur is defined as a person who is 18 years of age or older, and who is not or has not been engaged in any activity which would make them a Professional. Amateur regulations are as follows: 1. Adult family and non-family household member(s), significant others, or a spouse of a Professional do NOT qualify for Amateur status. If, however, they qualified as an Amateur on January 1st of the current year, then they may continue as an Amateur during the current RMHA show season only. 2. Every Exhibitor competing in an RMHA Amateur class must be a current RMHA member in good standing and must possess a current Amateur Exhibitor card. 3. At all RMHA-sanctioned classes, events and shows, the Amateur Exhibitor Card number MUST be written next to the Exhibitor s name on each Amateur class entry form in order to receive credit of points earned. 4. To regain Amateur status, a former Professional must not have participated in any professional activities for a period of two years prior to application, i.e., two full show seasons, and must meet all the requirements for the Amateur Status and card. Request in writing for change of status must be on file with RMHA/SAC prior to January 1st of the current year. 5. Falsifying application for the Amateur Status Card is a violation of the rules and will result in penalties. (See Penalties) Any person who is, under these rules, a Professional and who knowingly and falsely presents themselves as an Amateur may be subject to further disciplinary action (in addition to Penalties). 6. Amateur Exhibitor Cards are valid January 1st through December 31st of the current year and are available from the RMHA Headquarters and at each Sanctioned show. 7. Men s and Ladies Amateur and other classes designated as Men s or Ladies classes are restricted to exhibitors who are 18 years of age and older. 8. The following activities shall not affect Amateur status: a. The writing of books or articles pertaining to horses. b. Accepting remuneration for Stewarding, DQP, Technical Delegate Course Designer, Announcer, Judge or participating as TV Commentator, or accepting bona fide remuneration for services such as Veterinarian, Groom, Farrier, Tack Shop Operator, or Breeder. c. Accepting reimbursement for expenses without profit or accepting bona fide remuneration for boarding services only. 9. Riders in Amateur classes must have a current RMHA Membership Card and a current Amateur Exhibitor Card to be eligible for annual high points. The two class divisions are as follows: a. Amateur Owned and Trained: 1) The Amateur Exhibitor MUST OWN the horse shown in an Amateur Owned and Trained class or by a member of their immediate family. Immediate family is defined as spouse or minor children, whether they live in the same household or not. 2) The horse may not have been professionally trained in the last 180 days. 3) The horse may not have been in a professional training barn for any part of the 180 consecutive days immediately prior to showing or exhibiting. 4) The horse shall not have been assisted in a physical manner with the preparation, training or exhibition from a professional trainer or agent thereof for a period of 180 consecutive days prior to the show. 5) Violation of any of these rules regarding the Amateur Owned and Trained horse will result in penalties to the Exhibitor, Professional Trainer or any agent thereof and the horse involved and these violators will lose their Amateur card and all points earned in any Amateur Owned and Trained class. (See Penalties) b. Amateur Rider: Exhibitor s horse may be in professional training up to the day of the show. IV-D Professional: Every Professional competing in RMHA classes, events and shows must possess a current RMHA membership and Professional Exhibitor Card. Falsifying a Professional RMHA application is a violation of show rules and will result in penalties. A person is considered a Professional who is 18 years or older and is engaged in any of the following activities: 1. Accepts remuneration for riding, driving, showing in halter, training, schooling or conducting classes or seminars. 2. Accepts remuneration for giving instructions in equitation or horse training (persons working as counselors at summer camps, who are not hired in the exclusive capacity of riding instructors, are excluded). Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-11

62 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) 3. Accepts remuneration for the use of their name, photograph or other form of personal association as a horseman in connection with any sold advertisement or article. 4. Rides, drives or shows in halter in horse shows, any horse for which they or a member of their immediate family accepts remuneration for training. (Immediate family is defined as spouse and minor children, whether they live in the same household or not.) 5. Any adult family and non-family household member(s), significant other, or spouse of a Professional must claim Professional status. Section V SHOW RING RULES AND PROTOCOL V-A Placing of Horses: In RMHA affiliated shows, the Show Management will decide the number of awards and/or ribbons to award. At least 5 awards/ribbons are to be available in each class. 1. Disqualified Horses: After the judge turns in the score card, the Ring Master will excuse from the lineup any horses that the judge disqualified. Judges will state on the score card the exact reason why a horse/ rider was disqualified. The remaining horses in the class will then be pinned up to five places in the regular show and up to 10 places at the International show. 2. There is never an automatic first place : The judge has the discretion to not pin any first place if there is no horse that demonstrates the qualities of a first place horse in a given class. If a first place is not given, then the reason must be noted on the judges score card. 3. One horse in a Class. Judges will judge and place a horse and rider on performance. There will be no automatic first place. In addition, judges may shorten the amount of time a rider shows in the arena. If a judge disqualifies a rider/horse or does not place the rider (including first place), the judge should immediately address the rider and the audience and provide the reason for disqualification. 4. Reasons for Disqualification (DQ). If the horse: a. Shows hesitation or pointing of the front legs. b. Is squatting in the rear. c. Does not perform each of the three gaits with a distinct change of speed. e. Shows a pace, stepping pace, trot, foxtrot, rack or canter. f. Tailgates other horses, bumps or cuts in front of other horses which would cause another horse to break gait. g. Shows lameness, bleeding mouth or blood on any part of the body, including legs & feet. h. Displays improper tack or exhibitor does not have proper attire. i. Shows excessive animation/leg action. j. Is unruly or out of control. V-B Showing Two Year Old Horses: RMHA prohibits showing two year old horses under saddle at any RMHA-sanctioned show or at the Annual RMHA International Show. However, exhibitors may show horses two years old and under in hand (Conformation classes). V-C Gate Call: All Exhibitors have three (3) minutes to enter the Show Ring. The time starts when the first Exhibitor enters the ring and ends after an elapsed three minutes. The time may be extended as long as there is a continuous flow of Exhibitors into the Ring, thus permitting all entries an opportunity to participate in the Class, Event or Show. Judging shall commence when the gate closes. The gate WILL NOT reopen for late entries. V-D Time Out: An official time out is an authorized period where the Ringmaster may grant an Exhibitor a cessation of showing/judging for a period not to exceed ten (10) minutes. The Ringmaster may grant a second time out of 10 minutes in a class. If a third time out is necessary, regardless of the total elapsed time, the Ringmaster will excuse the Exhibitor from the class. The Ringmaster may only grant official time outs the Judge will mark all other interruptions in showing accordingly. 1. A Rider/Driver desiring an official time out will ride/drive to the center of the ring, remain mounted or in place, and make a formal request to the Ringmaster who will either grant or deny the request as directed by the Judge. 2. After an Exhibitor pulls into the center of the ring, they must obtain an official time out before dismounting. Failure to do so will REQUIRE the Judge to excuse the entry; the Judge has no discretion in this regard. Further, the entrance of any person into the ring before granting an official time out will require the Judge to excuse the entry. The SOLE EXCEPTION to this shall be a horse and/or rider in immediate danger of injury in the opinion of the Judge. 3. If the Judge grants an official time out, horses on the rail will go at ease, and a Groom or Farrier will enter, as necessary. The Rider, who receives the time out, may dismount. Riders granted the official time out may not make any adjustments to any equipment other than that for which the official time out was called. 4. Riders are to be at ease on the rail during official time outs and may make such adjustments as they can make while mounted. However, they may not receive assistance over the rail. Physical assistance (touching the horse) is not permitted and if done, the horse must be excused. 5. If the Judge discovers the reason for the official time out is not valid, they must order the entry back on the rail immediately. 6. The Judge may grant official time outs for replacement of shoes, broken equipment or in other instances where the Judge finds justifiable reason, which includes a time out for spectator interference with an exhibitor s horse or performance. 7. All official time outs will begin when justifiable reasons are acknowledged, except for the replacement of shoes, in which the time out begins the moment the Farrier lifts the horse s foot. Time will be allowed prior to the beginning of official time outs for locating the shoe. 8. In the event a horse throws a shoe in the warm-up area after DQP inspection, the Exhibitor may choose to have the shoe replaced by the Farrier after the Exhibitor enters the show ring. The Exhibitor must be charged with an official time out with normal time out rules prevailing. An official timer must be appointed to enforce this rule. 9. The Judge will inspect any thrown shoes. If the Judge determines the shoe as questionable or illegal, the Judge will retain the shoe and excuse the rider and horse from the ring. The Show Manager will take control of the shoe and forward it to the SAC chairperson. Any violations will incur penalties to Exhibitor and Owner. (See Penalties) V-E Work Outs: The Judge shall not place any entry in a work out unless the entry has been shown both ways of the ring at all required gaits with sufficient time for all horses to have performed before each officiating Judge. Whenever horses are being called for a workout, the Announcer must call for them in the order as requested by the Judge. At the end of the final workout in a split class, the entries shall not be required to back three or more steps a second time. There shall be two different types of workouts as follows: 1. Split Class Work Out: In a large class of 21 or more entries in under saddle classes, the class shall split into two or more classes. Each split class shall not exceed 20 horses. Each split will be judged and tabulated as an individual class with the top six (6) scores from each split qualifying for the final work out. In the event of the split class, the next class on the show bill will be called in and judged in order to provide adequate time for the horses to rest before being asked to perform in the ring again. 2. Special Work Out: All special work outs must be judged as a separate class. Any judge may request a work out in any class by communicating through the Ringmaster. The Judge making the request must state the number of horses they want called to work out. If a work out is agreed upon by the majority of judges, then the Ringmaster must be sure the Judges know which horses are working out to fill the places and see if they wish to add other horses to those being sent to the rail. In a Championship class, a horse that appears on only one Judge s card must be included in the work out. V-F Ring Protocol Under Saddle: 1. In all RMHA under saddle classes, Exhibitors will show the horse and be judged on three distinct gaits: The Trail Walk, the Show Walk and the Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait with no evidence of pacing, stepping pace, racking, trotting, fox-trotting, cantering, etc. 2. The horse will enter the show ring at the Show Walk and proceed counterclockwise around the ring. If all entries have not entered the ring, the Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-12

63 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) Exhibitor first in line (and all others in line) must stop at the gate entrance but not block the entrance and shall stand at rest until all entries have entered the ring and the gate is closed. 3. Judging begins with the closure of the gate. 4. All entries must make at least one complete circle of the ring before being asked to move up to the Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait. 5. All entries must make at least one complete circle of the ring before being asked to move down to the Trail Walk. Judges should take ample time to see each entry in the Trail Walk (minimum of 1/3 way of the ring or more at the discretion of the Judge) before asking for reverse travel. Exhibitors will turn their horse toward the rail if English class, toward the center of the ring if Western class. 6. In the reverse way of the ring, the call of gaits shall be to continue the Trail Walk (a minimum of 1/3 way of the ring) followed by the Show Walk, then the Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait, followed by the Trail Walk. 7. Horses are to continue at the Trail Walk to the line up. 8. In the line up, the horse is to stand square with no signs of stretching. 9. During line up in English Protocol Under Saddle classes, the Ringmaster will direct Exhibitors to individually back their horses a minimum of three steps and move back to the line up and stand square not parked/stretched. 10. During line up in Western classes (see Under Saddle Western), the Ringmaster will direct Exhibitors to individually back their horses a minimum of four steps, backing clear of the lineup, and do a 360 degree neck reined turn, either right or left at the instruction of the Judge. The horse should turn on the hindquarters and demonstrate the horse s ability to neck rein. The horse will then return to the lineup and stand square-not parked/stretched. V-G Ring Protocol Conformation: 1. Conformation judging will begin upon each horse entering the ring. The Judge or Judges should stand mid-range on the entrance side of the arena. The Exhibitor will walk their horse towards the judge(s). The judge will watch the Exhibitor for a time to judge the movement of the horse both approaching and departing before signaling the next Exhibitor to enter the ring. 2. Horses are to line up head to tail around the ring (allowing two (2) horse spaces between horses) at least ten (10) feet off the rail to permit the Judge(s) to view the horse from both sides of the horse. Depending on the number of entries, the Judge may elect to request a change in the line-up, and the exhibitor should follow the direction of the Judge as indicated by the Ringmaster. 3. The leg and body position of the horse in the line up is to stand square. The profile of the horse when standing square should show no stretching. The horse shall stand quietly with all four feet flat on the ground and at least one front and one rear cannon remaining perpendicular to the ground. Exhibitors will position the horse so as not to obstruct the Judge s line of vision of the horse being exhibited. Judges may request any Exhibitor to show their horse squarely. Failure to square up a horse will result in disqualification. 4. At no time should the Exhibitor release the lead from their hand. 5. The Exhibitor may not touch the horse at any time after entering the ring. 6. If the Exhibitor carries a whip, there can be no contact of the whip to the horse at any time. 7. An Exhibitor may be penalized for "over-showing" their horse. "Overshowing" is defined as when the Exhibitor s behavior strongly distracts attention from the horse being shown, draws attention to the Exhibitor, and/or disturbs the presentation of other horses/exhibitors. 8. In open mixed age/gender conformation classes, the Judge may ask an Exhibitor, via the Ringmaster, the age and gender of the horse. At the Judge s request, Exhibitor may show the horse s teeth. V-H Ring Protocol Driving: 1. The Trail Walk, Show Walk and Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait are required both ways of the ring. 2. Horses are to enter the ring counterclockwise at the Show Walk. 3. Exhibitors will execute the reverse on the diagonal across the center of the ring at the Trail Walk. If a center platform is in the center of the ring, the Exhibitors will work around it. 4. No backing is required. 5. For purposes of safety during line up, a header is required for each entry. The leader may release and hook the overcheck as needed and may attach a lead to the horse. Header is not to touch the horse otherwise. V-I Tack Changes: The Show Manager determines the length of time allowed for a tack change between classes. V-J Shoeing/Hoof Length: Shoes must be factory made creased keg shoes and MUST not exceed 3/4 (three-fourths) inch width at all locations on the shoe and must not exceed 3/8 (three-eighths) inch in thickness at all locations on the shoe. Total thickness of the shoe may go to a total of 5/8 (five-eighths) inch when including borium (or drill tech). If using caulk shoes (factory caulk only), the total thickness of the shoe, borium (or drill tech), and the caulk must not exceed 7/8 (seven-eighths) inch. The horse s natural toe length must not exceed 4.5 (four and a half) inches, including the shoe. Measure the hoof by placing the hoof on a flat level surface and measuring from the coronet band (where soft tissue meets hard tissue) at the center of the front pastern along the hoof wall following the contour of the hoof and shoe to the ground. (See Example G) 1. All shoes on all four feet must be the same type, manufacturer brand, and metal fitted to follow the natural contour of the hoof; not turned in or extending 1/4 (one-fourth) inch beyond the heel of the hoof. Measurement for the heel of the hoof begins where the heel of the hoof touches the shoe. Horses with plantation, hand-made shoes, or hand-turned heels, or trailers of any kind (straight or turned), or bars may NOT participate in RMHA-affiliated shows or in International Show classes. 2. RMHA does not allow pads of any type or for any reason. 3. NO pressure shoeing (Note: RMHA considers a shoe that is smaller than the natural hoof and a hoof that is filed down to fit the shoe as a form of pressure shoeing.) The shoe must fit the NATURAL HOOF. 4. The shoe is not to extend more than 1/4 (one-fourth) inch beyond the hoof wall on either the front or rear hoof. 5. RMHA permits shoe clips when drawn from the shoe or if they are factory side clips NO welded-on shoe clips. 6. Shoes may have two (2) dime-sized dots of borium, not to exceed 1/4 (one-fourth) inch in thickness on the toe and/or heel of the shoe--no ridges or lines. Shoes may have borium or drill tech but not a combination of these materials. Use of borium may vary between front and rear shoes, i.e., borium on front shoes, no borium on rear shoes. 7. RMHA restricts the use of acrylic and/or filler to hoof repair and to one hoof only. 8. Hoof black or clear polish is optional and acceptable. 9. When showing, horses must be shod on all four hooves or completely barefoot. 10. ALL horses entering the show ring must go through the required DQP check station and Equipment Steward. 11. RMHA permits use of Dowels. V-K Definition of Gaits: According to RMHA bylaws, the Rocky Mountain Horse naturally demonstrates a smooth, ambling gait which glides forward. The horse moves out with a lateral gait in which one can count four distinct hoof beats that produce a cadence of near equal rhythm. The speed may vary, but the four beat rhythm remains constant. The gait may technically be described as the simultaneous but asynchronous motion of the legs on the same side of the body followed by the movement of the legs on the opposite side. The gait is initiated by the hind leg. The length of stride for both hind and fore legs should be nearly equal. The Rocky Mountain Horse moves its feet with minimal ground clearance and minimal knee and hock action. Maximum front end action is illustrated in Example D. Because this gait does not waste motion, it enables the horse to travel long distances with minimal tiring. When judging the Rocky Mountain Horse, place the highest emphasis on the consistently smooth, even, four-beat lateral gait, and the horse s Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-13

64 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) ability to maintain form. The length of stride for the Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait ranges from "capping" to 18" (eighteen inches) maximum over-stride. (See Ex. B) Horses should move in a relaxed, smooth, rhythmic rolling motion. Place strong emphasis on the smoothness of gait and smoothness of ride when performing. The Rocky Mountain Horse must perform three (3) distinct gaits: the Trail Walk, the Show Walk, and the Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait in all regular classes. Gaits are described as follows: 1. TRAIL WALK: The Trail Walk is a calm, relaxed natural walk. The horse should not exhibit any signs of excitement or restlessness. Execute the Trail Walk with a loose rein and a natural or lower headset. During the Trail Walk, one hand on the reins is acceptable. 2. SHOW WALK: The Show Walk is a deliberate even four beat lateral gait executed in a slow, relaxed, smooth, rhythmic fashion. The horse should look alert with head carried proudly in the bridle. Its feet should move forward in an even, non-exaggerated form. Excessive lapping will not be rewarded. The horse should perform on a loose to very light rein. 3. ROCKY MOUNTAIN PLEASURE GAIT: The Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait is the same as the Show Walk with a moderate increase in speed and animation. (See example D for the maximum front end action for the Pleasure Style RM Horse.) Judges will disqualify horses from receiving an award that do not show distinct change in speed from the Show Walk to the Pleasure Gait. V-L Forbidden Substances and Drug Testing: RMHA prohibits Exhibitors from showing a horse if it has been administered any forbidden substance. A forbidden substance is any stimulant, depressant, tranquilizer, steroid or local anesthetic which might affect the performance of a horse. Stimulants and depressants are defined as medications which stimulate or depress the circulatory, respiratory or central nervous systems and are used to enhance the horse s performance. Ginger is considered a forbidden substance and may not be applied to any horse. Prohibited are any drugs, regardless of how harmless or innocuous they might be, which by their nature may mask or screen the presence of the aforementioned prohibited drugs or prevent or delay testing procedures. The RMHA reserves the right to drug test any horse at any time at any RMHA-sanctioned event. 1. Exhibitors are cautioned against the use of medicinal preparations and tonics of any kind, whether administered externally or internally, the ingredients and quantitative analysis of which may not be specifically known but which may contain forbidden substances. 2. If a horse tests positive for a forbidden substance and/or masking agent, a hearing will be held in accordance with RMHA rules. Persons found guilty of subjecting a horse to such forbidden substance and/or masking agent may be fined, may be suspended from all competition, may have their horse suspended for any period of time specified, and/or may be subject to revocation of membership. 3. The Judge or DQP may request a drug test at any time during the course of a show. 4. If an Owner, Trainer or Exhibitor is found guilty of violating this rule, the Owner, Trainer and Exhibitor will pay the expenses incurred for the drug testing and appropriate penalties will be applied. (See Penalties) The RMHA will pay for the drug testing expense if the drug test is negative thus clearing Owner, Trainer and Exhibitor of all charges. 5. The formal filing of a medication report with Show Management is not a defense to the charge of the forbidden drugs and medications rule. The medication report may be obtained from the Show Management. V-M Drug and Medication Protocol: It is the responsibility of Show Management to oversee and implement drug testing at sanctioned shows if necessity arises. It is the responsibility of the International Show Committee (ISC) to oversee and implement drug testing at the annual International RMHA Show as required. Individuals actually carrying out the drug testing program (i.e. Assistant, chaperone for horse, etc.) at the International Show should be disinterested members of the RMHA and not from an outside organization. This will ensure the RMHA program is carried out in the manner prescribed by the RMHA Board. The contract with the entity providing management for the International Show must contain explicit language requiring full cooperation of such entity in carrying out the Drug Testing Program properly. 1. Every horse competing and/or exhibiting at a RMHA-sanctioned class, show or event shall be subject to the Drugs and Medication Rule and the horse shall be in compliance with this rule at all times while competing/exhibiting in any and/or all classes and/or division at that competition or exhibition. 2. Horses competing at an RMHA-sanctioned class, event or show are subject to examination and collection of blood and urine samples by a licensed Veterinarian. Show Management will appoint the Veterinarian. The examination may include physical collection of blood and/or other procedures at the discretion of the Veterinarian as necessary to accomplish the purposes of this rule. 3. The Judge will notify the Ringmaster of horse(s) selected for drug testing and the Ringmaster will inform the Exhibitor. If DQP is requesting the drug testing, they will inform Show Management who will inform the Exhibitor. Horses will be drug tested after showing in said class. 4. Cooperation with the licensed Veterinarian and/or their agents includes: a. Taking the horse immediately to the location selected by the Veterinarian and/or agent(s) for collection of samples; b. Assisting the Veterinarian and/or their agent(s) in obtaining the sample promptly, including but not limited to, removing equipment from horse, leaving it quietly in the stall and avoiding any distractions to it. Schooling, lengthy cooling out, bandaging or other delays of this type shall be interpreted as non-cooperation; c. Polite attitude and actions toward the Veterinarian and/or their agent (s). Non-cooperation will result in disciplinary action. (See complaint and show rule violation procedures.) 5. The horse must exit the ring and proceed directly to the DQP station. Upon exiting the ring, the designated RMHA chaperone will identify themselves to the Exhibitor or Handler and will escort the horse to the DQP and then directly to the testing barn. Neither the chaperone nor any person, except the Exhibitor or Handler, may touch the horse until it is under the supervision of a Veterinarian. It is recommended that the Exhibitor or Handler only touch the reins or lead of the horse until it is under veterinary supervision. The Exhibitor will remove all tack under the supervision or at the direction of the Veterinarian. 6. The drug testing Veterinarian will submit the properly identified collected samples of blood and urine to an approved laboratory as selected by the Show Management. The collected samples shall remain in the care, custody and control of the drug testing Veterinarian until submitted to the designated lab maintaining a clear chain of custody. Section VI SHOW CLASSES 1. General Attire: a. It is the tradition of the Show Ring that Riders, Drivers and Handlers be correctly and neatly attired in all classes. b. If Exhibitor hair is long, it must not obstruct the Judge s view of the back number. c. Exhibitors may wear rain suits over appropriate riding attire in the event of inclement weather. d. At any show the Judge and/or Show Manager may suspend regular dress code due to weather conditions. e. In classes designated as "Optional Tack", Exhibitors may use either Western or English tack but not a combination of the two. 2. Prohibited Tack and Equipment: Ringmasters will dismiss from the ring horses showing in prohibited tack: a. Electronic communication devices, tail sets, tie downs, cross chain cavessons, double reins, cavessons that are studded inside, twisted or tight curb chains or chin straps, dropped nosebands, dropped cavessons. b. Single, double, straight, jointed or twisted wire bits or twisted bits of any kind. No wrapped bits. c. Braided manes and tails, ribbons attached to the mane or forelock, artificial tails and/or hair pieces (permitted only in costume classes). VI-A IN-HAND CLASSES: FAULTS Ringmasters will excuse from the ring for the following faults: a. Unruly horse, i.e. endangers other horses or Handlers. b. Illegal equipment or improper attire. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-14

65 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) c. Any Exhibitor or Handler who abuses an entry. DISQUALIFIED FROM AN AWARD for the following: a. Parked or stretched out in stance (see Example A) b. Exhibitor releasing the lead at NO TIME shall the Exhibitor release the lead from their hand. MAJOR FAULTS: Horses will not place 1st, 2nd or 3rd. a. Hot or nervous behavior or excessive shying. b. Conformation or structural weakness. c. Excessive use of whip or other actions by Exhibitor (i.e. over showing) which may disturb other entries. d. Exhibitor touching horse any time after entering class. e. Exhibitor touching horse with whip/crop. MINOR FAULTS: a. Ears pinned. b. Tail switches constantly. 1. CONFORMATION CLASS: An adult Rocky Mountain Horse is described as follows: The height of the horse will be no less than 58 inches (14.2 hands) and no more than 64 inches (16 hands). Rocky Mountain mares under the age of three may show at 56 inches (14 hands). The Rocky Mountain Horse shall have medium-sized bones with medium-sized feet in proportion to the body; a wide and deep chest with a span between the forelegs. The fore and hind legs should be free of noticeable deformity. The horse should have sloping shoulders (ideally with an angle of 45 degrees), bold eyes, well-shaped ears, and a face which is neither dished nor protruding. The head should be medium-sized in proportion to the body with medium jaws. The neck should be gracefully arched, medium in length and set on an angle to allow a natural carriage with a break at the poll. The horse must have a solid body color. There shall be no white markings above the knee or hock, except on the face where modest amounts of white are acceptable. Excessive facial markings (such as a bald faced horse) are not acceptable. a. Judging criteria: Conformation 80%; Temperament 10%; Grooming/Trimming 10% 1) Entries in conformation classes should exemplify the ultimate in conformation and structural correctness. They should be in sufficient good flesh to present a healthy appearance and should be neatly groomed and trimmed. 2) Grooming: hair and coat should be clean and well brushed, mane and tail should be clean and free of tangles, and hooves trimmed properly. (If shod, shoes must meet RMHA rules for shoeing.) 3) Hair trimming shall consist of: inside of ears, long hair on jaw, legs, pasterns and fetlocks. Bridle paths are optional. 4) Whips/crops are optional for conformation classes but are not to exceed 36" with an additional 4" for popper and must not touch the horse at any time. Additionally, the Exhibitor is not to touch the horse at anytime after entering the show ring. 5) No horse s coat and/or mane and tail may have an artificial substance applied to change or cover up color. Minor touchups (i.e. for nicks, scratches) are acceptable above the knee only. 6) For the International Show only: Weanlings and Yearlings will divide into two separate age group divisions according to the birth date of the horse: CLASS A - Jan 01 - Apr 30 CLASS B - May 01 - Dec 31 b. Class Protocol: Ring Protocol Conformation: 1) Conformation judging will begin upon each horse entering the ring. The Judge or Judges should stand mid-range on the entrance side of the arena. The Exhibitor will walk their horse toward the judge. The judge will watch the Exhibitor for a time to judge the movement of the horse both approaching and departing before signaling the next exhibitor to enter the ring. 2) Horses are to line up head to tail around the ring (allowing two (2) horse spaces between horses) at least 10 (ten) feet off the rail to permit the Judge(s) to view the horse from both sides of the horse. Depending on the number of entries, the Judge may elect to change the lineup. The Exhibitor should follow the direction of the Judge as indicated by the Ringmaster. 3) The leg and body position of the horse in the line up is to stand square. The profile of the horse when standing square should show no stretching. The horse shall stand quietly with all four feet flat on the ground and at least one front and one rear cannon remaining perpendicular to the ground. Position the horse so as not to obstruct the Judge s line of vision of the horse. Judges may request any Exhibitor to show their horse squarely. Failure to square up a horse will result in disqualification. 4) The Exhibitor will not release the lead from their hand at any time. 5) The Exhibitor may not touch the horse at anytime after entering the show ring. 6) If the Exhibitor carries a whip, there can be no contact of the whip to the horse at any time. 7) An Exhibitor may be penalized for "over-showing" a horse. "Overshowing" is defined as when the Exhibitor s behavior strongly distracts attention from the horse, drawing attention to the Exhibitor, and/or disturbs the presentation of other horses/exhibitors. 8) In open mixed age/gender conformation classes, the Judge may ask an Exhibitor, via the Ringmaster, the age and gender of the horse. At the Judge s request, Exhibitor may show the horse s teeth. c. ATTIRE: Exhibitors may wear either English or Western attire. The attire must match the tack style, i.e. English attire to accompany English tack and Western attire to accompany Western tack. d. TACK: 1) Conformation/In-hand English In-Hand Tack: (a) Weanlings - Show halter with lead and chain. (b) Yearlings - Show halter with lead/chain (snaffle bit optional) (c) All horses (stallions, geldings and mares) 2 years and over must wear a snaffle bit and bridle with or without a cavesson and or brow band. The show lead with chain must run through the rings of the snaffle bit and under the chin of the horse and attach back to the lead. The bridle must have a throat latch. Exhibitors may use an Arabian style show bridle. (d) The show lead must have an attached chain and it is recommended that the lead be at least 6-7 feet in length and the show chain be inches in length. Chains may not be in the horse s mouth or placed over the nose. No other types of riding bits or bits with any shanks or riding reins are acceptable for conformation. 2) Conformation/In-Hand (Western): Western style show halter or headstall with the same bit and lead requirements outlined in Conformation/English. 3) Whips/crops are optional for Conformation classes (Western or English) but are not to exceed 36" with an additional 4" for popper. 4) No single, double, straight, jointed or twisted wire bits or twisted bits of any kind. In addition, no wrapped bits. 5) Cavesons: Sufficiently loose so as to put one finger under the cavesson. Cavesons will not be so tight that the horse cannot open its mouth. 2. YOUTH SHOWMANSHIP CLASS (no stallions) a. Judging Criteria: 25% on Exhibitor s appearance; 25% on the horse s appearance; 50% on Exhibitor s showmanship skills. The emphasis is on the Exhibitor and the presentation of the horse. No consideration is placed on the quality of the horse (the horse is merely a prop). However, the appearance will be considered. b. Appearance of Exhibitor: 1) The riding attire should be neatly pressed and boots polished and in good condition. The riding suit should fit the rider, and a moderate fullness is better than too snug a fit. Coat sleeves should be finger-tip in length when standing. Hats and gloves are required. 2) Whips are permitted and not to exceed 36 (thirty-six) inches with an additional four (4) inches allowed for popper. Once the horse is set up, neither the whip nor the hand is to touch the horse. 3) Exhibitor s hair must be neat and well groomed. Exhibitors with long hair should have it styled so the back number is visible. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-15

66 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) 4) Earrings must be smaller than a dime with no dangle. 5) Oversized earrings, bracelets, bright or large hat feathers, corsages and flowers will disqualify the Exhibitor. c. Appearance of horse: 1) Condition and thriftiness. 2) Grooming: Coat is clean and well brushed. Mane and tail are clean and free of tangles. Hooves trimmed properly. If shod, shoes must fit properly and clinches should be neat. 3) Trimming: Inside of ears trimmed; clip long hair on jaw, legs and pasterns. Trimming of fetlocks and bridle path are optional, however, both should be neat in appearance. 4) Tack: Must be neat, clean and in good repair. Follow Conformation tack guidelines. d. Showing horse in ring: Exhibitors should perform the showmanship pattern which the Judge or Ring Steward will have posted at least two hours prior to class. At a minimum, the exhibitor should prepare to lead horse at a walk as directed by the pattern, set up for inspection, back the horse, and turn the horse up to 360 degrees. No gaiting is required. Failure to follow pattern is a fault. 1) Exhibitors should walk on horse s left side, with horse s throat latch even with Exhibitor s shoulder. The horse should move freely and in a straight line. Exhibitors should hold lead shank in right hand, near halter, with remaining portion of lead held in left hand. A tightly coiled or rolled lead shank or one with fingers inserted or laced through the coils, will be a fault in showmanship. 2) When posing the horse, the Exhibitor should stand toward the front facing the horse with his/her toes pointed toward the horse s eye or neck. The Exhibitor should not stand directly in front of the horse but always in a position where he/she can keep an eye on the Judge and keep the horse between the Exhibitor and the Judge. When posing the horse, do most of the showing with the lead shank. Over showing or undue turning, etc. is objectionable and is a fault. 3) If asked to back, Exhibitor should use the press and release technique for backing the horse. The horse should back smoothly, one step at a time, as straight as possible. 4) When turning the horse, always turn to the right around the horse in as small an area as possible and attempt to keep horses hind legs nearly in place. 5) Exhibitors should present their horse using the quarter system. In this system, the horse is divided into four sections by drawing one imaginary line down his back and another across his middle. When the Judge is looking at either hindquarter of the horse, the Exhibitor stays on the same side as the Judge, with their toes pointed toward the horse s eye or neck. When the Judge looks at either front quarter, the Exhibitor crosses to the opposite side of the horse. (See example E) 6) If the Exhibitor touches the horse with their hand or kicks the horse s leg into position, that is cause for disqualification. 7) Exhibitors may never change hands on the lead shank. 8) The Exhibitor must not crowd other Exhibitors on either side or in front. Maintain one (1) horse length between all horses in the exhibition. 9) When the Judge is observing other horses, each Exhibitor s horse should stand reasonably posed. Be natural. 10) Be alert/ aware of the Judge s position at all times. 11) Don t be distracted by persons/things outside the ring. 12) Show the horse at all times. 13) Respond quickly to requests from Judge and Officials. 14) Be courteous and sportsmanlike at all times. 15) Recognize quickly and correct faults of the horse. 16) Keep showing until the judge places and excuses the entire class from the ring. VI-B. UNDER SADDLE CLASSES: Judging Criteria for Show Pleasure, Western Pleasure and Trail Pleasure Classes: Gait 75%; Equitation 15%; Temperament 10% The three gaits required in all under saddle classes (except as noted) are the Trail Walk, Show Walk and Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait. Place strong emphasis on consistency (not breaking gait), naturalness, and smoothness of the even, four-beat lateral gait and on the rider. Penalize the head set for over tucking (overly collected and behind vertical) as well as nosing out beyond the acceptable limits as if resisting the bit. (See Example C) The illustration labeled Example D represents the maximum front end action for the Pleasure Style RM Horse. The hind leg stride is to be what is natural for the horse, from capping to a maximum of 18 (eighteen) inches overstride, i.e. same side toe to toe measurement. (See Example B) Color of the horses being shown in the ring is not a determining factor in the performance of the horse. Further class description is as follows: FAULTS: Horses EXCUSED FROM RING for the following: a. Unruly behavior, i.e. endangers rider or other Exhibitors. b. Illegal equipment or improper attire. c. Showing lameness, bleeding mouth or blood on any part of the body, including feet. Horses are DISQUALIFIED if they: a. Show hesitation or pointing of the front legs which may indicate use of artificial training devices. b. Are "squatting" in the rear and too far underneath themselves, not balanced. c. Do not perform each of the three gaits with a distinct change of speed between each gait. d. Show a pace, stepping pace, trot, foxtrot, rack or canter. e. Are "tailgating" on other horses, bumping, or cutting in front of other horses causing another horse to break gait. f. Show excessive animation/leg action. MAJOR FAULTS: Horse will not place 1st, 2nd or 3 rd : a. Exhibits hot or nervous behavior, excessive shying, or sidetracking. b. Fails to back properly in the line up or backs up into a horse on either side of Exhibitor or, when backing, throws the head up or shows resistance to backing, or has gaping mouth when backing. c. Exhibits improper headset, i.e. over tucked or nosed out. (See Example C) d. Does not stand square in line. e. Exhibits excessive speed. f. Breaks gait, fails to maintain form, i.e. breaks gait in corners/curves of ring, hitches or skips, gets strung out (out of form), noses out, is hard and rough riding. g. Causes rider to bounce or ride rough in the saddle, rider bracing himself/herself in stirrups. h. Has excessive bit pressure, i.e. corners of mouth drooped, mouth open, horse traveling with head tilted to side to avoid pressure. i. Exhibits unacceptable over-stride. j. Fails to follow class protocol. k. Proceeds to line up at any gait other than the Trail Walk. MINOR FAULTS: a. Ears pinned, tail switches constantly. b. Excessive and consistent nodding of head. c. Backs up before Judge calls/signals for the back up. d. Exhibitors "covering up" other Exhibitors in front of Judge. 1. SHOW PLEASURE CLASSES: The RM horse should perform in a relaxed, quiet, but alert manner, exhibiting an alert attitude without nervousness or resistance and without excessive speed. Exhibitors should ride the horse on a light rein with moderate collection. The horse should demonstrate a head carriage at an approximately 45 degree head angle and should provide an exceptionally smooth ride for the rider, i.e. well balanced, forward flowing motion, a free and easy ground covering gait which is a smooth, even, comfortable four-beat lateral gait. In show, horses are to back at least three (3) steps. Ring protocol will be English. a. ATTIRE: Saddle seat attire is required and defined as: 1) Saddle suit (either solid color or pinstripe) or riding slacks and day coat or sports coat. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-16

67 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) 2) Long sleeved shirt with a pointed or button down collar (sleeve length may vary under a jacket or coat). 3) Neckwear, such as a tie or brooch, and smooth sole riding boots (no cowboy boots). 4) A style hat (i.e. Derby, Homburg, etc.) or protective ASTM approved/sei certified headgear. 5) Gloves, vests and spurs are optional. 6) Youth Showmanship and Equitation classes have further specific requirements. b. TACK: 1) Saddles may be cutback, flat English or plantation type. No saddles with horns in Show Pleasure classes. 2) English show bridle is a dark leather (black or brown) or synthetic material (black or brown) with a crown piece, full throat latch, brow band and optional matching cavesson. 3) Curb straps and chains must lie flat and be loose enough to insert two fingers between the horse s chin and the strap or chain. 4) Bit shank length may not exceed 8 (eight) inches measured from top of the top ring to the end of the metal at the bottom, not including the bottom ring if the ring is loose. (See Example H) 5) Whips/crops are optional but will not exceed 36" with an additional 4" for popper. 6) English stirrups and irons. 7) Breast straps are optional. 8) Cavessons may not be so tight that the horse cannot open its mouth. 9) No single, double, straight, jointed or twisted wire bits or twisted bits of any kind and no wrapped bits. 2. WESTERN PLEASURE CLASSES: The RM western pleasure horse performs in a relaxed, quiet manner, exhibiting an exceptionally smooth, comfortable ride without excessive action, speed or animation. The gait should be a balanced, flowing forward motion with a free and easy ground covering, smooth, even, lateral four-beat gait. Exhibitors should ride on a loose rein and hold reins in one hand at all times (reins cannot change hands during the class). Exhibitors may place a single finger between the reins when the end of the split rein falls on the side of the reining hand. When using a romal or when the Exhibitor holds the ends of the split reins in the hand not used for reining, Exhibitors may not place a finger between the reins. The rider may hold the romal or the end of split reins to keep them from swinging and to adjust the position of the reins, provided the reins are held at least 17 (seventeen) inches from the reining hand. While the horse is in motion, the rider s hands shall be clear of horse and saddle at all times. The head carriage should be natural (not high). The Judge may call for a halt on the rail to test for quietness. The Ringmaster will ask to back the horse at least 4 steps, clear of the lineup, and do a 360 degree neck rein turn (either to the right or the left at the direction of the Judge) to demonstrate the ability of the horse to neck rein and to turn on the hindquarters. The horse will return to the lineup and stand square, not parked/stretched. Failure to execute the 360 degree turn on the hindquarters is a major fault and the Exhibitor will receive a penalty. Judges will judge horses on their smoothness in performing the turn correctly and the horse s responsiveness to the rider. FAULTS: The following are MAJOR FAULTS and the horse will not place 1st, 2nd or 3 rd : Is not manageable under a light rein. Fails to reverse toward center ring, not following proper protocol. Fails to halt or stand quietly. Refuses to execute, or incorrectly executes, the 360 neck reined turn on the hindquarters. a. ATTIRE: Exhibitor will wear Western attire in all Western classes. Attire will consist of: 1) Western pants, dark slacks or black jeans. Western show skirts are optional for women. Any solid colored pants (including blue jeans) are acceptable under chaps. 2) Any colored (including patterned) western long sleeve shirt or slinky (sleeve length may vary under a jacket). 3) Neckwear, such as tie, bolo or neck scarf (not required with slinky). 4) Western style boots. 5) Western hat or protective ASTM approved/sei-certified headgear. 6) Western jacket, bolero or vest is optional. 7) Chaps, spurs and gloves are optional. b. TACK: 1) Saddles may be with or without horns. Western saddles must have western fenders and stirrups. All western tack may feature silver. (Silver appointments shall not receive credit over serviceable, clean, unadorned western tack.) Saddles may be black, tan, russet, cordovan, or brown leather. 2) Western bridles without a cavesson. Bridles may be black, tan, russet, cordovan, or brown leather. 3) Bit shank length may not exceed 8 (eight) inches measured from top of top ring to the end of the metal at the bottom, not including the bottom ring if the ring is loose. (See Example H) 3. TRAIL PLEASURE CLASS: The RM Trail Pleasure horse must perform with an effortless, comfortable gait which encourages stamina and longevity on the trails. The horse should display an alert and willing attitude while performing in a relaxed and forward moving motion. The Trail Pleasure horse should carry its head in a natural and relaxed position appropriate to its conformation and MUST be consistently well mannered, responsive and quiet. The horse should exhibit a lateral four beat gait with an even consistent cadence. The horse should not exhibit driving rear legs with a long overstride. The horse should be manageable on a loose rein. The Trail Pleasure classes do not include obstacles and are judged on the horse s ability to correctly and consistently provide a RMH gait and safe, pleasurable ride on a loose rein. Ring protocol will be English. FAULTS: The following are MAJOR FAULTS IN TRAIL PLEASURE CLASSES and a horse will not place 1st, 2nd or 3rd: Not manageable on a loose rein. Fails to respond immediately to the Rider s commands. Shows tension, is not relaxed, or shows resistant behavior. a. ATTIRE: Casual attire will consist of: 1) Solid color, pin striped slacks or black jeans. 2) Long sleeved shirt (Western style if using Western tack). No polo or t-shirts. 3) Riding boots (cowboy boots if using Western tack). 4) English or Western style hats. Protective ASTM approved or SEIcertified headgear is mandatory for Youth (11 & under classes), optional for adult classes. 5) Vests, gloves, ties and spurs are optional. b. TACK: Tack in Trail Pleasure class will be optional ( i.e. English tack or Western Tack). No single, double, straight, jointed or twisted wire bits or twisted bits of any kind and no wrapped bits. Ring protocol will be English. 4. EQUITATION CLASS: Judging criteria: Performance 50%; Gait 30%; Appearance 20% a. Seat: 1) The Equestrian Saddle Seat is a natural, coordinated and comfortable riding position and should in no way be rigid or exaggerated. 2) A rider should convey the impression of effective and easy control and the general appearance of being able to ride for a considerable length of time with pleasure. 3) To show a horse well, Exhibitors should show themselves to the best advantage. The Judge will consider ring noise and position. 4) The appearance, presentation and alertness of the rider and their mount are paramount. b. Mounting & Dismounting: 1) To mount, take up reins in left hand and place hand on withers. Gather stirrup leather with right hand and insert left foot in stirrup. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-17

68 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) Place the right hand on pommel. Swing right leg up and straight across horse s back to clear horse and saddle. 2) To dismount, rider should place both hands on pommel of saddle, raise straight up and with weight evenly distributed in both stirrups, remove right leg from stirrup and, keeping right leg straight, swing leg across clearing the cantle and horse. Rider may either step down or slide. 3) Riders 8-11 will not have to mount and dismount. c. Hands: 1) The hands should be held in an easy position, waist or elbow height, over pommel with palms downward, slightly turned toward body, wrists rounded slightly. 2) The hands should be in a straight line to the horse s mouth, showing adaptability as well as control. 3) How and where the horse carries his head determines the height the hands are held above the horse s withers. Hands and wrists should be flexible and not held extremely separated. (From rider s view, the hands should be in a V shape, close enough for thumbs to touch.) The fingers should close over the reins, firm but not rigid. 4) Use closed or crossed reins, with both hands on the reins, and the bight (the excess reins behind the hands) of the reins should be on the off side of the horse (the side of the horse's shoulder the rein ends should lie as you sit in the saddle, the bight would be off to the right side). d. Basic Positions: 1) To obtain proper position, rider should sit comfortably in the middle of the saddle and find the center of gravity by sitting with a slight bend at the knees, without use of the stirrups. 2) While in this position, have stirrup leathers adjusted so that irons will be under the ball of the foot with even pressure on entire width of sole and center of iron. 3) The foot position will be natural and comfortable. The knee and thigh are rolled inward and the heel is slightly lower than the toes. 4) The Exhibitor should hold the lower leg naturally away from the horse (depending on the anatomy of the rider/horse). Knee should rest against the saddle. e. Position in motion: 1) The position in motion should be natural, coordinated and graceful, attained only with practice. 2) From the side, an imaginary straight line can be drawn perpendicular to the ground through the rider s head, neck, shoulder, hip and ankle. 3) The rider s toe should never be any more forward than their knee, thereby keeping their center of balance directly above the feet and ankles. 4) Upper arms should fall naturally from the shoulder toward the hip bones and should be flexible, never clutched to the body, extended forward or spread away from the body. 5) Hands should be in a comfortable waist level position depending on how and where the horse carries its head. The use of the hands should be smooth and gradual, without jerking or pumping at any gait or jerking on the reins when at a stand still. f. Appointments (Attire): 1) Neat, properly fitted riding habit. 2) Riding habit, with two or three button type coat, in navy blue, dark brown, dark gray, or black with matching accessories, day or evening. Exhibitors may use evening attire regardless of time of day or evening, but judges will not give credit over non-evening attire. A riding habit consists of coat, pants, and vest and all three pieces must be of the exact same color (pinstripes are acceptable as long as all 3 pieces are pin striped). In the summer, a matching straw hat is acceptable. 3) Riding suits should be neatly pressed and jodhpur boots polished and in good condition. The riding suit should fit the rider, and a moderate fullness is better than too snug a fit. Coat sleeves should be finger tip length when standing and jodhpurs should be no more than one inch above boot heel when mounted on the horse. Always use Jodhpur straps (underpasses). 4) Hats and gloves are required. 5) The rider s hair must be neat and well groomed--style long hair so that Judges can easily see the back number. 6) The following are unacceptable: Riding coats of bright color, plaid, stripe, brocade or sequins, added decorations of sequins, scrollwork, rhinestones, large earrings (should be smaller than a dime, no gemstone, and no dangle), bracelets, corsages, flowers, flying hair ribbons, colorful or large hat feathers, or white gloves. g. Tack: 1) Bridles should be of the type commonly used with English saddles. Use with a single set of reins. 2) No brow bands decorated with rhinestones. 3) No martingales or similar tie downs. 4) Saddles are to be the flat, English type, and of the correct size for the rider. No forward seat or Western saddles. h. Routine (pattern): The Judge (or Show Manager) is to provide a designated pattern required of every Exhibitor in the class. 1) Enter the ring at the Trail Walk, turn to the right and proceed in a counter clockwise direction. The class shall proceed until all entries have passed the Judge doing all three gaits as follows: Trail Walk, Show Walk, and Rocky Mountain Pleasure Gait then back to Trail Walk. 2) Reverse with the same gaits and walk to the lineup. 3) All entries MUST back readily without losing form or pumping or pulling reins. 4) Riders MUST reverse toward the rail. 5) Entries shall line up on command and the Judge may require of any or all riders one of the following tests: (a) Address the reins: a quick check of muscular control and sensitivity of hands. (b) Dismount and mount as quietly and as gracefully as possible. (c) Individual performance on rail, use any or all gaits. (d) Ride without stirrups; Use any or all gaits. (e) All Riders must have 2 (two) cards in their vest pocket with a one minute routine on each card. If a Judge asks the Exhibitor for an individual workout, the Exhibitor must give the Judge both cards (one for the Judge and one for the Announcer). The Judge may ask the Exhibitor for their cards to check to see if the Exhibitor is prepared. (f) The Judges must post a working pattern at least TWO HOURS before start of class time if there is to be a workout for all individuals. ADDITIONAL FAULTS: Improper use of seat and hands. Incorrect or incomplete performance of the class routine 5. AMATEUR CLASSES: All riders in Amateur classes must have a current RMHA Membership Card and a current Amateur Exhibitor Card. The two class divisions follow: a. Amateur Owned and Trained: 1) The Amateur Exhibitor must own the horse they show in this class or the horse must be owned by their immediate family. Immediate family is defined as spouse or minor children, whether they live in the same household or not. 2) The horse may not have been professionally trained in the last 180 days. 3) The horse may not have been in a professional training barn for any part of the 180 consecutive days immediately prior to showing or exhibiting. 4) The Amateur Owned and Trained horse shall not be assisted in a physical manner with the preparation, training, or exhibiting from a professional trainer or agent thereof for a period of 180 consecutive days prior to the show. 5) Violation of any of the rules regarding the Amateur Owned and Trained horse will result in penalties to the Exhibitor, Professional Trainer, or any agent thereof, and the horse involved, and these violators will lose their Amateur card and all points earned in any Amateur Owned and Trained class. b. Amateur Rider: Exhibitor s horse may be in professional training up to the day of the show. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-18

69 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) 6. NOVICE CLASSES: Restricted to riders, 18 years old and older, who have never won a blue ribbon under saddle (other than in a Novice class). If a class is designated as Novice Horse and Rider, then neither horse nor rider is eligible to show if either has won a blue ribbon at any sanctioned RMHA show or at the International Show or the Novice High Point winner the previous year. There will be no stallions in Novice classes. If a Novice wins a blue ribbon in any class other than Novice, they must change their status to Amateur at the show office and/or call the RMHA office to get an Amateur card for the rest of the show season. Show Managers are responsible for having the Exhibitor Card form on hand for the Exhibitor to change their status. They will not be charged an additional card fee to upgrade to Amateur status. 7. YOUTH CLASSES: In all Youth classes with participants age 11 and under, when Exhibitors are in the line up and after the Judge(s) card is turned in, the Announcer will state that one attendant (groom, parent, instructor, etc.) may join the Exhibitors for escort from line up to center ring and exiting the ring. Additionally, in 11 and under Youth classes, the Announcer will make official safety announcements prior to and during such classes instructing spectators of proper or improper behavior. All youth 11 and under, regardless of the class, must wear ASTM-approved and SEIcertified protective headgear. 8. CHAMPIONSHIP AND GRAND CHAMPIONSHIP a. International Show Only: Horses finishing 1st, 2nd and 3rd in their respective divisions will qualify for competition in the Championship Classes. Horses finishing 1st, 2nd or 3rd in the Championships will qualify for the Grand Championship classes. All horses placing 1st in these classes must report immediately to the DQP station upon exiting the ring, unless directed otherwise. The Amateur Owner must ride in Amateur Owned and Trained as defined by RMHA rules; a substitute RMHA Exhibitor may show all other horses. There will be an entry fee for these classes. b. Regular Show Season: If the Show Manager offers a Championship Class at an RMHA-sanctioned show, any horse that has placed 1st, 2nd or 3rd in classes in their respective division (Trail Pleasure or Show Pleasure), will be eligible, though not required, to compete in the Championship Class. VI-C VERSATILITY & FUN CLASSES: 1. PLEASURE DRIVING CLASS: Performance - 70%; Temperament - 20%: Fit, condition, appropriateness of harness & vehicle, neatness of Driver 10% One horse rigs only, no teams, no drivers under 18 years of age, no passengers. The Judge will evaluate the pleasure horse qualities of the horse in harness. Performance of the horse is paramount. Elaborateness of the rig is not a factor in judging. Backing is not required. FAULTS: Judges will excuse horses from the ring for the following: Unsafe behavior. Exhibitor having an unsafe vehicle or harness. Excessive speed. MAJOR FAULTS: Horses will not place 1st, 2nd, or 3 rd : Erratic movement Not standing quietly in lineup. Excessive animation/leg action. a. Attire: 1) Ladies: Conservative blouse, long skirt (no skin visible), or shirt and slacks/jods, saddle suit, or a day coat and slacks/jods. 2) Men: Business suit, saddle suit or sports jacket and slacks. 3) Gloves are required for both men and ladies. 4) Lap robes and hats are optional for men and ladies. 5) Headers must have neat, clean attire (no shorts, T-shirts, tennis shoes or sandals). b. Tack: Any safe, serviceable, two-wheel cart or four-wheel buggy is acceptable. Additional tack requirements: 1) Liverpool bit or snaffle driving bit fitted without flash noseband. No single, double, straight, jointed or twisted wire bits or twisted bits of any kind. No wrapped bits. 2) A whip is mandatory. Length of the whip will not exceed 6 (six) feet including popper. 3) Harness should be leather or patent leather with square matching leather blinkers, and may include side check or over check, and running martingale. It is appropriate for the harness to match the vehicle, though harness is traditionally black. 4) No horse collars. 2. TRAIL OBSTACLE CLASS: Casual Attire. Judges score on the horse s ability to complete the trail course. There will be a minimum of 8 (eight) and a maximum of 10 (ten) obstacles. There will be a 6 (six) minute time limit to complete the course. The time starts when the horse moves from the starting marker toward the first obstacle. Exhibitors are disqualified if they do not complete the course at the end of 6 (six) minutes. Show Management will have a timer available to clock the time. Each Exhibitor may have 3 (three) attempts at each obstacle and must then proceed to the next obstacle. The Show Secretary s office will post the location pattern of the trail course and the order in which the Exhibitor is to compete at least one hour prior to the scheduled class start. Judging will be age divided by youth and adult. DISQUALIFICATIONS (DQs): Exceeding time limit. Taking an obstacle from the wrong direction; negotiating an obstacle from the wrong side Skipping an obstacle unless directed by the Judge. Negotiating obstacles in the wrong sequence and off pattern. a. Trail Score Sheet: +1½ - Excellent; +1 - Very Good; + ½ - Good; 0 - Correct; -1/2 - Poor, -1 - Very Poor; -1½ - Extremely Poor Penalty ½: Each tick of log, pole, cone or obstacle. Penalty 1: Hit or step on; Incorrect gait two (2) strides or less; Failure to meet the correct strides over obstacles. Penalty 3: Break gait over two (2) strides; Out of correct gait; knockdown; step out or jump off with one (1) foot. Penalty 5: Failure to follow the correct line of travel within or between obstacles; drop object; first refusal or evade; second refusal; loss of control at gate, use of either hand; step out or jump off obstacle with more than one (1) foot; blatant disobedience; failure to complete obstacle. Penalty Score 0: Use of more than one (1) finger between reins if riding western. Switching off hand if riding two (2) handed. Performing obstacles incorrectly or other than in specified order. No attempt to perform obstacle; equipment failure; excessively touching horse; fall to the ground; failure to enter, exit or work obstacle from correct side or direction, including overturns of more than ¼ turn; failure to work an obstacle other than how it s described; outside boundary marker of arena or course area; third refusal. b. Trail Obstacles: Must include eight (8) and no more than ten (10) of the following obstacles and standards. Unacceptable obstacles are tarps, unsafe wooden bridges, PVC pipes, any obstacle which could easily fall, and any obstacle which could endanger the horse and rider. Mailbox Back horse through L shaped course (logs, large poles or bales of hay suggested) on the ground: 28 minimum space between the poles; elevated: 30 minimum between the poles Ride over Wooden Bridge (may be plywood set so as to simulate sound and appearance of bridge). Suggested minimum width shall be 35 wide and at least 6 long. Bridge should be sturdy and safe. Horses should show willingness to stand quietly on the bridge and not rush off. Ground-tie horse, walking a full circle around the horse at least ten feet from the horse s body. Water Hazard One jump (not less than 14 inches or more than 24 in. high) to be ridden over. One jump (not less than 14 inches or more than 24 in. high) to be led Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-19

70 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) over. Side-pass pole on the ground, either direction or both directions. Gait a circle. Exhibitor to put on and take off rain slicker while mounted. Pick up and transfer object from one point to another (i.e. move a sack of cans from one barrel to another barrels should be at least 12 apart). Turn on the haunches or turn on the forehand in a designated area. Ride over at least four poles or logs at a walk. Logs can be in a straight line, curved, zigzag or raised. The space between the logs is measured and the path the horse is to take should be measured. Spacing between the poles should be between inches; walk-over should be between 3 to 4 feet. Elevated walk-over should be a minimum of 22 apart. Gait-over are not elevated. Walk on loose rein as described for Trail Pleasure Class. Gait on light/loose rein as described for Trail Pleasure Class. 3. BAREBACK CLASS: Gait-80%; Temperament-20% Casual Attire. Judge will score on ability to maintain good balance on the horse at all gaits. No use of spurs or whips. Class protocol is English. FAULTS: Judges will EXCUSE FROM THE RING riders who fall from the horse. MAJOR FAULTS: Horse will not place 1st, 2nd, or 3rd if rider: Does not keep both hands on the reins at all times. Holds onto the horse s mane (to maintain balance). Does not maintain good riding posture/balance, i.e. no slouching over the Horse s withers or leaning backwards so as to ride on the Exhibitor s tail bone with legs stretched forward. Loses seat, i.e. slides/falls partially from the horse. 4. POLE BENDING CLASS: Casual Attire Judging Criteria: This is a timed event. The Exhibitor with the shortest time and least faults wins. No chaps, spurs, or crops. All contestants will start from a clearly visible line. Horses MUST perform the RMH Pleasure Gait and maintain form throughout the entire course. The pole bending pattern is run around 6 (six) poles. Each pole is 25 (twentyfive) feet apart and the first pole will be 15 (fifteen) feet from the starting line. A horse may start either to the right or to the left of the first pole and then run the remainder of the pattern accordingly. There will be a 5 (five) second penalty will for each pole the rider knocks over and for each pole the rider s hand touches. Show Management will designate a time keeper who will announce the horse s time immediately following the run. Each Exhibitor may only enter once in this class. DISQUALIFICATIONS: Horses that break gait, except in the "hair pin" turn at the end of the straight away when the horse may double step/cross step in order to turn sharply. Failure to follow the course, including negotiating obstacles in any other than the specified order, the wrong direction, stopping, circling, backing, or reversing direction of movement in order to correct improper passing of an obstacle. Standing in stirrups. Any deviation from the pattern or being off course. 5. COSTUME CLASS: (Fun Class) Originality of costume-85%; Temperament 15% Tack may be English or Western. Ring protocol is English. This is a fun class and emphasis is on the THEME and UNIQUENESS of the Exhibitor s costume. The gait will be a trail walk only. Exhibitors are encouraged to submit a description/explanation of their costume theme at the time they register for the Costume class. 6. COUPLES/PAIRS CLASS: Gait-80%; Performance-20%; Temperament-10% All couples are to ride in unison; holding hands is optional. The natural four beat, smooth lateral gait is to be maintained throughout the class. Attire is the choice of the rider. Adult classes will be required to back but Youth classes are not required to back unless so requested by the judge. MAJOR FAULTS: Entry will not place 1st, 2nd, or 3rd. Horse showing unruly behavior or shying. Getting into horse s mouth causing halting, tossing of head or balking. Not keeping in unison with the partner. 7. LEAD LINE CLASS: a. Attire: RMHA REQUIRES Lead Line Riders to have unrestricted, safe footwear (smooth soles and a heel) and ATSM-approved or SEI-certified headgear. b. Tack: 1) A halter with lead attached--may be either over or under bridle. 2) In lieu of this, use a halter/bridle combo with lead attached. 3) Lead line handlers must have neat, clean attire (no shorts or T-shirts, tennis shoes or sandals). 8. WATER CLASS: Objective: Demonstrate smooth gait of horse under saddle. Judging Criteria: a. Western or English Tack/Attire. b. Exhibitor enters arena and receives a glass they fill with water. c. Exhibitors may use only one hand to hold the glass. The hand may not cover the top of the glass. The rider should hold the glass out and away from the body of the horse and rider. The rider should hold the glass as if the rider were drinking out of it. d. Once the glasses are filled, the exhibitors are put on the rail and perform the three gaits both ways of the ring with noticeable change in speeds. e. Upon completion of the gaits, exhibitors will go to center ring. f. The exhibitor with the most water remaining in the glass wins. Section VII COMPLAINT/EVALUATION & SHOW RULE VIOLATION PROCEDURES The Show Rules herein are the basis for the identification and interpretation of all Show Rule violations. During a show, RMHA/SAC or Show Management will handle n site violations that are obvious and that than can confirm. In the event of an offense, the Show Manager may, at their own discretion, disqualify that person and horse from further participation in the show. Show Management will also report any such offense Show Advisory Committee where the SAC chairman may recommend further action to the RMHA Hearing Panel. VII-A Processing Complaints/Evaluations: Some rules by their very nature may not be easily resolved on-site and may require filing a complaint or evaluation. Such complaints will be handled in the manner specified for complaints in the Bylaws and/or General Rules and these Show Rules. Process complaints of violations that occur at affiliated shows and at the Annual International Rocky Mountain Horse Show as follows: 1. Lodge complaints immediately (on site) by completing a Show Evaluation Form obtained from the Show Manager or SAC chairperson. Complete the form with the name, address, phone number and RMHA membership number of the person filing the complaint or evaluation. Include a description of the incident - including the name of the alleged violator, (e.g. Exhibitor, Owner, Trainer, Horse, etc.), the date and the nature of the complaint or evaluation, name of show and show location, and if relevant, the name of the horse and class. Give the original form directly to the Show Manager or SAC Chairperson with a $100 filing fee. The fee is refundable, if RMHA validates the complaint. If the Show Evaluation Form is not available, write a narrative with all pertinent information and give it to the Show Manager with the $100 fee. The person filing the complaint or evaluation should keep a copy for their records. The Show Manager will forward the complaint/ evaluation to RMHA Headquarters within 10 (ten) working days. 2. Except as provided in paragraph 3 below, persons who do not report all show-related complaints on site may report them (with all required details) to RMHA Headquarters or the SAC Chairperson within 10 (ten) working days of the Show and provide a complaint fee of $100. The fee is refundable to the complainant if RMHA finds the person(s) who was charged guilty through the complaint process as defined in the Bylaws and/or General Rules. 3. Any member of the Board of Directors, SAC, ISC, SJC, or Show Man- Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-20

71 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) agement (i.e. Secretary, Judge, Steward, DQP, etc.) may file a complaint/evaluation they observe within or outside the ring, to the SAC Chairperson (or in absence of SAC, to the Show Manager) at any time during or after the show. There is no complaint fee, however, they should complete the Show Evaluation Form, or a modification thereof, with full details of the complaint/evaluation and file it with the SAC Chairperson. 4. There is no time limit set upon filing of a complaint or evaluation by the person(s) identified in section "3" above, e.g., violations of the Show Rules, By-laws and/or General Rules that occur during a show may be found and reported during review of show classes and/or recording of High Points, etc. 5. The RMHA Executive Director and the SAC Chairman will review written complains and/or evaluations they receive and cannot resolve at the Show for compliance with procedural requirements set forth above. If the complaint/evaluation complies with these Show Rules, SAC will forward the complaint to the Hearing Panel for resolution. 6. The process followed by the RMHA Hearing Panel will be in keeping with the current Bylaws and or General Rules. The Hearing Panel procedure will be initiated on the date the complaint/evaluation is received from the SAC Chairperson. 7. If the DQP files a citation with USDA under the HPA, RMHA will consider it a Show Rule violation and may impose additional penalties if the party is found in violation. VII-B PENALTIES: 1. SAC and/or the Hearing Panel may impose penalties for violations that are not specifically addressed in this section (i.e. shoeing violations, illegal toe length, illegal equipment or attire, etc.). 2. As used in this section, "Consecutive days" begins at the time of a SAC or Hearing Panel decision unless the violation is discovered and ruled as valid after the completion of the current show year. In this case, "consecutive days" begins with the date of the first show of the following show year. 3. The "no showing" penalty and the assessment of fines will apply to the owner(s), trainer(s), and/or Exhibitor(s) of the horse as well as the horse itself. 4. A "no showing" penalty will include any RMHA-sanctioned show, RMHA International Show, exhibition or other event that promotes the RMHA in any way. 5. The SAC (by filing a complaint) may recommend that a violation be given to the Hearing Panel for consideration of further penalties. 6. In addition to any other penalty imposed by the Show Manager or the Hearing Panel, an Exhibitor and/or horse will forfeit points/awards as follows: a. Violations of Section I of these Show Rules (Eligibility & Qualification for Showing): If any person or horse is found to be in violation of Section I, then said horse will forfeit any points/awards gained during the current show year and the exhibitor will forfeit any points/awards earned while using said horse. b. Violations of Section II of these Show Rules (Standards of Ethical Conduct): If any person is in violation of Section II then such person and any horse exhibited by said person will forfeit any awards/ points gained during the show at which the violation occurred. c. Violations of Section IV-B (Novice) and IV-C (Amateur) (Definitions of Exhibitors) - Falsification of Status: If any person is found to have misrepresented his/her status as an amateur or novice, said person will lose such status and forfeit all points/awards earned while showing under such status. d. Violations of Section V-D 8. Show Ring Rules and Protocol Thrown Shoes: If a horse is in violation of this section, then both the horse and Exhibitor will forfeit any awards/points gained during the show at which the violation occurred. 7. In addition, the following will be imposed for violations of these Show Rules as described in Section 6 above: 1 st offense: 30 consecutive days/no showing- $100 fine 2 nd offense: 60 consecutive days/no showing- $200 fine 3 rd offense: 90 consecutive days/no showing- $300 fine Section VIII AFFILIATED SHOWS, HIGH POINTS & SPECIAL AWARDS Affiliated shows and Show Management are expected to exhibit a high caliber of professionalism in their show presentations, public relations, support of the affiliating association, and support of exhibitors and spectators. The purpose of the Affiliated-Sanctioned Show and High Point Award Program is to: Reward those dedicated to showing and promoting the Rocky Mountain Horse, control and monitor show rules and guidelines set forth by the RMHA, and promote sportsmanship, goodwill and showmanship. The High Point Awards Program will close with the last sanctioned RMHA show prior to the RMHA International Show each season. VIII-A AFFILIATED/ SANCTIONED SHOWS: 1. RMHA/SAC will not approve Class B shows if they are combined with competing registries. Judges must be from RMHA or FOSH (must be versed in RMHA rules), in order to be a sanctioned/pointed show. Class B shows will receive one-half the points given in Class A shows. 2. Show managers will submit: a. A copy of their show bill for the RMHA web site. NOTE: Show Managers must submit their show bills in sufficient time for posting to the RMHA website 30 DAYS IN ADVANCE of their scheduled show in order to be a sanctioned show. This includes any changes made to the list of classes. This is absolute especially since the Show Manager must pick the classes for Class B shows, and since exhibitors vying for High Points will want to know what classes are being held so they can decide if they wish to attend. b. Requests for a sanctioned Class A show to the RMHA/SAC. Sanctioned Class A Shows must use the following 33 classes. c. Requests for Affiliation for Class B Shows to RMHA/SAC. Class B shows must include a minimum of 15 classes: Show Bill: Conformation Classes 1. Yearling Fillies & Colts 2. 2-Yr Old Fillies & Colts 3. Junior Conformation (3 & 4 YO) 4. 5-Yrs & Over Conformation Under Saddle Classes 5. Western Pleasure 6. Youth (12-17) Trail Pleasure 7. Amateur Show Pleasure 8. 3-YO Trail Pleasure 9. Youth (8-17) Western 10. Trail Pleasure Geldings 11. Amateur Owned & Trained Show Pleasure 12. Youth (12-17) Show Pleasure YO Trail Pleasure 14. Show Pleasure Stallions 15. Trail Pleasure Mares 16. Youth (8-11) Trail Pleasure 17. Men s Show Pleasure 18. Youth (8-11) Show Pleasure 19. Youth (8-17) Trail Pleasure CHAMPIONSHIP YO Show Pleasure 21. Youth (8-17) Show Pleasure CHAMPIONSHIP 22. Ladies Trail Pleasure 23. Amateur Trail Pleasure 24. Show Pleasure Mares 25. Trail Pleasure Stallions 26. Ladies Show Pleasure 27. Men s Trail Pleasure 28. Novice Trail Pleasure YO Show Pleasure 30. Amateur Owned & Trained Trail Pleasure 31. Show Pleasure Geldings 32. Trail Pleasure CHAMPIONSHIP 33. Show Pleasure CHAMPIONSHIP 4. Show Managers may add, but not substitute, to the show bill to extend the number of classes as desired. For example, after class 4 (in confor- Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-21

72 Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) mation, Show Managers may wish to add class 4a, Conformation Championship. Only those classes required for a Class A Show receive High Points. Exhibitors in any of these High Point Classes will receive points earned in any sanctioned A show. a. In an effort to support the attendance and entries in all affiliated shows, and the RMHA affiliated clubs, no two Class A shows may be scheduled within 100 miles of each other on the same date. b. All affiliated shows MUST HAVE a licensed FOSH DQP and FOSH Equipment Steward. If for any reason the FOSH/DQP and or FOSH/ Equipment Steward are a no-show, the show will not receive High Points. Using a veterinarian as a substitute for a DQP is not acceptable. c. All Class A shows are required to have an RMHA judge. Show Managers must request a judge through the Executive Director at RMHA/HQ as soon as possible. The ED will use a computer for random selection of a judge and will coordinate availability before notifying the Show Manager of the name of a judge. All Class B shows are required to hire a licensed gaited judge versed in RMHA rules. 5. The SAC Chairman requires payment of the Affiliation fee and a copy of the show bill by the due date as indicated in the Affiliated Show Application (obtained from the SAC Chairman). The RMHA Board of Directors will not approve a show until receipt of the form, fees and show bill. 6. Upon board approval, the SAC Chairman will post all sanctioned shows on the RMHA official web site not less than 30 days prior to the show. 7. The Show Manager and/or Secretary are responsible for proofing all show results and class placings to ensure they are complete, accurate and legible. After completion, the Show Manager will forward the following information to the RMHA High Point Tabulator, not later than 15 days after the show: a. Original Judge Cards. b. Final Class Placing Sheets and/or a computer print out of same. c. Copies of any new RMHA membership forms, new Exhibitor Card Forms or any Exhibitor Card forms with a status change. NOTE: The Show Manager will send the originals to the RMHA Headquarters Office. **RMHA WILL NOT award RMHA High Points until the Tabulator receives complete and accurate results from the Show Manager.* NOTE: For assistance in Show Manager duties, download checklists from the RMHA web site. 8. The Show Manager and/or Show Secretary are responsible for providing the RMHA Headquarters office a copy of all final class placing sheets for posting on the RMHA web site within 15 days of the show. VIII-B HIGH POINT AWARDS RMHA awards High Point Awards on the condition that the Owner, Exhibitor, and Trainer are all current RMHA members in good standing and that the Owner, Exhibitor, nor the Trainer is in debt to, or on any suspension with the RMHA, or on any suspension with the regulatory commission (USDA). RMHA will give High Point Awards for the thirty three (33) required classes. 1. The Point System: RMHA HQ will post show results and current standings on the RMHA website: The SAC High Point tabulator provides High Point standings to the RMHA office. 1 st Place 50 points 2 nd Place 40 points 3 rd Place 30 points 4 th Place 20 points 5 th Place 10 points Participation 5 points Exhibitors competing in a class with 12 or more entries will receive two points in addition to those earned by placing. (For example, an Exhibitor who places 3 rd in an "A" show in which there were 15 entries in the class will receive 30 points for placing 3 rd and five (5) additional points (total of 35) because there were more than 12 entries in the class. Exhibitors must complete each High Point Class they enter to qualify for the participation points for that class. The exhibitor must complete each class in order to get participation points. 2. Presentation of Annual Awards: a. RMHA will present first through fifth place awards at the Annual Awards Presentation Event. In the event of a tie, both persons will receive awards. b. Only the Exhibitor s top ten (10) placements will count for High Point Awards. c. Prior to the Awards Presentation, RMHA/HQ will post the current standings for High Point Awards on the RMHA website. VIII-C SPECIAL AWARDS: 1. Amateur of the Year: Amateur exhibitor who has the highest total points accumulated from placing in High Point Amateur classes. 2. Youth of the Year: Youth exhibitor who has the highest total points accumulated from placing in High Point Juvenile classes. 3. Trainer of the Year: Trainer with the highest total points for all horses both trained and shown by that trainer. EXAMPLE A - Line-up and Halter Stances Example B - Overstride Overstride is not to exceed 18 inches measured from toe to toe of the hooves on the same side. If measured from the toe of the hind foot to the back of the fore foot, the distance would be between 13 and 14 inches. Capping is when the hind foot sets down in the exact same print as the fore foot. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-22

73 EXAMPLE C - Headset Chapter 14: Judging Specifics for the Rocky Mountain Horse (RMH) EXAMPLE I - Keg Shoe Ideal Headset Plain Keg Plain Keg w/ Caulk Heel 3/4 Wide Shoe thickness w/ 3/8 Thick 1/4 Borium & 1/4 Caulk = 7/8 total EXAMPLE D - Range of Leg Motion EXAMPLE J - Shoe Fit Natural Hoof Maximum Action EXAMPLE G - Measurement of Toe Length Front Center of Hoof including Shoe Measure between front center Coronet Band and front center of hoof to ground EXAMPLE H - Shank Length Top of Ring Length not to exceed 8 Bottom of Metal (do not include ring) Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-23

74 Chapter 15: Judging Specifics for the Paso Fino Horse (PF) PF 100 Sanctioned Shows Sanctioned shows may be shows sanctioned by FOSH that are also recognized by the Paso Fino Horse Association (PFHA). These shows must follow all of the PFHA rules and must be considered to be a part of an all breed show. Exhibitors must follow all of the procedures set by FOSH to be able to enter the show arena. Horses that participate in any FOSH show where a non Paso Fino Certified Judge presides will only be eligible to participate in the FOSH high point program. When a FOSH show that meets all of the requirements for accepting the PFHA rules and point system, the steward and the Paso Fino Show official contact will be responsible for submitting all show results information required to PFHA. A set schedule of Paso Fino classes will be established for all of the FOSH shows. Paso Fino managers working together with FOSH show management may choose from this list to meet the needs of the particular show. PF 101 Rules Governing Paso Fino Judges Approved for FOSH Sanctioned Shows The individual must be a current PFHA Certified Judge The judge must also meet the requirements of the FOSH Independent Judges Association (IJA) and attend their educational clinic at least once every three years. Each judge is subject to PFHA rules regarding the minimum time for conflicts of interest and/or business with any exhibitors participating less than 30 days before the show. No horses owned by the judge may compete at the show and no immediate family members (father, mother, brother or sister and in-laws) may exhibit a horse before a judge related to them. Any Paso Fino judge working for FOSH show management must be willing to judge some of the other breeds participating in the show and must be familiar with their rules and standards for judging. Each Paso Fino judge will be required to explain placements for the Paso Fino classes offered. Explanations must be made in a positive manner and must not exceed five minutes. PF 102 Shoeing Regulations If a horse is shown unshod, the length of the hoof is not to exceed four inches. All four feet must be shod with flat shoes that do not affect the way a horse travels or how a foot breaks over All four feet must have the same type of shoe or the same material weight, and thickness although front and back hooves may be shod in different sizes. Each shoe cannot exceed 10 ounces. Weighted shoes and pads are prohibited. However, toe and or side clips drawn from the same show (an integral part of an otherwise flat saddle plate shoe which does not exceed 10 ounces in weight) that in my way affects how a horse travels or breaks over are allowed. PF 103 Curb Chains and Metal on Headstall In all classes curb chains or curb straps are permitted but shall not be abusively tight. No metal or metal decoration is allowed on browbands. Metal on Nosepiece: Except for Schooling classes in the Classic Fino and Paso Performance divisions, metal is not permitted in, under, over or attached to the cavesson nosepiece except for necessary buckles. In a schooling class in the Classic Fino and Paso Performance divisions, metal may be used if covered in a nosepiece or under the chin, but it must not be considered cruel and inhumane by the judge of show committee and be sufficiently covered to ensure comfort to the animal. PF 104 Safety Headgear Safety helmets which carry the message that they meet the American Society for Testing and Materials/Safety Equipment Institute F1163 are optional in all classes instead of the required hat. Riders are allowed to wear this helmet under the hats required for a given class. In classes where a jump is required, or in any class where children under 12 years of age are riding, the use of a helmet is required. Children under 12 years of age must wear a helmet while on horseback regardless of the location of the equestrian activity. This includes the show ring, the warm-up arenas, and stabling areas, if mounted. PF 105 English Tack In classes where English tack is designated, saddles may be of any English type, except forward seat forward jumping saddle, unless jumping is required. Any Colombian headgear that is used must be leather (flat, rolled or braided). Reins and headgear must maintain uniformity in color. An English breast strap or breast plate not to exceed one inch in width may be used. No silver, vinyl or reflective vinyl is allowed on headgear, breast plates or breast straps. PF 106 Western Tack and Attire Western tack is defined as a good working saddle of stock seat type construction. The headgear must be of Western style unless the horse is a schooling horse And Colombian head gear is used. The rider s attire must include a long sleeve shirt with a vest, boots, Western chaps, a Western hat and a tie. Spurs are allowed. PF 107 Attire for Classic Fino and Performance Exhibitors have the choice of the Paso Fino Official Costume or the Colombian Show Costume. PF 108 Paso Fino Official Costume This costume is made up of a long sleeved bolero type jacket and full length riding pants or a jump suit which covers the boots. The costume will be conservative in color and trim. A shirt or blouse will be worn. A matching or contrasting cummerbund is optional. Sequins, glitter or other reflective adornments are not allowed. Male riders shall wear an unadorned tie. A Spanish styled hat made of felt, leather or suede with a round, flat crown and a flat or lightly rolled brim shall be worn. Either a matching or contrasting hat band is required. The total effect is to be one of conservative/good taste. PF 109 Colombian Show Costume A white straw hat with optional black band, black suit with short bolero jacket, white shirt, black tie, black boots and black belt, if any, is indicated for the Colombian Show Costume. Colombian show chaps also known as Zamarros must be part of this costume. This attire is allowed in Classic Fino and Performance Divisions. PF 110 General Rules Age of the Horse For the purpose of separation of classes by age in years at horse shows, the age of the horse is determined by the age the horse would be as of the first of January. No horses under the age of 30 months may be shown under saddle. Placement of Classes In most FOSH sanctioned shows classes are tied to the 5th place. In order for a show to meet the PFHA rules and to qualify for PFHA points, Paso Fino classes will be tied to the sixth place and an honorable mention. Classes are announced in the reverseorder, starting with honorable mention to first place. Removal from Competition and/or the Show Grounds No exhibitor may remove a horse from the show grounds or competition Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-24

75 Chapter 15: Judging Specifics for the Paso Fino Horse (PF) without the permission of the show secretary or, if necessary, without written permission from a veterinarian. No exhibitor may remove a horse from the ring without the permission of the judge. In deference to safety, an exhibitor may ride to the center of the ring and request permission to be excused. Schooling Classes Schooling classes will be offered for two age groups. There are two schooling age classes: 3 year old and 4 year old. These may be combined into one class. Classes may also be separated by sex (fillies, colts and geldings), The horse must be in balance and must perform at the most collected form possible without loosing naturalness and harmony of gait. The collection may vary on the age and style of the horse. The horse must maintain its carriage and quickness of footfall throughout the entire class. Any tendency to mix gaits, the loss of even cadence, lack of smoothness caused by the up and down or side to side movement of the horse s croup should be penalized. Head shaking, opening of the mouth, pinning of the ears, switching of the tail, or continuous help from the rider to encourage the horse to work, should be heavily penalized. FOSH Regional High Point System Horses are entered individually in the FOSH regional high point program in under saddle and in hand competition. Paso Fino horses may compete in any of the versatility classes. Youth Exhibitors All youth exhibitors must be current members of the breed association. Youth classes are offered in two groups: Junior Youth Riders must be years of age. Age is determined by the age the rider is on September 1 of the current year. Youth classes include equitation, performance, Classic Fino and pleasure. Sub Junior Riders must be 7-13 years of age. Age is determined by the age the rider is on September 1 of the current year. Youth classes include equitation, performance, Classic Fino and pleasure. Any youth may ride in an open class subject to their requirements. No youth is allowed to compete in a Championship Class not designated for youth unless they qualified by riding in an open or amateur owner class. Show management may wish to offer an open youth class in each of the divisions. Judging Criteria Classic Fino is judged 75% on execution, presence, brilliance and naturalness of gait, 15% on appearance, conformation, way of going (carriage) and 10% on manners. Horses will enter the arena together and perform the following procedure: They must enter in Classic Fino and circle the arena counterclockwise, then halt, then Fino again and then reverse at a Fino. Then work clockwise at a fino, then halt again. They will proceed at Fino and then reverse. The sounding board may be used as a tool to listen to the gait and a figure eight may be requested to test flexibility and balance of the horse. These classes may be offered in Schooling 3 and 4 years; and then an open class over 3 years. They may also be divided by sexes in each age group. They will be offered for both amateur owned and open to all. If both are offered, a separate championship may be offered or a championship for both. N.B. No horse under the age of 30 months may be shown under saddle in this division or any other saddle division. Class Descriptions PF 111 Bella Forma - Conformation/In Hand Division The horse must be shown in the Paso Fino gait. The choice of style may be Fino or Performance. The ideal horse should be judged for conformation and naturalness of the gait. Transmissible faults like buck-kneed, calf-kneed, base wide, base narrow, cow hocks or sickle hocks, toes in/out, offset knees, standing under, camped out in front, too straight behind, are qualities that must be penalized to greater or lesser degrees, depending upon the severity of the fault. Horses with swaybacks and fallen crests must be heavily penalized. The quality of gait should be judged for smoothness, clarity, harmony of cadence, symmetry of action, and the ability of the entry to consistently maintain the gait. A horse that does not perform the four beat lateral gait must be disqualified from the class. Judging Criteria The class is judged 60% on conformation, 30% on quality and naturalness of the gait, and 10% on manners and presentation. The horse may be shown on one line or on two lines, being driven forward in front of the handler. The horses will enter the arena one at a time until they line up as directed by the ringmaster. The judge may ask the entries to go over the sounding board if he/she desires. Bella Forma classes may be divided by age, sex and have an individual championship for each sex or they may be combined to have an Open championship. PF 112 Classic Fino Division Classic Fino is an evenly spaced four beat lateral gait. The horse must be willing, natural, smooth, animated, exciting, and must execute the gait with brilliance and style. PF 113 Performance Division The three qualifying speeds are Paso Corto, Paso Largo and Collected Walk. The Paso Corto is an evenly spaced four beat lateral gait with collection and animation. o The horse must have a proud carriage and a powerful presence. o The gait style must have good flexion of all four legs and the horse must be balanced, supple and willing. o All of the qualities like quiet croup, good quiet headset, acceptance of the bridle, good tracking (straight), no croup movement, smoothness, responsiveness must be part of the judge s criteria. Paso Largo is the extension form of the Paso Corto. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-25 o o o The horse should maintain the same picture and balance at this speed. The horse must maintain the gait without loosing the drive or collection form of the Paso Corto. The transition must be executed with ease and relatively quickly. It is not a race but there must be a clear difference in the change of the forward speed between the Paso Corto and the Paso Largo. The collected walk is an evenly timed four beat gait where the horse maintains its collected form, exhibiting a correct headset, in a controlled manner. Judging Criteria Horses do no back in the performance division. The class will be judged 30% Paso Corto, 30% Paso Largo, 10% on walk, 20% on appearance, conformation and way of going and 10% on manners. The horses may be asked to go over the sounding board at the Paso Corto and perform a figure eight or a serpentine. o A serpentine consists of a 180 degree turn followed by straight line with another 180 degree turn the other direction and so on. o The judge will indicate the area in which to do it. o Cones may be used to outline this serpentine or figure eight. The horses will come into the arena counterclockwise at a Paso Corto,

76 then, upon direction, execute the Paso Largo followed by, upon direction, a collected walk and then the reverse. They will then proceed clockwise at the Paso Corto, followed by the Paso Largo, the collected walk and the reverse. After this mandatory work, the judge may require additional work as desired. This division may be offered and separated by the age and/or sex of the horse; open and/or amateur owner level. PF 114 Pleasure Division The qualifying speeds are Paso Corto, Paso Largo and flatwalk. The required gaits are evenly spaced four beat lateral gaits. The horse must be willing, natural, extremely smooth (choppy gaits must be penalized), well mannered and comfortable in the bridle. The rider must appear to be comfortable in the saddle. A correct flatwalk is a must. Horses that are not at ease while flat walking should be penalized. At the line up all of the horses must be asked to back. Refusing to back will automatically disqualify the horse from the class. The horses will perform the same procedures as in the Performance division. A flat walk must be announced instead of collected walk. Judging Criteria The class is judged 25% on Paso Corto, 25% on Paso Largo, 10% on flat walk and 40% on way of going, conformation, smoothness and manners. The transitions should be smooth and the horse must demonstrate that it is a pleasure (effortless) to ride. The riders may be asked to dismount their horses on the rail or at the line-up. A serpentine and the sounding board are tools the judge may use to tie the class. This division may be offered and separated by the age and/or sex of the horse, open and/or amateur owner level. PF 115 Country Pleasure Division for Paso Fino Horses The gaits and speeds in this category of competition are the same as those found in the Pleasure category. Once in the line up each rider must back their horse, then they must dismount from the left side and remount from the right side. They must always have contact with the horse as they go around it. After remount, they must walk forward back to the lineup. Country pleasure is open to horses of any age and or sex and to all amateurs and horses who have not had professional training for thirty (30) days prior to the show. Judging Criteria This class will be judged 20% on walk, 20% on Paso Corto, 20% on Paso Largo, 10% on back, 10% on appearance and way of going and 20% on manners. A country pleasure horse must be smooth, have consistency of gait and tractable attitude. A country pleasure horse should also be calm, mild mannered, safe, smooth, and comfortable. The country pleasure horse should be exhibited with light contact in the reins and exhibit good self carriage. The judge should be looking for the entry he considers to be the prototype of an enjoyable horse to ride through the countryside. PF 116 Trail Obstacle This class must be judged 100% on ability to negotiate the obstacles. This class is open to horses of any age and/or sex. There must be at least six obstacles. The horse/rider have two chances at each obstacle. If a jump is part of the obstacles, the rider must wear a helmet. Loosing the sequence or order of the obstacles will disqualify the exhibitor from the class. At a FOSH sanctioned show where Paso Finos compete in an open breed trail obstacle course, the IJA Rule book will prevail. Chapter 15: Judging Specifics for the Paso Fino Horse (PF) PF 117 Western Pleasure Division The qualifying gaits are flatwalk, Paso Corto and lope. This class is open to horses of any age and/or sex. All Western headgear and costume must be worn. Australian Saddles are prohibited. Two hands are only allowed if the horse is a schooling horse and it has a Colombian bosal. The hands must be 12 inches apart. Judging Criteria This class will be judged 35% Paso Corto, 30% on lope, 10% on flatwalk and 25% on manners, attitude and way of going. Horses will enter the ring at a Paso Corto, then will be asked to flat walk, then to lope on the proper lead. and then will be called back down to a flat walk. The class routine requires a reverse and repeat of the sequence of gaits described above. Horses must be penalized for not taking the proper lead. All horses are required to back from the lineup. Failure to back disqualifies the horse. The judge may use additional tests to help in tying the class. These include: (a) demonstrate a straight back up to 15 feet; (b) lope and stop either on the rail or down to the center; (c) figure eight at the lope on the correct lead demonstrating a single, simple change of lead. One or two figure eights may be required. In a simple change of lead the horse is brought to a halt. The entry may then be restarted into a lope on the new lead from either the halt or the walk not to exceed two steps. The judge may also use the Paso Fino gait over the sounding board as an additional test. PF 118 Versatility Class The qualifying gaits are collected walk, paso corto, paso largo and canter. This class is open to horses of any age and/or sex. The horse will be asked to demonstrate balance, flexibility, coordination and manners while performing these gaits. Willingness on the part of the entry is extremely important. Inability to demonstrate the Paso Fino gait will disqualify the horse. Failure to take the proper lead on the canter should be heavily penalized. The figure eight should be performed at the paso corto and should be smooth, consistent in gait and supple. A jump of 18 inches and a maximum of 3 feet will be taken from a canter. Judging Criteria This class is to be judged 20% on Paso Corto, 20% on Paso Largo, 10% on walk, 10% on canter and 40% on back, jump, manners and figure eight. The sequence of the gates should be Paso Corto, Paso Largo, Collected walk, canter, collected walk, reverse and repeat. At the line up each horse will be asked to back. Then each horse individually will do the figure eight at the place the judge indicates and then must take the jump at a canter. Failure to take the jump should be heavily penalized. Tack and headgear are to be of English type with a bridle or cavesson. Attire is to be the same for the Pleasure division. PF 119 Costume This class is to be judged principally on the quality and authenticity of the costume. The horse must exhibit the Paso Fino gait. Each competitor must provide to the judge a write up on his costume and its relationship to the Paso Fino horse. A judge may ask questions of the exhibitors regarding the history of the costume to separate placements. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-26

77 Chapter 16: Judging Specifics for the Missouri Fox Trotting Horse (MFT) Notice to exhibitors: As of January 1, 2008 The maximum toe length including the shoe will be 4.5 inches for all Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters. MFT 100 Introduction The Missouri Fox Trotting Horse is another gaited breed developed primarily as a using horse for general purpose use. An important characteristic is its ability to cover distance at a speed of about 5 to 8 miles per hour. The head and tail of the ideal Fox Trotting Horse should be slightly elevated. In evaluating the gait of the horse, the step should be springy and elastic, consistent in stride and smooth. A marked up and down motion, a so-called sewing machine gait, should be penalized. The horse should be shown in a relaxed yet collected frame. When performing gaits remember Style and Grace not a Race. MFT 101 The Gaits Flat Foot Walk This is a square 4 beat gait. There is reach in every stride from both front and rear legs. There is an overstride of the front track with the rear legs but there must be no sense of cramped motion or laboring from the hocks. Fox Trot This gait is performed in a stylish manner with emphasis placed on collection. The Missouri Fox Trot gait is a diagonal gait. The horse walks in front and trots behind. There is reach in the stride both front and rear. A rhythmic beat of hooves and a head nod in time with the rhythm of the horse is most desirable. The ears should indicate the step and rhythm and the tail should also move in motion with the tempo of the gait. Excessive wringing of the ears or of the tail should be scrutinized and evaluated as to whether or not it is part of the horse s natural way of going or whether it indicates an artificiality to the horse or an indication of bad temper. If the latter is believed to be the case, the judge must penalize the horse. The back feet must slide while trotting rather than executing a characteristic snap as seen in traditional trotting horses. Ears must be relaxed during the execution of the gait. There must be a noticeable rhythmic execution which begins at the tip of the nose and continues throughout the topline to the tip of the tail. The horse should appear to have a motion that can best be described as a forward moving ripple. An overstride is acceptable as long as the horse travels straight from all four corners and executes an authentic fox trot. A trappy or hocky way of going is to be severely penalized. Excessive elevation in the Fox Trotting Horse is not desirable. Canter (used for both English and Western) This is a three beat gait performed on a straight track. The canter is a forward moving gait not a speed gait. There is a roll to the canter but no pumping of the reins or attempts to lift the forehand through use of the reins. Entries are collected and comfortably in hand. Horses that canter crookedly will be penalized. MFT 102 Judging Standard Although the Fox Trotting Horse has the same general conformation requirements as any quality light breed, the judging standard for a class is specific in Fox Trotting classes or when evaluating a Fox Trotting Horse in a multi-breed contest. 40% of the evaluation is based on the Fox Trot Gait; 20% on the flat foot walk; 20% for the canter and 20% for conformation. In two and three year old classes the emphasis on the Fox Trot is 50%, 25% for flat foot walk, and 25% for conformation as horses in these age groups are not required to canter. An additional requirement is that even in mixed breed costume classes the Fox Trotting horse must be evaluated 80% on costume but 20% on execution of the gaits. Horses that wing or ropewalk are to be severely penalized. Any horse shown with artificial appliances like tie downs, false tails, switches, braces etc., must be disqualified. MFT 103 Performance Classes Fox Trotting Horses are traditionally shown in Fox Trotting Western equipment Classes are listed as MFT 2 gait or MFT 3 gait Tack: English head stall with a cavesson Colored or rhinestone brow band Ribbons or braids in mane Western saddle Snaffle or curb bit Two hands used on the rein no matter the bit Optional Spurs and whips (less than 36 inches) Prohibited Australian Saddle Attire Western Hat Western boots Western long sleeve shirt Optional Western Hat Chaps Spurs MFT 104 Ring Protocol for Performance Classes Horses are to be shown both ways of the ring at least once around at each performance gait. On the reverse a brief pause not to exceed 10 seconds is permissible. Minor adjustments to bridle or curb may be made on the reverse by the rider. The judge will walk the lineup for inspection and judging of conformation. Workouts may be called for any place or places. In a Championship workout all gaits are required both ways of the ring. Call for the Class: Horses shall enter the ring and track right at the Fox Trot Gait and will halt before executing a complete circle of the ring. 2 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk and then lineup. 3 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk and then line-up. MFT 105 Versatility Classes Western Pleasure, English Pleasure, Reining, Barrels, Stake Race, Pole Bending, Trail Obstacle, Jumper, Hunter Hack, Ranch Horse, Western Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-27

78 Horsemanship, Showmanship and Pleasure Driving Chapter 16: Judging Specifics for the Missouri Fox Trotting Horse (MFT) MFT 106 Western Pleasure (if western is used in a class description, the following applies) Tack Western Saddle Western Headstall Snaffle bit and 2 hands for horses 5 and under Curb bit for horses over 5 with the reins in one hand in the traditional western manner Attire Western Hat Western boots Western long sleeve shirt Optional Western Hat Chaps Spurs The Western Pleasure Fox Trotting horse must be shown on a reasonably loose rein or a light contact that does not establish undue restraint. Reins must be held in one hand and may not be changed during the class. With split reins one finger of the reining hand is permitted between the reins. The free hand is not allowed to touch the reins. While in motion the rider s hands must be kept clear of horse and saddle. The standard applicable to all Western pleasure horses is applicable to the Fox Trotting entry shown in Western tack. The poll should be carried above the level of the withers, and the head should not be behind the vertical or excessively nosed out. There should no evidence either in head set or in carriage of the body of intimidation or coercion of the horse by the rider or of resistance on the part of the horse. The ideal Western horse must be fit and a pleasure to ride in a rhythmic manner. The horse must stand quietly and back easily. The judge may require the horse to back clear of the line up and execute a 360 degree neck reined turn. The halt may be called for from any gait on the rail to test for obedience and quietness. Call for the Class: Horses shall enter the ring and track right at the Fox Trot Gait and will halt before executing a complete circle of the ring. 2 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk and then lineup. 3 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk and then line-up. Penalties For the Fox Trotter, faults in the Western division must be rated in accordance with the following list of severity: 1. Excessive Speed (any gait) 2. Wrong lead 3. Breaks in gait 4. Loss of forward momentum 5. Failure to execute the appropriate gait when required 6. Touching saddle or horse with free hand 7. Head carried too high 8. Head carried too low 9. Nose carried vertical or behind the vertical 10. Nosing out 11. Gaping mouth 12. Stumbling 13. Use of spurs forward of the cinch 14. Horse that appears dull, sullen, drawn or tired 15. Quick, choppy, and short strided 16. Excessive jar or bounce in the saddle MFT 107 English Pleasure Classes may be ridden Hunt Seat, Dressage Seat or Flat Seat (Saddle Seat) Tack and the appropriate attire. The only Versatility class that allows ribbons is English Pleasure when it is ridden Flat Seat (Saddle Seat). There are no bows or roses on the ribbons. English tack and attire are mandatory. Hunt seat, Dressage Seat and Flat (Saddle Seat) tack and attire are acceptable. Snap brim hats or derbies are optional. Taste in attire and neatness in presentation is a factor in the final placement of the class. A whip or crop not to exceed 36 including the lash is allowed. In the line-up horses are required to back and conformation is considered as a factor in the final placing of the class. Call for the Class: Horses shall enter the ring and track right at the Fox Trot Gait and will halt before executing a complete circle of the ring. 2 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk and then lineup. 3 gait: Once the gate is closed the call of gait is Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk, Reverse, Flatfoot Walk, Fox Trot, Flatfoot Walk, Canter, Flatfoot Walk and then line-up. MFT 108 In Hand Division The requirements for in hand competition common to all breeds are observed for Fox Trotters with this exception: Fox Trotters are shown standing square on the corners, all four feet underneath themselves. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-28

79 Notice to exhibitors: As of January 1, 2008 The maximum toe length including the shoe will be 4.5 inches for all Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters. RH 100 General Information In the Saddlebred the rack is considered a manmade gait that is part of the five gaited repertoire. In the Racking Horse the rack is the signature gait and a natural one for the breed. RH 101 Body Type and Disposition The Racking Horse is a medium sized horse, generally standing about 15.2 hands and with weight proportionate to body size. The appearance is of a gracefully built animal, not fine but with substance. The neck should be long and arched. Swan necks are not desirable. The horse is full in the flank/. The legs are flat and smooth,, slender in appearance rather than heavy. The hoof is round and in proportion to the size of the body. The back is shorter rather than longer and is well tied in to the hind quarter which should exhibit strength. The tail should be carried with a slight elevation and should be long and full. The head is neat head and the eye is bright and expressive. Nostrils are prominent and open. The ears should be seated on top of his head, well shaped and pointed at the ends. They should not be thick but should give the appearance of thin skin as is appropriate in a finely bred horse. The shoulders should be sloping, well muscled and well tied into the wither. The chest should be of appropriate size to accommodate adequate lung capacity. The front legs should not appear to come out of a single hole. Horses that are pigeon chested or goose rumped will be penalized. The Racking Horse must be docile and tractable. Indications of ill nature or unwillingness to work will be penalized in the final judging. RH 102 Gaits of the Racking Horse The Unique Gait The Rack is often referred to as a single foot. The gait is a four beat gait and each foot hits the ground in a moment of individual action. The footfall is one foot down and three feet in various phases of elevation. The result of this gait is a ride that can be best described as shockabsorbed. Judges will evaluate the quality of the rack based on stylish execution, speed appropriate to form and action that does not appear to be artificial or contrived. Racking Horses are shown in three distinct gaits - the show walk, the slow rack and the fast rack. Show Walk The show walk is a four beat gait that must be smooth, collected and slow. This is an easy going gait but must display style and grace. The horse should appear to be alert and must be mounted up in the bridle for English classes and in the Western divisions must exhibit a head set appropriate for a Western horse not used in stock work. Slow Rack The slow rack remains a relaxed gait with a four beat count. Chapter 17: Judging Specifics for the Racking Horse (RH) Any tendency to fox trot, trot or pace must be severely penalized. The horse should travel on a straight track and bend appropriately through the curves. The rider should not allow the hind legs to trail out or for the horse to go crookedly on the track. The gait must be smooth and form is more important than speed. Fast Rack The fast rack exhibits the same form as the slow rack but with an increase in speed. However, form must not be sacrificed for speed and the gait must continue to display style, action and smoothness. In all three gaits, The Racking Horse must be shown in a collected frame. The rider must appear to be relaxed and the gait should be smooth so that there is no visible disruption of the rider in the saddle. Although a racking horse may exhibit a long rear stride, the overall picture must be one of balance. The action of the front legs must include a curved rolling line. A Racking Horse that exhibits correct execution of the gaits and a balance between front and rear action must be tied over horses that possess spectacular front action or rear action in a unilateral manner. The judge will reward the well balanced performer. Exaggerated head nods are not desirable in the Racking Horse. Exaggerated hock action is not desirable. A leg that follows a straight line and appears to point is to be severely penalized in the overall evaluation. RH 103 General Tack and Attire Guidelines Racking Horses are traditionally exhibited in a cutback saddle. Western saddles may be used only in Western competition or in Racking Horse country pleasure if designated for optional tack and attire. Braids are attached at the forelock and the top of the mane at the end of the bridle path. Braids should be neatly attached. Braids are prohibited when showing in Western tack. English or Western spurs that are not sharpened at the rowels are optional. Riding suits for gentlemen, including tie downs on jodhpur breeches and riding suits or day coats and jodhpur breeches for women, including tie downs, is appropriate attire for this division. Western boots may not be worn with English attire. In Western or country pleasure events, tack and attire requirements are as indicated in Chapter 6. Snap brim hats of felt or straw are required for gentlemen over the age of 18. Hats are not required for women or for youth of either sex. The wearing of hats is encouraged. ATSM certified helmets may be substituted by any rider of any age in place of more traditional head gear. Riders are not to be penalized for choosing the ATSM helmet. RH 104 Shoeing Specifications The largest permissible shoe is the one inch shoe. RH 105 General Ring Protocol Racking Horses enter the ring to the right and proceed at a Show Walk. (Check individual divisions for variances from the general ring protocol.) Gaits are called in the following order - the Show Walk, the Slow Rack and the Fast Rack. The gaits are executed in the same manner on the reverse way of the ring. Each horse must complete a full circle of the arena at each gait before a gait change is called. After the work in each direction, horses are called to the line up and evaluated for conformation. In Championship classes, horses must be stripped for evaluation. A handler is allowed in the ring to assist the rider. Juveniles are not permitted to show stallions in any pleasure in hand, Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-29

80 riding or driving division. Workouts for Racking Horses may include any or all of the gaits. The judge may work the horses only one way of the ring rather than both ways. Workouts may be called for any place. If horses are selected from the original class for a workout, the judging shall begin anew with the workout group. Time outs in the racking division are allowed, unless they are prohibited by show management. The time out may not exceed 10 minutes in aggregate and may not exceed two individual requests for time out in a single class even if the 10 minutes has not been expended. Time outs are allowed only for replacement of a lost shoe, repair or replacement of broken or missing equipment, or to correct an accident. If a shoe is lost, it must be presented to the judge for inspection before being reset by the farrier. The timeout begins when the farrier begins work on the horse. The period of inspection by the judge does not constitute part of the time out. The time-out will be monitored by the ringmaster whose time will be considered to be final. In all other instances, timeouts begin when the rider rides to the center of the ring. Divisions of the Racking Horse RH 106 General Racking horses demonstrate the qualities of pleasure horses. Subdivisions in the Pleasure category include Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure, Western Pleasure Park Pleasure, Driving Pleasure and In Hand. Park horses may not cross enter to Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure, or Western Pleasure. They may be entered in a variety of subdivisions within the pleasure category but may not cross over from one division to the other except in Trail Pleasure, Country Pleasure and Western Pleasure horses. Entries in these three subsections may compete in any or all three divisions at the same show. Bumping and pumping of the reins in any division is to be severely penalized RH 107 Trail Pleasure The Trail Pleasure horse is not high headed or high actioned. It represents the ideal trail horse. Collection in the gaits and tractability will be rewarded. Two gaits are required - Trail Pleasure Walk and the Trail Pleasure Rack. Speed is not a factor in this division. The horse must be easy in the mouth and with no evidence of strain between horse and rider. Smoothness and form are paramount. Horses enter the ring at the Trail Pleasure Rack, but judging begins with the Trail Pleasure Walk. Gaits are executed both ways of the ring. The horse must stand quietly, and back readily without resistance on a straight track. RH 108 Country Pleasure Country Pleasure refers to classes where Racking Horses are the only entries. The Country Pleasure horse need not be high headed or have high front end action. The Country Pleasure horse must exhibit a smooth stride behind that has some degree of reach. The Country Pleasure horse must stand quietly and back readily on a straight track on a light rein. Pulling or see sawing on the reins is to be penalized as is gaping of the mouth, or evidence of resistance. This class may be entered in either English or Western attire. The class is judged at three gaits: Country Pleasure Show Walk, Country Pleasure Slow Rack and Country Pleasure Fast Rack. Horses enter the ring at the Country Pleasure Show Walk. The natural rolling motion in the front action must be present in each of the gaits. Chapter 17: Judging Specifics for the Racking Horse (RH) There must be a distinct and observable difference in the tempo of each of the required gaits. o The show walk has neither the speed nor the animation of the Country Pleasure Show Rack. Judges are to reward a smooth, true four beat walk with a smooth stride from behind and a natural roll to the front break. o At the Slow Rack, the tempo increases and is distinct from the show walk, however the gait remains four beat and must continue to be smooth. o At the Fast Rack, the country pleasure horse continues to increase tempo and stride but speed is not considered in the overall judging. RH 109 Western Pleasure Tack and attire requirements are a listed in Chapter 6. The use of hands is consistent with standard practices for all breed competition. The Western pleasure horse exhibits the qualities of a horse intended for ranch or farm use. Speed is not a factor in this division. The horse must be alert. The head set is natural and appropriate to the horse s conformation. Two gaits are required in this division: Pleasure Walk and Slow Rack. The judge must also call for a halt on the rail from any gait, each direction of the ring. In the line-up, the horse stands quietly and balanced, not parked out. He executes a correct reinback clear of the line up of a minimum of three steps on a straight track and then executes a three hundred and sixty degree neck reined turn to either direction. The turn is not required to be on the haunches. A high head carriage and action will be severely penalized A tight rein and pulling on the curb bit will be severely penalized. Laying back of the ears or switching or twisting of the tail will be severely penalized. RH 110 Park The park horse represents the ultimate in the stylish personal mount category. Although the stylish horse is required, emphasis is on a horse that is dependable and pleasurable to ride. Judging emphasizes the manners, quality and suitability of mount to rider. When executing the gaits, smoothness, a high head carriage and a degree of animation is required. The horse is shown on a light rein The horse backs readily on a straight track. Three gaits are required: Park Pleasure Walk; Park Pleasure Slow Rack; Park Pleasure Fast Rack. Form will not be sacrificed for speed. The walk is a snappy four beat gait without the speed and/or animation of the slow rack. The tempo increases at the slow rack, but the gait remains easy going and comfortable. At the fast rack there is a definite extension of the slow rack into a more animated gait. RH 111 Pleasure Driving The general rules applicable to all breed pleasure driving in this rule book are applicable. Two gaits are required - the Pleasure Walk and the Pleasure Rack. The entry is judged 70% on manners, performance, way of going and conditioning, 20% on suitability of vehicle, harness, and appointments, 5% on conformation and 5% on neatness of presentation of the driver. Separate overcheck bits are optional. An approved driving bit is mandatory. Fine harness buggies are prohibited in the pleasure driving division as is nylon harness. All drivers must wear gloves. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-30

81 Whips of an appropriate length for the rig may be carried. A juvenile driver may be accompanied by an attendant who may not be involved with driving the entry except to assist in an emergency. Should such assistance be required, the entry will be disqualified and excused from the ring. Driving horses must be able to back willingly and readily. RH 112 In Hand Barefoot horses are permissible. Weanlings and yearlings must be shown barefoot; must be shown in halters only. No bits are permitted. Exhibitors may not combine Western with English apparel. In English presentation, Racking Horses should be shown with their front legs perpendicular to the ground and the hind legs slightly stretched. In Western presentation, Racking Horses stand square on the corners. Model Horses are shown in a bridle only. In this division a handler may use a whip of up to 48 inches including the lash. English presentation - horses are led into the ring and parked for judging Western horses are led into the ring and stand square on the corners. In this division a handler may use a whip of up to 48 inches including the lash. Unruly horses will be excused. Judging Criteria conformation, conditioning and suitability of the entry as bloodstock. Transmissible weaknesses or other unsoundness will be severely penalized. Judges check bites, note the presence of two testicles in stallions old enough to have dropped and check the vaginas of mares for good reproductive conformation. Manners are paramount. Unruly horses will be immediately excused from the class. Halter Show halters and leads must be leather with a chain lead. Colored brow bands are permitted but sequins and rhinestones are prohibited. Ornately decorated halters are not appropriate for Racking Horse In Hand competition. Exhibitors must be correctly turned out in either Western or saddle seat attire. In an English presentation, a riding coat must be worn. Unruly horses will be excused. Class Procedure Entries will be lined up head to tail around the ring in a clockwise direction with adequate spacing for safety between entries. Each horse is required to make a complete circle each way of the ring before being lined up for halter competition. At the judge s discretion, the exhibition of one of the three traditional gaits of the flat shod horse may be asked for. Entries are worked around the ring at a brisk walk and lined up at the direction of the judge for a final conformation evaluation. Judging Criteria Type, conformation, substance, quality and movement. Chapter 17: Judging Specifics for the Racking Horse (RH) Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-31

82 Chapter 18: Judging Specifics for the Spotted Saddle Horse (SSH) Notice to exhibitors: As of January 1, 2008 The maximum toe length including the shoe will be 4.5 inches for all Tennessee Walking Horses, Spotted Saddle Horses, Racking Horses and Missouri Fox Trotters. SSH 100 General Spotted Saddle Horses must be registered with one of the following breeds: the Spotted Saddle Horse Breeders and Exhibitors Association, the National Spotted Saddle Horse Association or the American Spotted Horse Association. Spotted Saddle Horses may include a variety of gaited breeds that meet the color requirements of the respective color registries and which perform an intermediate gait other than a trot. Individual Spotted Saddle Horses perform gaits that are unique to their breeding, and many different gaits or variations of gaits may be present in the same class. Entries will be judged on the performance level of the particular gait that they have chosen to exhibit. One type of gait will not receive preference over another. SSH 101 Double Registered Spotted Saddle Horses When a double registered Spotted Saddle Horse is shown in other breed designated classes (TWH, Mountain Horse etc.) for which it may qualify through registration, the Spotted Saddle Horse must be recognized and shown as that designated breed and conform and adhere to the rules of the designated breed. When a Spotted Saddle Horse is shown in OGB classes, the rider may elect to show either under Spotted Saddle Horse Rules or another designated breed rules for which it qualifies through Registration. The exhibited horse may not be shown under a combination of rules. When a Spotted Saddle Horse is shown in a Spotted Saddle Horse class, it must adhere to the Spotted Saddle Horse Rules. SSH 102 Gaits of the Spotted Saddle Horse The Show Walk The Show Walk is a four beat flat footed walk to be executed naturally by the horse with the speed determined by both the rhythm and stride appropriate for the particular horse. There must be nothing artificial about the walk. The four beat gaits such as the flat walk must be consistent and smooth. It is forward moving and is generated by impulsion from the hindquarters. The horse s position on the rail is straight Evidence of jerky or choppy execution will be penalized. The Show Gait The Show Gait is the intermediate gait. There is a noticeable increase in speed from the Show Walk. Any four beat gait is acceptable including the fox trot, the running walk, the Paso Fino, the broken amble, the saddle gait, or single foot, the rack, and the stepping pace. The horse exhibits an extremely smooth and consistent gait. The rider appears to be motionless in the saddle and aids invisible. The hard pace and any tendency to trot is to be eliminated The horses are shown with a light rein and a natural head carriage, appropriate to the conformation of the horse. Horses that are shown with a tight rein are to be severely penalized. The Lope or Canter The Spotted Saddle Horse is shown Western at the lope, and English at the Canter. This is not a speed gait, but collected and three beat. The horse is on the bit and under control. The horse must be on the correct lead. Horses not on the correct lead will be severely penalized. Excessive speed and pumping of the reins at the lope or canter will be severely penalized SSH 103 Judging Considerations Spotted Saddle Horses are usually presented in western tack and attire. Classes may be designated either English or Western or combination of English and Western. Judges will evaluate the transitions between gaits. Transitions must be gradual and smooth. Horses must stand quietly in the line up. The manners of the horse while lined up may be taken into consideration in judging. Horses will back several steps while in the line up. Gaping mouths, and a failure to back willingly and on a straight track will be penalized. Use of Rein in Western classes Two hands on the reins will be acceptable in Western Spotted Saddle Horse classes with either a snaffle bit or a curb (leverage) bit. In Trail Pleasure classes for Spotted Saddle Horse 4 and over, the exhibitor must use one hand on the reins and neck rein the horse. In reining classes, the exhibitor must use one hand on the reins and neck rein the horse. Use of Rein in English classes In English classes, ONLY direct reining is permissible. SSH 104 Tack and Attire Western Tack Western Saddle Western Saddle pad *Western Bridle*: Spotted Saddle Horses typically use a unique western bridle that may be ornate and include a cavesson; either a curb chain or curb strap is allowable. A traditional western bridle is also acceptable. Western Breast Strap or collar (optional) Whips up to 4 fee (optional) Silver or ornate equipment may be used, but shall not be considered in judging over suitable well kept equipment Prohibited Equipment Braids Vinyl, patent leather and rhinestones Western Attire Long-sleeved western shirt; Western pants, clean jeans, skirts, or gauchos; Western long-sleeved dress (may be substituted for shirt & pants); Western boots Western hat Optional Western Attire Western tie Western spurs Western chaps Western dress coat or jacket Western vest Leather gloves Rain gear (numbers must be visible) SSH 105 Call of Class Horses enter the ring at the Show Walk and continue at the Show Walk until the gate is closed. After the gait is closed, the call of the class is: Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-32

83 Chapter 18: Judging Specifics for the Spotted Saddle Horse (SSH) Two Gait classes - Show Walk, Show Gait, Show Walk, Reverse, Show Walk, Show Gait, and Show Walk and proceed to the line-up at the Show Walk. Three Gait classes - Show Walk, Show Gait, Show Walk, Canter and Show Walk, reverse, Show Walk, Show Gait, Show Walk, Canter and Show Walk and proceed to the Line-up at the Show Walk. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-33

84 Chapter 19: Judging Specifics for the Mangalarga Marchador Horse (MM) MM 100 General Qualifications Eligibility to Compete. Horses MUST be registered with the U.S. Mangalarga Marchador Association (USMMA) or the Associação Brasileira dos Criadores do Cavalo Mangalarga Marchador (ABCCMM). Horses MUST be entered under their full registered name and registration number. Registration number of sire and dam MUST appear on the entry form. A copy of the registration papers must be mailed with entry forms or presented at competition check-in. All horses entered must be serviceably sound and in good condition. Each horse shall be shown in its entire natural splendor with a full mane and tail or in the traditional Marchador style. Mares may be shown with the manes roached. It is recommended that bridle paths not exceed a maximum of four inches. The addition of supplemental hair in mane or tail shall be cause for disqualification. Braiding is optional. The use of dyes or other coloring, except hoof black applied to hooves, is prohibited. No horse may be shown under saddle until it is at least three years old. The use of or the application of, to or into any horse (other than legal levels of allowed medications) any foreign or caustic substance, such as ginger, mustard, pepper, abrasives, etc., which would alter or influence a horse's natural carriage, movement or behavior, is prohibited. The injecting of any foreign substance into a horse's tail, the cutting of tail ligaments, soring or maiming of feet, or any such practice which would alter or influence a horse's natural carriage, movement or behavior, is prohibited. Stallions may be handled, ridden or driven by women and Youth Exhibitors. Youth Exhibitors are required to wear protective headgear in all Hunter, Jumper and Hunter Equitation classes. MM 101 Breed Standards. GENERAL FEATURES: Medium sized structure, agility, strong, and well proportional structure, vigorous and healthy appearance; smooth and thin skin, silky, thin and staight coat; temperament is haughty but very gentle (docile). Height : Ideally, 1,52m for males, 1,47m being the minimum and 1.57m, the maximum as being acceptable for definitive registration. Ideal, 1,46m for females, 1,40m being the minimum and 1,54m the maximum as being acceptable for definitive registration. HEAD Shape: triangular, well outlined, medium sized and harmonious, forehead is broad & flat. Profile: well outlined forehead; from well outlined to subconcave of the nose. Eyes: widely set apart, expressive, large, jutting out, dark, and vivid, eyelids are thin and flexible. Ears: medium sized, mobile, parallel, well set, upturned, tips are preferably pointing slightly inwards. Throat: wide and well outlined. Mouth: of medium opening range, thin lips, firm and flexible mobility. Nostrils: large, dilated, and flexible. Lower Jaw: wide apart and lean NECK Of a pyramidal shape, light in general appearance, proportional, oblique, strong muscles, flexible and balanced, with harmonious insertions, being that the insertion of the trunk, at the third upper part of the chest. It s acceptable for males, as a slight convexity in the dorsal edge, being an expression of secondary sex character thin, scarce, and silky mane. TRUNK Withers: well defined, long, providing prominent alignment and insertion to the neck s dorsal edge; Chest: deep, broad, muscular, though not protruding; Ribs: long, arched, providing good thoracic amplitude; Back: medium length, straight, muscular, slightly inclined, harmoniously connected from the withers to the loins; Loins: short, straight, proportional, harmoniously connected to the back and the croup, well provided with muscles; Hips: symmetrical, proportional, and well provided with muscles; Croup: long, proportional, muscular, slightly slanted, with a prominent sacral area, and the height should not exceed the height of the withers; Tail: well implanted, medium insertion with a short, firm dock pointing downward, prefereably with the tip slightly upturned when the animal moves about. The hair is scarce and silky; FRONT QUARTERS Shoulders: long, broad, oblique, muscular, well set, providing extensive movement; Arms: long, muscular, well articulated and oblique; Forearms: long, muscular, well articulated straight and vertical; Knees: broad, well articulated and in the same vertical line of the forearm; Cannons: straight, short, lean, vertical, with strong and well outlined tendons. Fetlocks: defined and well articulated; Pasterns: medium length, strong, oblique, and well articulated; Hooves medium, solid, dark and rounded; Alignment : upright. HINDQUARTERS Thighs: muscular and well inserted; Legs: strong, long, well articulated, and upright; Hocks: lean, firm, well outlined, articulated and upright;- Cannons: straight, short, lean, vertical, with strong tendons, and well outlined;- Fetlocks: well defined and articulated;- Pasterns: medium length, strong, oblique, and well articulated;- Hooves: medium, dark, and rounded;- Alignment: upright GAIT Marcha: marched gait, symetric, low speed, in four-time with alternate support of the lateral and diagonal members, intercalated with the distinct three-time legged support pace of the breed. Ideal characteristics: regular, elastic, with distinct foot falls occuring to each stride; balanced, always with advances of diagonal support a little bit larger than the lateral members; smooth nodding movement with the neck, good flexibility of the joints. Ideal Characteristics: regular, tightly put together, with good impulse, balanced, with sharp suspension timing, discreet nodding movement of the neck, good flexibility of the joints. To be penalized: General lack of development, disproportion between the regions and body dimensions ejected are the concave frontal nasal profiles and equally the ultra convex and, objectionable, the convex. Excessively voluminous head, ears too big, fallen, too closely set and with abnormal movement. Neck too short, inserted too low or too compact at its union with the head. The presentation of falling or fallen crest or ewe neck will determine total disqualification. Narrow trunk and little heart girth (depth). Low withers or not defined. Swayback and inclined to descend forward. Tail set too high or too loosely set. Extremities with deviations from the plumb and especially in the tarsal region (cow hocked). Pasterns too long or excessively short and vertical. Movements displaying poor elevation, irregular tempo or excessive winging. MM 102 HALTER CLASSES. General A lack of required tack, equipment or appointments shall result in immediate disqualification. A suitable headstall equipped with a throat latch is mandatory. Whips are not to exceed 48 including snapper. Handlers shall wear either jumpsuits or dress slacks and long sleeve shirts. Ties, kerchief, bolo tie, brooch or pin and appropriate leather shoes, dress shoes or boots are required. Sweaters, vests, coats or traditional Portuguese (Campino) attire are optional. Tuxedos are appropriate for evening classes only. Conduct and Specifications Horses are to be shown in-hand at a walk and the marcha. Horses shall enter the gate in a counterclockwise direction at a marcha, single file, well spaced as a group and shall stop at the direction of the Ring Master. When asked, the handler shall walk the horse from the rail to the Ring Master. At the direction of the Ring Steward, the handler will walk the horse parallel to the long side of the arena toward the judge(s) for a minimum of thirty (30) feet, turn without stopping and walk the horse back to the Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-34

85 Chapter 19: Judging Specifics for the Mangalarga Marchador Horse (MM) starting point [away from the judge(s)]. Without stopping, the handler will turn the horse and gait the horse parallel to the long side of the arena toward the judge(s) for a minimum of sixty (60) feet. The handler will stop the horse in front of the judge(s) and present the horse to the judge(s). The horse shall stand square on all four feet, not stretched. A horse is considered not stretched if all four feet are flat on the ground and at least one front and one rear cannon bone are perpendicular to the ground. After examination, horses shall move away from the judge back to the rail and around the arena to the end of the line. After completion of individual presentation, the class as a group must quietly walk single file, with whip at the handlers side. After the last horse has passed the judge at a walk, all entries shall line up on the rail for final placement. Each horse is to be handled and shown throughout the class by only one and the same person. No trailers are allowed. Excessive use of a whip or other actions, either by the handler or from the audience that may disturb other entries shall be penalized. Individual competition management may preclude the use of whips at any competition. Emphasis shall be placed on type, conformation, quality, way of going, substance and manners. Championships Show Champion Colt & Filly - First and second place horses from the weanling, yearling and two year old halter classes must compete in the Championship classes or forfeit their prizes. Junior Show Champion - First and second place horses from the three and four year old mare and stallion halter classes must compete in the Championship classes or forfeit their prizes. Senior Show Champion - First and second place horses from any five and over mare and stallion halter classes and the first and second place horses from each of the gelding halter classes must compete in the Championship classes or forfeit their prizes. Get of Sire and Produce of Dam Get of Sire and Produce of Dam classes shall have at least two purebred entries, entered under the name of the sire or dam, with one handler per entry. Entries shall be presented under the same provisions as Halter/In-Hand above, except a walk or gait is optional. More than one set of entries per sire or dam may be presented in the same class. Entries shall be judged on reproductive likeness, uniformity, and quality of breed characteristics, conformation and similarity. Sire or dam are not to be present except in the case of an entry which is a nursing foal. Best Movement Horses are to be shown in-hand as they would in a halter class. To be shown at a four beat walk (showing as much overstep of the front hoof print by the hind hoof print as possible) and animated marcha. Horses are not to be judged on conformation. Horses are to be judged on movement only. Open to Purebred Stallions, Mares and Geldings of all ages. This award will be given to the horse in each halter class who has the highest total of the scores given for the walk and the gait on their Conformation Judging Form. MM 103 ENGLISH PLEASURE General Exhibitors shall enter at the march in a counterclockwise direction. All horses shall be worked in 2 gaits (walk, marcha) or 3 gaits (walk, marcha and canter) both ways of the ring. At the judge's discretion horses may be asked to extend any gait. In the lineup, horses must stand quietly and may be asked to back individually or as a group. Light hand contact must be maintained. A lack of required tack, equipment or appoints shall result in immediate disqualification. Appointments Regulation bridles including snaffle or Pelham are required. A judge at his/her own discretion may penalize a horse with nonconventional types of bits or nose bands. Portuguese, Brazilian or English dressage saddles are permitted. Manes and tails may be braided. Riders should wear traditional Portuguese attire or English riding attire: dark jackets, breeches and boots. A flat brimmed hat or dark cap is required based on the riding attire. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty Spurs and crops are optional. Martingales of any type, draw reins, bit converter straps, artificial appliances, boots and bandages are prohibited. Qualifying Gaits Horses shall be shown at the walk, marcha both ways of the arena in the 2 gait class and walk, marcha and canter in the 3 gait class. Excessive speed at any gait will be severely penalized. Class Specifications Horses will be judged on gaits, performance, manners, type, quality, and conformation. MM 104 PERFORMANCE General Exhibitors shall enter at a marcha in a counterclockwise direction. All horses shall be worked in 2 gaits (walk, marcha) or 3 gaits (walk, marcha and canter) both ways of the ring. Maneuvers such as 20 meter circles in gait, sidepass, leg yield across the diagonal, shoulder-in, serpentines or flying lead changes shall be called by the judge. In the 2 gait classes, all maneuvers will be done at the marcha. In the 3 gait classes, the maneuver can be called at the canter at the discretion of the judge. Exhibitors may be asked to lengthen or shorten strides, to halt, stand quietly and back. In the lineup, horses must stand quietly and may be asked to back individually or as a group. Light hand contact must be maintained. A lack of required tack, equipment or appoints shall result in immediate disqualification. Appointments Regulation bridles including snaffle or Pelham are required. A judge at his/her own discretion may penalize a horse with nonconventional types of bits or nose bands. Drop, flash or figure eight nose bands are not permissible. Saddles shall be Portuguese, Brazilian (English style) or English dressage saddles. Portuguese traditional attire or a hunt coat, breeches, boots and hat are required attire. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty Martingales of any type, draw reins, bit converter straps, artificial appliances, boots and bandages are prohibited. Qualifying Gaits Horses to be shown at the walk and marcha both ways of the arena in the 2 gait class and walk, marcha, and canter, both ways of the arena in the 3 gait class. Performance Class Specifications The class shall be judged on performance: freedom, regularity and purity of the paces; harmony, lightness and ease of movements; lightness of the forehand and engagement of the hindquarters; acceptance of the bridle with submissiveness throughout, without tension or resistance. Horses are judged on performance, gaits, type and correctness, and manners. MM 105 WESTERN PLEASURE. General Exhibitors shall enter the ring at the marcha. All horses shall be worked in 2 gaits (walk, slow marcha) or 3 gaits (walk, slow marcha and lope) both ways of the ring. Horses are to be reversed to the inside (away from the rail) and will not Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-35

86 Chapter 19: Judging Specifics for the Mangalarga Marchador Horse (MM) be asked to reverse at the lope. Horses may be asked to back. Light hand contact with the horse s mouth must be maintained at all gaits without undue restraint. Only one hand may be used around the reins, and hands must not be changed. Two hands may be used when a Junior Horse is being shown in a snaffle bit or hackamore. A lack of required tack, equipment or appoints shall result in immediate disqualification. Appointments Any Western type headstall without nose band in conjunction with any standard Western bit shall be allowed or hackamore with bosal. Bits: A standard Western bit is one which has a shank with a maximum overall length of 8 1/2 inches. Jointed mouth pieces are permitted. Curb chains are also allowed and must be at least 1/2 inch in width and lie flat against the jaw. Hackamores or snaffle bits (smooth mouth) will be permitted. A hackamore includes a bosal rounded in shape and constructed of braided rawhide or leather and must have a flexible nonmetallic core attached to a suitable headstall. Split reins or closed reins with romal are equally acceptable. When a hackamore is used, attached reins may be of hair, rope or leather. A riata and hobbles are optional. Mechanical hackamores are prohibited Martingales or tie downs are prohibited. Entries shall be shown with a western saddle; silver equipment will not count over a good working outfit. Western attire: western hat, western style long-sleeved shirt with collar and buttons or snaps, (a jacket or vest may also be worn), a tie or scarf or other appropriate neckwear, western trousers, chaps, shotgun chaps or chinks, and boots. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty Spurs are optional. Qualifying Gaits Horses are to be shown at 2 gaits (walk, slow marcha) or 3 gaits (walk, slow marcha, and lope) on a reasonably loose rein both ways of the ring. Western Pleasure Class Specifications WESTERN PLEASURE classes will be judged on gaits, performance, manners, type, quality and conformation. MM 106 DRIVING Driving General Junior horses (3 and 4 years old) may be shown in driving classes. Sidechecks/overchecks must remain attached until the judges turn in their cards. Entry - An entry consists of a single horse, not pairs or teams. A lack of required tack, equipment or appoints shall result in immediate disqualification. General Exhibitors shall enter the ring in a counterclockwise direction at the normal marcha. Entries are to be shown at a walk, normal marcha and strong marcha both ways of the ring. Horses are to stand quietly and back readily. Headers, wearing unadorned dusters or smocks must be utilized to insure the safety of the exhibitors. One or two people per vehicle, as appropriate, are allowed. Appointments Equipment is to be in sound condition. Horses are to be shown in show harness. Bridle with blinkers, overcheck (with separate overcheck bit) or sidecheck, snaffle bit (straight or jointed) or liverpool bit, A two wheeled vehicle, either show or traditional type, suitable to the horse. A whip suitable to the vehicle is required. Attire Drivers should dress conservatively according to the style of the present day. Period costumes are discouraged. Dress for the driver should conform to the turnout. Informal Saddle Seat Suit with matching tie, gloves and Derby or Soft Hat is acceptable for men and women. A vest is permitted. Coordinating hat and gloves are required. A conservative Dress, Tailored Suit, Blouse and Skirt or Slacks or Pants Suit is acceptable for women. Coordinating hat and gloves are required. Floppy hats are discouraged. Day Coat of any color with jodhpurs, coordinating tie, gloves and Derby or Soft Hat is acceptable for women. A Suit and tie, a Sport Coat and Slacks with tie are acceptable for men. Portuguese dress for men and women is acceptable if the turnout is also Portuguese. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty Qualifying Gaits Horses to be shown at the walk, marcha and extended marcha both ways of the arena. Pleasure Driving Class Specifications Classes are to be judged on performance, type, quality, conformation and manners. Extreme speed will be penalized. High, natural, free-moving action is desirable. Horse is alert and responsive. MM 107 NATIVE (CONTEMPORARY) TACK AND ATTIRE General Exhibitors shall enter the ring in a counterclockwise direction at the marcha. All horses shall be worked in 2 gaits (walk, slow marcha) or 3 gaits (walk, slow marcha and canter) both ways of the ring. Entrants must submit a narrative not to exceed one (1) minute in length to be read by the announcer during the class describing the attire and the purpose in which it is used. This should be submitted at the time of entry application, not just before the class. Entries are to be judged 50% on tack and attire and 50% on performance. Appointments Entries shall be shown under contemporary Brazilian or Portuguese equipment. There are different styles of Brazilian or Portuguese tack and attire, which are traditional and correct for the Marchador horse. Portuguese Saddle There are three major types of saddles: Portuguesa (bullfight style), Dressage (Portuguese or English style) or sidesaddle (Portuguese or English style) with variations of them all. Breast collars and crupper to match bridle (optional) Bridle and Bit The bridle is a flat, brown, natural or black leather, with wide buckles of brass or silver (chrome, nickel) at all adjustment points. There are different styles of bridles, flat plain (simple), half-presentation (a little fancier) or full presentation (very decorative and ornate). Attire. Jackets have various characteristics, usually cropped short at the waist. Colors of jacket somber colors in nature, browns, beige, greens, burgundy, tweeds and black. It is sometimes adorned with trimmings around the edges and designs on the back. Material is usually of wool, raw silk or fine velvet. Trims and designs are of a contrasting or a coordinating color. The pants or skirt is to match the jacket in conservative color or in black. Material of pants should be of wool or cotton blend and of the same tone or lighter tone than that of the jacket. Breeches can also be worn of the same or lighter complimentary tone of the jacket. Shirt must always be white. Ruffles in front or lace are acceptable. Cuffs may be plain or lacy. Satin cummerbund with horizontal pleats complimenting the outfit is worn; also acceptable is a satin or cotton sash. A waistcoat (vest) may be worn but always the cummerbund or sash to harmonize with the outfit or in black. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-36

87 Chapter 19: Judging Specifics for the Mangalarga Marchador Horse (MM) Gloves must always be worn with these two outfits. Amazona, Mazzantini or Portuguesa hats are preferred based on the attire. Any dark flat brimmed hat is also acceptable. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty Boots are black or brown. Full length boot or ankle boot with leather gaiters with pin and loop or lace closure attachments. Colors in black, gray, or brown are the norm The hat, two styles are predominant. Mazzantini, flat brimmed cylindrical crown straight across the top, wide ribbon band, decorated with three buttons placed vertically. Portuguesa soft wide brimmed 9 cm, indented convex crown 10 cm, encircled by a 2 cm ribbon band, so as it may be held between the thumb and middle finger. Colors in black, gray or brown. Protective headgear may be worn without penalty. MM 108 TRAIL HORSE General Trail horses are required to work over and through obstacles on a reasonably loose rein without undue restraint. No horse may enter the trail course area until the course and the judge are ready. Riders will be permitted to inspect the course on foot during the judge s instructions prior to the start of the class. Tests which may be required are negotiating gate, carrying objects from one part of arena to another, riding through water, over logs or simulated brush, riding down into and up out of ditch without lunging or jumping, crossing a bridge, backing through obstacles, sidepassing, mounting and dismounting from either side and performing over any reasonable conditions encountered along the trail. Care in preparing the course should be exercised to prevent a direct advantage to either a small or large horse. To include a marcha and lope or canter to determine the way of going. Management is encouraged to design obstacle course that can be negotiated in 90 seconds. The judge has the right to alter the course. Two or more horses may be entered by the same exhibitor and the same rider may elect to show more than one horse.. Unsafe obstacles. If at any time obstacle is found to be unsafe, it shall be repaired or removed from the course. If it cannot be repaired and horses have completed the course, the score for that obstacle shall be deducted. No horse shall be asked to repeat the course, except in the case of a tie. All Classes are to be shown over and through obstacles at a walk, marcha and lope on a reasonably loose rein without undue restraint. After enough horses have completed the course for the ribbons awarded, any horse with a major fault may be eliminated at the judge s discretion. Obvious unsoundness must be disqualified with no prize awarded. Attire Western Pleasure or English Pleasure Judging Criteria Entry will be evaluated on responsiveness, willingness and general attitude. To be judged on performance and way of going with emphasis on manners 70%; gait 10% appointments, equipment, neatness (silver not to count) 10%; and conformation 10%. Horses to be penalized for any unnecessary delay while approaching obstacle. Judges are encouraged to advance on to next obstacle any horse taking excessive time at an obstacle. Horse shall be eliminated if Off Course. Off Course is defined as: o Taking an obstacle in the wrong direction. o Negotiating an obstacle from the wrong side. o Skipping an obstacle unless directed by the judge. o Negotiating the obstacles in the wrong sequence. o Not following the correct line of travel. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-37

88 Chapter 20: Judging Specifics for the Gaited Morgan Horse (GMO) GENERAL GMO 101 Eligibility. 1. Horses shown in this division must be registered with the American Morgan Horse Association, Inc., or the Canadian Morgan Horse Association, or the British Morgan Horse Society and must be entered under their full registered name or if under one year of age be eligible for registration. Horses must be entered under the names of the owner(s) or lessee of record with AMHA, CMHA, or BMHA. A copy of the registration papers showing recorded ownership or proof of lease must be submitted with entry form at the time of making entry. Competition management is responsible for notifying exhibitors of this requirement. 2. Canadian horses born before January 1, 1985 must be registered with the American Morgan Horse Association, Inc. or have Canadian Morgan Horse Club registration papers showing an American registration number. Canadian horses born after January 1, 1985 can be shown with Canadian registration papers as long as the papers do not state not eligible for U.S. reciprocity. GMO 102 Type and Conformation 1. The Morgan s form and movement in its distinctive gaits should be the result of selective breeding. A Morgan is distinctive for its stamina and vigor, personality and eagerness and strong natural way of moving. The head is made up of a straight or slightly dished face; large prominent eyes set wide apart; short and shapely ears set rather wide apart and carried alertly; small muzzle with firm lips and large nostrils; well-rounded jowls. In body conformation the Morgan gives the appearance of a very strong powerful horse with great shoulder angulation and depth, short back, broad loins, croup long and well-muscled with tail attached high and carried gracefully and straight. Head is carried proudly and neck slightly arched meeting the head at a very defined throatlatch. Legs are straight and sound with short cannons, flat bone, medium length pasterns and an appearance of overall substance with refinement. The Morgan ranges from 14.1 to 15.2 with occasional entries over and under. 2. The Morgan horse is judged against the criteria set forth in The Morgan Horse Judging Standards. The Standards supplement these Gaited Morgan Division rules: Gaited Morgan Division rules take precedence. It is the responsibility of judges, stewards, exhibitors and officials to be familiar with the criteria and intent of The Morgan Horse Judging Standards. The Morgan Horse Judging Standards contain no protestable rules. See Example A. 3. Entries must be serviceably sound and in good condition. Animals with complete loss of sight in either eye may be found serviceably sound at the judge s discretion. 4. Morgan horses must exhibit natural tail carriage. 5. The specific kind of class being judged determines the importance of each criterion in the final judging outcome. The order in which each is listed in the class specifications determines where the emphasis should be placed. GMO 103 SHOEING REGULATIONS 1. Weanlings and yearlings must be shown barefoot; other horses may be shod or barefoot. 2. Horses with plantation, hand made shoes, or hand turned heels, or trailers of any kind (straight or turned), or bars are not allowed. 3. Shoes must be factory made keg shoes and must not exceed 3/4- inch width at all locations on the shoe and must not exceed 3/8-inch thickness at all locations on the shoe. (Total thickness of the shoe may go to a total of 5/8 inch when including borium (or drill tech). 4. If caulk shoes are used (factory caulk only) the total thickness of the shoe, borium (or dill tech) and the caulk must not exceed 7/8 inch. 5. The horse s natural toe length must not exceed 5 inches including the shoe. 6. All shoes on all four feet must be of the same type, manufacturer brand, and metal and fitted to follow the natural contour of the hoof. 7. The horse must be shod on all four hooves, or be shown completely barefoot. 8. Maximum toe length shall be 4.5 inches. GMO 104 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 1. It is the responsibility of all exhibitors to officially scratch entries in any event in which they do not plan to participate. 2. An exhibitor is entitled to request only one time out per class. 3. Electronic communication devices used for purposes of coaching exhibitors during competition shall be prohibited in all classes in the Gaited Morgan Division. Exempt from this rule are handicapped riders who have submitted written proof to the steward. 4. All handlers in the conformation classes in the Gaited Morgan Division must be a minimum of sixteen (16) years of age with the exception stallions may only be exhibited by handlers eighteen (18) years of age or older. GMO 105 APPOINTMENTS 1. The Morgan shall be shown in all its natural beauty with a full mane, forelock and tail. 2. The use of any device in the ring to alter the natural carriage of the tail or ears shall result in disqualification. The steward may check for appliances to alter the ear carriage when measuring feet. 3. The use of supplemental hair on the horse is prohibited in any class and shall result in disqualification from the competition, and all entry fees and winnings of the entry for the entire competition will be forfeited. GMO 106 TWO YEAR OLD HORSES 1. Two year old horses may not be shown under saddle. Two year olds may be shown in hand. GMO 107 YOUTH EXHIBITORS No one under the age of 18 is permitted to exhibit a colt or stallion in any case (including halter and under saddle). 1. Youth, age 15 or older may show in regular open classes. Youth under age 15 years may show only in Youth Classes. 2. Youth 11 years old and under must wear approved protective headgear. 3. When youth 11 and under are in the line-up and after the judge s card is turned in, one attendant (groom, parent, instructor, etc.) will join Exhibitors for escort from line-up to center ring and exiting of the ring. GMO 108 SADDLE SEAT RIDING ATTIRE 1. If a class is not designated Western, saddle seat attire may be used. 2. Saddle Seat attire may include the following: Solid colored riding slacks or solid colored riding skirts, (tie downs or underpasses), a vest, day coat or sports coat and riding boots. Shirts are to be solid colored long sleeved with a pointed collar. 3. Neckwear (such as a tie or broach) is to be worn. 4. Saddle seat style hat or protective headgear is required. 5. Gloves and spurs are optional. GMO 109 WESTERN RIDING ATTIRE 1. Western attire is required in all Western classes. 2. Western attire may include the following: Western slacks or black jeans are acceptable. (Western show skirts are optional for women.) 3. Western jacket, bolero, vest, or slinky is required. 4. Any colored western long sleeve shirt or slinky is allowed. 5. Pointed collar or tuxedo shirt is optional. 6. Neckwear (such as tie, bolo, or neck scarf) is to be used. 7. Western boots and western hat are required. 8. The following may be worn but is optional: Protective headgear, chaps, spurs and gloves. GMO 110 BITS 1. Bit shank length may not exceed 8 inches and is to be measured from top of ring to the end of the metal at the bottom, not including the bottom ring. 2. The maximum bit shank length applies to Conformation Classes and under Saddle Classes. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-38

89 GMO 111 GAITS 1. TRAIL WALK. The trail walk has equal weight in judging with each other gait in the class. The ability to transition from the highest performance level in the class to a completely relaxed walk is an important indication of the correct mentality and temperament. The trail walk is an authentic four beat walk, suitable for use on the trails. The walk must be calm, relaxed, and ridden in every division with clearly observable slack in the reins. Reins at all time must droop in a U with the lowest point noticeably lower than the point of attachment to the bit. Entries in the Country Trail Pleasure division execute the trail walk with reins preferably on the buckle. There is to be no sign of animation, nervousness, or the need for restraint. The head and neck should be lowered from the position that is maintained at show and pleasure gait. The horse should stretch into the rider s hand, indicating relaxation and acceptance of the bit. Horses that are unable to move from the gait into a relaxed, natural walk, or horses that must be restrained by the reins from accelerating to faster speed or gait, or horse who appears to jig while trail walking, must be severely penalized in judging 2. SHOW GAIT. The show gait is a collected, evenly timed four beat gait performed at moderate speed, with stride and action appropriate for the division. The show gait must be collected and smooth with no exaggeration in form or execution. The sequence of the footfall is rhythmic and cadenced. 3. PLEASURE GAIT. This gait is an evenly timed four beat gait with the greatest speed, stride, collection and action in any division. There must be a distinct difference in the speed demonstrated at the Show Gait and Pleasure Gait, although speed must not come at the expense of form and correct foot falls. Horses that do not exhibit a distinct difference in speed between the show walk and the pleasure gait must be penalized. The ability of the horse to demonstrate forward movement, with speed and action appropriate for the division, while remaining in correct form, is of primary importance at gait. The Pleasure Gait is not called for in the Country Trail Pleasure Division. 4. CANTER OR LOPE. The canter or lope must be a three beat gait that is relaxed and ground covering but not fast. At the canter seen in English classes, the frame should be more collected and round. At the lope seen in western classes, the frame is more relaxed and long rather than round. The gait must be smooth and controlled. It is not shown with animation. A flat canter or lope that moves the legs but shows no engagement of the back is to be penalized. Pumping of the reins is severely penalized. Canter/lope departs must be clean and executed without steps of any intermediate gait. The horse shall pick up the correct lead for the way of the ring without the rider demonstrating excessive or obvious cues. Cross cantering shall be severely penalized, as shall any tendency to four beat while at the lope or canter. Horses that are not under the rider s complete control will be excused from the ring. 5. BACKUP. In all divisions, backing at least three steps in a straight line is called for in the line-up. The horse must not throw his head above the bit, gape at the mouth or show other signs of resistance. Resistance and failure to follow a straight track will be penalized. CONFORMATION/IN HAND CLASSES Chapter 20: Judging Specifics for the Gaited Morgan Horse (GMO) GMO 112 CONFORMATION/IN-HAND CLASSES - ENGLISH TACK 1. A suitable show halter with a complete throatlatch, a crown piece, noseband, and optional brow band. 2. Leather lead lines with or without attached chains. 3. No rhinestones, sequins or silver appointments allowed on the halter. 4. Mares and geldings may be shown in a show halter or bridle and bit. 5. Stallions 2 years and over must be show with a bridle with bit, suitable show halter with stud chain wither over the nose or under the chin 6. Whips/crops not to exceed 48 inches in length are optional. GMO 113 CONFORMATION/IN-HAND CLASSES - WESTERN TACK 1. Western style halter with traditional leather, an adjustable buckle, full throatlatch, noseband and conservative metal attachment and rings is required for all horses except stallion 2 years and older. 2. Halter may have conservative silver appointments. 3. A matching leather lead with an optional chain extension may be used. 4. Mares and geldings may be shown in either a suitable show halter or bridle with bit. 5. Stallions 2 years and older must be shown in either bridle with bit or a suitable show halter with stud chain either over the nose or under the chin. 6. No western Arabian halters are permitted. GMO 114 PROTOCOL CRITERIA FOR CONFORMATION CLASSES 1. A single exhibitor will show the horse in the ring. 2. Horses shall stand square in the line up. 3. The horse shall stand quietly with all four feet flat on the ground at least one front and one rear cannon remaining perpendicular to the ground 4. At no time should the lead be released from the hand of the exhibitor. 5. When set up in the ring, the exhibitor may not touch the horse. 6. If the Exhibitor carries a whip, there can be no contact of the whip to the horse. GMO 115 JUDGING CRITERIA FOR CONFORMATION CLASSES 1. Entries in conformation classes should exemplify the ultimate in conformation and structural correctness. 2. The way of going (movement) is not considered in conformation classes. 3. No horses coat and/or mane and tail may have an artificial substance applied to change or cover up color. Minor touch-ups (for nicks and scratches) are acceptable above the knee only. 4. The hair and coat are to be clean and well brushed, mane and tail clean and free of tangles, hooves trimmed properly, the inside of the ears neatly trimmed/clipped, long hair on jaw, legs, pasterns and fetlocks to be neatly trimmed. Bridle paths are optional. 5. Scoring Conformation 70% Temperament 20% Grooming/Trimming 10% UNDER SADDLE CLASSES GMO 116 UNDER SADDLE CLASSES - ENGLISH TACK 1. Saddles may be cutback, flat English (Trooper type) or plantation type. 2. Saddles with horns are not allowed. 3. English bridle with leather or colored brow bands. No metallic colors or rhinestones. Piping is acceptable. 4. Cavesson is optional. 5. English stirrups and irons are required. 6. Breast straps of black or brown are optional. 7. Whips/crops less than 36 inches in total length are optional GMO 117 UNDER SADDLE CLASSES-WESTERN TACK 1. Saddles may be with or without horns. Trooper and Plantation saddles with fender and stirrups are acceptable. 2. Western saddles must have western fenders and stirrups. 3. All Western tack may feature silver. 4. Western bridles without a cavesson must be used and may be black, tan, russet or brown leather. GMO 118 UNDER SADDLE CLASSES PROTOCOL/JUDGING CRITE- RIA 1. Positive credit shall be given to the entry that exemplifies the look of the division. 2. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct style of going for the type of division in which it is entered shall be penalized by the judge 3. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the division in which it is entered shall not be placed above any other horse that is in the correct way of going the division so along as it is performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-39

90 4. The scoring criteria is Gait 70% Conformation 20% Temperament 10% Chapter 20: Judging Specifics for the Gaited Morgan Horse (GMO) GMO 119 DIVISIONAL STANDARDS FOR EXHIBITIONS UNDER SAD- DLE GMO 119a. COUNTRY TRAIL PLEASURE DIVISION: 1. The Country Trail Pleasure entry must exemplify the attributes of a pleasure riding horse suitable for all members of the family. As with the Trail Pleasure horse, the gait must be effortless and extremely smooth, with no animation. Horses that exhibit animation will be eliminated from consideration. The head and neck of the Country Trail Pleasure entry must be relaxed and show little to no elevation, and the horse in gait should be ridden with a minimum of bit contract. The entry should remain relaxed at all times. i. The Country Trail Pleasure classes are shown in two gaits: Show gait and trail walk. ii. Speed is not desired in this division. Any indication of animation, more than moderate speed, nervousness, or an elevated head and / or neck carriage shall be penalized. iii. Manners are paramount in this division. 2. The judge shall call for a halt during the class and may do so from either gait. The horse must stop promptly and stand quietly on alight rein. The judge may also call for a dismount as with the Trail Pleasure class. Black jeans and pants without tie downs are permissible in classes in this division. All other rules herein for tack, attire and shoeing apply to this division. Positive credit shall be given to the entry that exemplifies the look of the Country Trail Pleasure division, such as quietness, steadiness, manners, responsiveness, traveling on a light rein and willingness to stand quietly and back readily. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct style of going for the Country Trail Pleasure division shall be penalized by the judge; A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the Country Trail Pleasure division shall not be placed above any other horse that is in the correct way of going for the division so long as it is performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the division may note be placed first on the judge s card, regardless of any other quality performance or the number of horses in the class. 3. Call of Class for Country Trail Pleasure Division Horses enter at the Trail Walk Show Gait, trail walk, reverse, Show Gait, trail walk and proceed to the line up. A halt may be called from either gait. A dismount may be called GMO 119b. TRAIL PLEASURE DIVISION 1. Entries in the Trail Pleasure Division must demonstrate a way of going suitable for using trail horses in three gaits: Trail Walk; Show Gait; Pleasure Gait. Gaits are performed in a manner that is effortless and extremely smooth. Neither animation nor excessive speed is desired in this division at any gait. All gaits must be forward moving, the head and neck are carried in a relaxed manner, appropriate to the conformation of the horse. A moderate headshake is allowed in the Trail Pleasure Division. 2. Horses in this division must be well-mannered, quiet and manageable on a light rein at all gaits. The judge may call for a halt from any gait or at any point in the class. The horse should stop promptly and stand quietly on a light rein. The judge may also require that riders dismount and remount while the horse stands quietly, without restraint. Riders may, if necessary, request a mounting block to remount. 3. Evaluating the division: Positive credit shall be given to the entry that exemplifies the look of the division showing true trail pleasure qualities such as lightness in the mouth, quiet alertness, relaxed head and neck, and responsiveness. The judge shall penalize a horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for Trail Pleasure division. While the entry may be stylish and collected, a headset, frame and or animation approaching the look of the Classic entry shall be penalized. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the Trail Pleasure division shall not be placed above any other horse that is in the correct way of going for the division so long as it is performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the division may not be placed first on the judge s card, regardless of any other quality of performance or the number of horses in the class. 4. Call of Class for Trail Pleasure Division Horses enter at the Trail Walk Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, trail walk, reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure gait, trail walk and proceed to the line up. A halt may be called from any gait. A dismount may be called. GMO 119c CLASSIC PLEASURE DIVISION 1. The Classic Pleasure entry executes the Trail Walk, Show and Pleasure gaits in a collected, up-headed and stylish manner, with moderate stride. The horse is shown in a collected frame, with the head carried proudly up in the bridle. There shall be no evidence of heavy handedness excessive pressure on the bit, or any sense of the horse being propped up or held up by the rider. 2. There is no minimum or maximum degree of action recommended for this division. The distinction between the Classic Pleasure horse and the Trail Pleasure horse is primarily in the frame and carriage: The Classic Pleasure horse will exhibit somewhat more animation and speed than the Trail Pleasure horse, with a showier, up headed carriage. 3. Neither speed nor animation is to be tied over smoothness and correct form and footfall. Classic horses must present a picture of balance, elasticity, and controlled energy. Any indication of nervousness, bad manners, or tongue or mouth distress shall be penalized. Positive credit shall be given to the entry that exemplifies the look of the division. The judge shall penalize a horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for Classic Pleasure Division. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the Classic Pleasure division shall not be placed above any other horse that is in the correct way of going for the division so long as it is performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the division may not be placed first on the judge s card, regardless of any other quality of performance or the number of horses in the class. 4. Call of Class for Classic Pleasure Division a. Horses enter at the Trail Walk b. Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk, reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Gait and proceed to the line up. GMO 119d Western Division 1. Within this division classes may be offered for Western Pleasure or Western Parade. Horses are required to do the Trail Walk, Show Walk and Pleasure Gait. 2. The Western horse must stand quietly, back willingly, and provide a ride of exceptional smoothness with no high knee action. The headset of the horse must be relaxed and steady; and any tendency to be up in the bridle will be penalized. Horses that fail to stand quietly or to back readily will be severely penalized in this division. 3. The Western horse must be shown with Western style split or romal reins. The horse is ridden on a loose rein, with a noticeable U from the bit to the reining hand. Bumping, pumping or jerking of the reins Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-40

91 Chapter 20: Judging Specifics for the Gaited Morgan Horse (GMO) will result in elimination from the class in all Western events. 4. Horses over the age of five must be shown in a curb bit in the Western division and are required to neck rein. Horses five and under may be shown in a snaffle bit or bosal and are direct reined. Exhibitors showing in a curb bit must hold the reins in one hand. Direction is given to the horse only by the weight of the reins on the neck of the horse, and not by moving the wrist or hand to direct rein or apply bit contact. The rider s hands must be clear of both saddle and horse at all times. Once the class is called to order, the rider may not change the reining hand, except in a trail obstacle class as needed to work an obstacle. 5. Split reins are held with the hand around the reins, with both reins entering the hand between the thumb and index finger, or held with the index finger only between the reins. If reins are held with the index finger between the reins, the end of the rein must fall on the same side as the reining hand. Reins may not enter the hand on opposite sides of a fist. The free hand shall not touch or hold the reins. When using romal reins, the hand shall be around the reins with the wrist kept straight and relaxed, the thumb on top and the fingers closed lightly around the reins; no fingers are allowed between the reins. The free hand shall carry the romal extension with approximately 16 inches space between the hands. The romals shall not be used forward of the cinch or to signal or cue the horse in any way. 6. Riders may be asked to mount or dismount from either side and to execute a 360-degree neck reined turn. The 360-degree turn may be made to the left or to the right. The turn need not be on the haunches. Riders may also be asked to halt from either the trail walk or the show gait and stand quietly on the rail. Positive credit shall be given to the entry that exemplifies the look of the division. Silver mounted equipment is allowed in this category of competition but it will not be given any more weight in judging than the clean working style tack. The judge shall penalize a horse that does not demonstrate the correct style of going for the Western Pleasure Division. A horse that does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the Western Pleasure division shall not be placed above any other horse that is in the correct way of going for the division so long as it is performing in proper gait, regardless of other criteria. A horse who does not demonstrate the correct way of going for the division may not be placed first on the judge s card, regardless of any other quality of performance or the number of horses in the class. 7. Call of Class for the Western Division Horses enter at the Trail Walk Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk, reverse, Show Gait, Pleasure Gait, Trail Walk and proceed to the line up. Example A Independent Judges Association Rule Book Effective January 1, Breed Specific Section 3-41